4337 Amdmts to LDROrdinance No. 4337
An ordinance of the City Commission of the City of Sanford, Florida
substantially revising and amending the provisions of Amendments to
Article 11 along with Schedules "B ", "C ", "J", "N ", "S" and "U" of the
City of Sanford CodelLand Development Regulations relating to
various matters including, but not limited to the implementation of the
City's waterfront redevelopment; providing for an array of
amendments to the Land Development Regulations of the City within
the subject Schedules; providing for legislative findings and intent;
providing for exhibits; providing for implementing administrative
actions; providing for ratification of prior actions of the City; providing
for severability; providing for conflicts; providing for codification,
directions to the Code codifier and the correction of scrivener's errors
and providing for a contingent effective date.
Whereas, in order to implement the City Commission's direction to enable the
downtown waterfront redevelopment of City owned and other properties, a review and
revision of the City's land development regulatory documents was performed by the
City's consultant, Littlejohn Engineering Associates, and City staff; and
Whereas, the City staff has worked diligently with the City's consultant , the City
Attorney, the Community Redevelopment Agency , the City of Sanford's Planning and
Zoning Commission (P &ZC) in an effort to move forward with the necessary actions to
see the completion of the required amendments to the City's Land Development
Regulations as well as the associated amendments to the City of Sanford
Comprehensive Plan all of which are intricately linked to the implementation of the
City's proposed new downtown development plan of action and the to -be- updated
modified Community Redevelopment Plan; and
Whereas, the City of Sanford, under the direction of the City Commission has
engaged in a visioning and other processes in conjunction with the City's ongoing
comprehensive planning processes and programs in an effort to ensure the appropriate
1 JPage
development and redevelopment of real property located within the City of Sanford; and
Whereas, the P &ZC, as the City's local planning agency with ongoing
responsibility over the City's comprehensive planning. processes and programs,
conducted several meetings relating to the issues relating to downtown redevelopment
and held a public hearing on February 5, 2015 to consider amending the City's Land
Development Regulations in a manner consistent with the associated Comprehensive
Plan amendments adopted in Ordinance Number 4336; and
Whereas, the P &ZC, unanimously recommended that the City Commission
approve the proposed amendments to the City's Land Development Regulations as set
forth in this Ordinance and found that the proposed amendments set forth herein are
consistent with the provisions of the City of Sanford Comprehensive Plan when
considered in with the associated Comprehensive Plan amendments adopted in
Ordinance Number 4336.; and
Whereas, Section 166.041 and Section 163.3202, Florida Statutes, relate to the
enactment of ordinances and the enactment of ordinances which pertain to land
development regulations of the City and the City has complied, or is complying, with all
such requirements in accordance with those statutory provisions and other controlling
law; and
Whereas, the City of Sanford has complied with all requirements and
procedures of Florida law in processing this Ordinance.
Now, therefore, be in enacted by the People of the City of Sanford, Florida:
Section 1. Legislative Findings and Intent.
(a). The City Commission of the City of Sanford hereby adopts and
2) Page
incorporates into this Ordinance the City staff report and City Commission agenda
memorandum relating to this Ordinance.
(b). The City of Sanford has complied with all requirements and procedures of
Florida law in processing and advertising this Ordinance.
(c). This Ordinance, and the amendments set forth herein, are consistent with
the goals, objectives and policies of the Comprehensive Plan of the City of Sanford
when considered in context and in pari materia with the associated Comprehensive
Plan amendments adopted in Ordinance Number 4336.
(d). The exhibits to this Ordinance are incorporated herein as if fully set forth
herein verbatim.
Section 2. Amendment to Article 11 and Schedules "B" "C" "J" "N", "S"
and "U" of the City of Sanford Code /Land Development Regulations.
The provisions of Article II and Schedules "B ", "C ", "J ", "N ", "S" and "U" of the
Land Development Regulations of the City of Sanford are hereby amended as set forth
in the exhibits to this Ordinance.
Section 3. Implementing Administrative Actions. The City Manager, or
designee, is hereby authorized to implement the provisions of this Ordinance as
deemed appropriate and warranted.
Section 4. Ratification Of Prior Actions. The prior actions of the City
Commission and its agencies in enacting and causing amendments to the Land
Development Regulations of the City of Sanford, as well as the implementation thereof,
are hereby ratified and affirmed.
Section 5. Severability. If any section, sentence, phrase, word, or portion of
F L L.
this Ordinance proves to be invalid, unlawful or unconstitutional, it shall not be held to
impair the validity or effect of any other action or part of this Ordinance.
Section 6. Conflicts. All ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith
are hereby repealed.
Section 7. Codification /Instructions to Code Codifier; Correction of
Scrivener's Errors.
(a). It is the intention of the City Commission of the City of Sanford, Florida,
and it is hereby ordained that the provisions of this Ordinance shall become and be
made a part of the codified version of the Land Development Regulations of the City of
Sanford.
(b). The Sections of this Ordinance may be renumbered or relettered to
accomplish such intention and the word "Ordinance ", or similar words, may be changed
to "Section," "Article ", or other appropriate word.
(c). In accordance with the City's ongoing codification program; the City
Clerk, in conjunction with the City Attorney, may make corrections to the provisions of
this Ordinance relative to Scrivener's errors of whatever type or nature. The Code
codifier is granted liberal authority to codify the provisions of this Ordinance.
Section 8. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall take effect upon the
associated Comprehensive Plan amendments adopted in Ordinance Number 4336
which shall not become effective, in accordance with Section 163.3184(3)(c)4, Florida
Statutes, until 31 days after the state land planning agency notifies the City that the
Comprehensive Plan amendment package is complete and, if timely challenged, the
amendment to the Comprehensive Plan will not become effective until the state land
41 ' :<,.
planning agency (the Florida Department of Economic Opportunity) or the
Administration Commission enters a final order determining the adopted
Comprehensive Plan amendment to be in compliance. Upon such associated
Ordinance becoming effective, this Ordinance shall become effective.
Passed and adopted this 23rd day of March, 2015.
City Commission of the City of
Sanford, Florida 1
Attest:
0- , - (2. -- &, z
Cynthia Porter, City Clerk Jeff Triplett,
Approved as to form and legality:
William L. Colbert, Esquire
City Attorney
51 Pa =_4
I , WS— RM X
�Cg�9 Item No. rlb
CITY COMMISSION MEMORANDUM 1 5.039
MARCH 23, 2015 AGENDA
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Commission
PREPARED BY: Eileen Hinson, Development Services Manager
SUBMITTED BY: Norton N. Bonaparte, Jr., City Manager !7
SUBJECT: Amendments to the City of Sanford Land Development Regulations
THIS IS A QUASI - JUDICIAL MATTER AND, AS SUCH, REQUIRES
DISCLOSURE OF ALL EX -PARTS COMMUNICATIONS,
INVESTIGATIONS, SITE VISITS AND EXPERT OPINIONS
REGARDING THIS MATTER.
STRATEGIC PRIORITIES:
® Unify Downtown & the Waterfront
® Promote the City's Distinct Culture
® Update Regulatory Framework
® Redevelop and Revitalize Disadvantaged Communities
SYNOPSIS:
Amendments to Article II and Schedules B, C, J, N, S and U of the City of Sanford Land
Development Regulations have been prepared to implement the City's waterfront redevelopment
process as approved by the City Commission on December 15, 2014.
FISCAL/STAFFING STATEMENT:
To implement the City Commission's direction to enable the downtown waterfront redevelopment of
City owned and other properties, a review and revision of the City's land development regulatory
documents was performed by the City's consultant, Littlejohn Engineering Associates, and City staff.
BACKGROUND:
In following with the City's waterfront redevelopment implementation process as appropriated by the
City Commission at the December 15, 2014 City Commission meeting, modifications to the City's
Land Development Regulations have been prepared in conjunction with corresponding modifications
to the City's Comprehensive Plan.
Below is a list of the LDR Article and Schedules proposed for amendment as well as a brief
description of the changes.
Article II - Section 2.1. - Zoning Districts
• Added reference to Schedule U for SC -3 District's maximum intensity (Page II -4)
• Added historic and overlay district purpose and intent table from Schedule U descriptions of
overlays (Page II -5 and II -6)
Page 1 of 4
Schedule B - Permitted Uses
• Added one - family and two - family residential uses as conditional uses to SC -3 District (Page
B -1)
• Added reference to Schedule U in the notes section (Page B -3)
• Added note (25), which includes a reference to Schedule U (Page B -4)
• Remove community residential homes, nursing homes, and community resource facilities as
a permitted use in the SC -3 zoning. (Page B -1)
Schedule C — Area and Dimension Regulations
• Added an exclusion to the Section 3.0 - Special Lake Monroe Building Setbacks
requirements for the area east of French Avenue (Page C -5)
Schedule J - Landscape, Buffer and Tree Requirements
• Added reference to Schedule U in Section 3.1 - General explanation of requirements (Page J-
9)
• Added references to Schedule S and Schedule U Section 3.4.A - Application of requirements
and 3.4.B - Front yard buffer and visual screen requirements for proposed commercial and
industrial uses (Page J -11)
Schedule N — Subdivision Requirements
• Exempted alleys from minimum radii requirements in Section 1.2.M (Page N -5)
Schedule S — Historic Preservation
• Changed requirement for retail on first floor to Type A streets in Section 9.0.C(b) rather than
entire overlay area (Page S -24)
• Consolidated two bullet points defining a four story height restriction in Schedule S - Section
9.0.C(c) (Page 5 -26)
Schedule U — Overlay Districts
• Added an overriding provision for Schedule U over Schedule S - Section 3.0.B (Page U -8)
• Removed the requirement that sites greater than 4 acres require a rezone to Planned
Development from Section 3.0.B (Page U -8)
• Added a provision to allow Planned Developments in the Downtown and Riverfront Overlays
in Section 3.0.B (Page U -8)
• Removed the 35 foot setback from Seminole Boulevard from Section 3.0.B (Page U -8)
• Added hotel as a permitted use in Section 3.0.C.3 (Page U -9)
• Changed termination point of Palmetto Avenue Type A designation from Seminole
Boulevard to Commercial Street in Section 3.0.13 - Table 1: Street Designation so that the
Type A designation is now from 2 °a Street to Commercial Street (Page U -10)
• Changed Palmetto Avenue to a Pedestrian Priority designation between Commercial Street
and Seminole Boulevard in Section 3.0.13 - Table 1: Street Designation (Page U -10)
• Added detached residential as a permitted use in Section 3.0.E.3 and Section 3.0.E - Table 2:
Permitted Development Types (Pages U -10 and U -11)
• Removed "not to exceed 56 feet" from Section 3.0.F.1 (a) (Page U -12)
• Removed "not to exceed 56 feet" and "not to exceed 112 feet" from Section 3.0.17.2 (a)i (Page
U -12)
• Added "and /or Florida Green Building Council (FGBC) certified" to the end of bullet 3 in
Section 3.0.F.2(a)i and to the end of bonus language in Section 3.0.17.3 (a)i (Pages U -12 and
U -13)
• Removed "not to exceed 168 feet" from Section 3.0.17.3 (b) (Page U -13)
Page 2 of 4
• Removed "not to exceed 84 feet," "not to exceed 28 feet" and "not to exceed 112 feet" from
Section 3.0.17.3 (a) (Page U -13)
• Removed "not to exceed 168 feet" from Section 3.0.17.3 (b) (Page U -13)
• Consolidated two sentences in Section 3.0.17.3 (c) (Page U -14)
• Added single family residential detached units to Section 3.0.F.4 (Page U -14)
• Removed "not to exceed 28 feet" and "not to exceed 42 feet" and increased the height limit
from 3 to 4 stories in Section 3.0.F.4 (b) (Page U -14)
• Removed building separation requirement for attached and detached housing within
Downtown/Waterfront/Midtown districts from Section 3.0.F.4 (e). Building code will
determine minimum separation. (Page U -14)
• Clarified design elements of parking garages in Section 3.0.17.4 (f) v (as renumbered with
edits) (Page U -15)
• Removed "not to exceed 56 feet" from Section 3.0.F.5 (Page U -15)
• Added a new section for parking requirement exemptions from commercial buildings less
than 5,000 square feet in Section 3.0.G.4 (Pages U -17 and U -18)
• Exempted development from buffer requirements of the code and made buffer requirements
to be determined at development review in Section 3.0.G.5 (Page U -18)
On February 5, 2015, the Planning and Zoning Commission, by a vote of 6 to 1, recommended that
the City Commission approve the proposed amendments to the Sanford Land Development
Regulations subject to the adoption of the First Comprehensive Plan of 2015 and the following:
1. Amendments and changes by legal counsel (Mr. Groot);
2. Maintaining the written height in feet that are provided within Schedule U;
3. Modifying descriptions in the Figures A -K in Schedule U, as needed to provide for
consistency with the text as it pertains to the height restrictions; and
4. Modify Schedule U for clarity as recommended by counsel and staff to include Midtown
Overlay District in Section 3.0.13 and include Downtown Overlay District and Riverfront
Overlay District but not Midtown Overlay District in Section 3.0.G.5.
On February 23, 2015, the City Commission unanimously approved the first reading of Ordinance
No. 4337 to amend the City of Sanford Land Development Regulations as recommended by City
Staff and the Planning & Zoning Commission subject to the adoption of the First Comprehensive
Plan amendments of 2015 and change Schedule B: eliminate community residential homes, nursing
homes, and community resource facilities as a permitted use in the SC -3 zoning.
LEGAL REVIEW:
The Assistant City Attorney has reviewed this item and drafted the proposed Ordinance No. 4337. It
is noted that the City staff and the Planning and Zoning Commission have worked in a most diligent
and professional manner in order to move this matter forward. The completion of this matter and the
associated amendments to the City's Comprehensive Plan are intricately linked to the
implementation of the City's proposed new downtown development plan of action and the to -be-
updated modified Community Redevelopment Plan.
The Assistant City Attorney modified various sections of the original draft amendments as noted
below and City staff concurred with the recommended edits:
Amend Article Il — Section 2.1 Historic and Overlay Districts table (Page 11 -6) as follows:
• Change "The purpose of this district..." reference in Riverfront Overlay District to read "The
purpose of the Riverfront Overlay District"
• Change "The purpose of this district is to encourage residential uses. This district
provides..." reference in the Midtown Overly District to read "The primary purpose of the
Midtown Overlay District is to encourage residential uses and to provide..."
Page 3 of 4
Change "The primary purpose of this district is to encourage commercial uses. This district
provides for a mix ..." reference in the Downtown Overlay District to read "The primary
purpose of the Downtown Overlay District is to encourage commercial uses and to
provide..."
Amend Schedule J - Landscape, Buffer and Tree Requirements as follows:
• Change the newly created language in Section 3.1 that reads "Refer to Schedule U, Overlay
Districts, for these requirements for each district." to read "Refer to Schedule U, Overlay
Districts, for the requirements applicable for each district." (Page J -9)
• Change the newly created language in Section 3.4.A and Section 3.4.b that reads "Schedule
S, Historic Preservation, and Schedule U, Overlay Districts shall override these
requirements." to read "Schedule S, Historic Preservation, and Schedule U, Overlay Districts
shall prevail over these requirements." (Page J -11)
Amend Schedule N — Subdivision Requirements as follows:
• Change the language in Section 3.2.8 from "the Developer or property- owner's association
shall be responsible for the maintenance and usage costs of the street lights." To read "The
developer or property- owner's association shall be responsible for the maintenance and usage
costs of the street lights including, but not limited to those located within public right -of -way
with the binding obligation being memorialized in a document approved by the City Attorney
which runs with the land." (Page N -15)
Amend Schedule U — Overlay Districts as follows:
• Change "Developments within the Downtown and Riverfront Overlay Districts may be
approved through the Planned Development process." to read "Developments within the
Downtown Overlay District, the Riverfront Overlay District and the Midtown Overlay
District may be approved through the planned development process." in Section 3.0.13. (Page
U -8)
Change newly created Section 3.0.G.4 referencing the "Riverfront and Downtown Overlay
Districts" to read "Riverfront Overlay District and Downtown Overlay District" (Page U -17)
Change newly created Section 3.0.G.5 from "Traditional buffers stated elsewhere in this code
shall not apply to these Overlay Districts." to read "Traditional buffers stated elsewhere in
this Code shall not apply to the Riverfront Overlay District and Downtown Overlay District.
(Page U -18)
RECOMMENDATION:
It is Staffs recommendation that the City Commission adopt Ordinance No. 4337 for the proposed
amendments to Article II along with Schedules B, C, J, N, S and U of the City of Sanford Land
Development Regulations as recommended by the Planning and Zoning Commission on February 5,
2015.
SUGGESTED MOTION:
"I move to adopt Ordinance No. 4337 to amend the City of Sanford Land Development Regulations
as recommended by City staff and the Planning and Zoning Commission."
Attachments: Ordinance No. 4337 /City of Sanford Land Development Regulations:
Numerous exhibits.
Page 4 of 4
Ordinance No. 4337
An ordinance of the City Commission of the City of Sanford, Florida
substantially revising and amending the provisions of Amendments to
Article II along with Schedules "B ", "C", "J ", "N ", "S" and "U" of the
City of Sanford Code /Land Development Regulations relating to
various matters including, but not limited to the implementation of the
City's waterfront redevelopment; providing for an array of
amendments to the Land Development Regulations of the City within
the subject Schedules; providing for legislative findings and intent;
providing for exhibits; providing for implementing administrative
actions; providing for ratification of prior actions of the City; providing
for severability; providing for conflicts; providing for codification,
directions to the Code codifier and the correction of scrivener's errors
and providing for a contingent effective date.
Whereas, in order to implement the City Commission's direction to enable the
downtown waterfront redevelopment of City owned and other properties, a review and
revision of the City's land development regulatory documents was performed by the
City's consultant, Littlejohn Engineering Associates, and City staff; and
Whereas, the City staff has worked diligently with the City's consultant , the City
Attorney, the Community Redevelopment Agency , the City of Sanford's Planning and
Zoning Commission (P &ZC) in an effort to move forward with the necessary actions to
see the completion of the required amendments to the City's Land Development
Regulations as well as the associated amendments to the City of Sanford
Comprehensive Plan all of which are intricately linked to the implementation of the
City's proposed new downtown development plan of action and the to -be- updated
modified Community Redevelopment Plan; and
Whereas, the City of Sanford, under the direction of the City Commission has
engaged in a visioning and other processes in conjunction with the City's ongoing
comprehensive planning processes and programs in an effort to ensure the appropriate
development and redevelopment of real property located within the City of Sanford; and
Whereas, the P &ZC, as the City's local planning agency with ongoing
responsibility over the City's comprehensive planning processes and programs,
conducted several meetings relating to the issues relating to downtown redevelopment
and held a public hearing on February 5, 2015 to consider amending the City's Land
Development Regulations in a manner consistent with the associated Comprehensive
Plan amendments adopted in Ordinance Number 4336; and
Whereas, the P &ZC, unanimously recommended that the City Commission
approve the proposed amendments to the City's Land Development Regulations as set
forth in this Ordinance and found that the proposed amendments set forth herein are
consistent with the provisions of the City of Sanford Comprehensive Plan when
considered in with the associated Comprehensive Plan amendments adopted in
Ordinance Number 4336.; and
Whereas, Section 166.041 and Section 163.3202, Florida Statutes, relate to the
enactment of ordinances and the enactment of ordinances which pertain to land
development regulations of the City and the City has complied, or is complying, with all
such requirements in accordance with those statutory provisions and other controlling
law; and
Whereas, the City of Sanford has complied with all requirements and
procedures of Florida law in processing this Ordinance.
Now, therefore, be in enacted by the People of the City of Sanford, Florida:
Section 1. Legislative Findings and Intent.
(a). The City Commission of the City of Sanford hereby adopts and
incorporates into this Ordinance the City staff report and City Commission agenda
memorandum relating to this Ordinance.
(b). The City of Sanford has complied with all requirements and procedures of
Florida law in processing and advertising this Ordinance.
(c). This Ordinance, and the amendments set forth herein, are consistent with
the goals, objectives and policies of the Comprehensive Plan of the City of Sanford
when considered in context and in pari materia with the associated Comprehensive
Plan amendments adopted in Ordinance Number 4336.
(d). The exhibits to this Ordinance are incorporated herein as if fully set forth
herein verbatim.
Section 2. Amendment to Article II and Schedules "B" "C" "J" "N", "S"
and "U" of the City of Sanford Code /Land Development Regulations.
The provisions of Article II and Schedules "B ", "C ", "J ", "N ", "S" and "U" of the
Land Development Regulations of the City of Sanford are hereby amended as set forth
in the exhibits to this Ordinance.
Section 3. Implementing Administrative Actions. The City Manager, or
designee, is hereby authorized to implement the provisions of this Ordinance as
deemed appropriate and warranted.
Section 4. Ratification Of Prior Actions. The prior actions of the City
Commission and its agencies in enacting and causing amendments to the Land
Development Regulations of the City of Sanford, as well as the implementation thereof,
are hereby ratified and affirmed.
Section 5. Severability. If any section, sentence, phrase, word, or portion of
3 11"1
this Ordinance proves to be invalid, unlawful or unconstitutional, it shall not be held to
impair the validity or effect of any other action or part of this Ordinance.
Section 6. Conflicts. All ordinances or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith
are hereby repealed.
Section 7. Codification /Instructions to Code Codifier; Correction of
Scrivener's Errors.
(a). It is the intention of the City Commission of the City of Sanford, Florida,
and it is hereby ordained that the provisions of this Ordinance shall become and be
made a part of the codified version of the Land Development Regulations of the City of
Sanford.
(b). The Sections of this Ordinance may be renumbered or relettered to
accomplish such intention and the word "Ordinance ", or similar words, may be changed
to "Section," "Article ", or other appropriate word.
(c). In accordance with the City's ongoing codification program; the City
Clerk, in conjunction with the City Attorney, may make corrections to the provisions of
this Ordinance relative to Scrivener's errors of whatever type or nature. The Code
codifier is granted liberal authority to codify the provisions of this Ordinance.
Section 8. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall take effect upon the
associated Comprehensive Plan amendments adopted in Ordinance Number 4336
which shall not become effective, in accordance with Section 163.3184(3)(c)4, Florida
Statutes, until 31 days after the state land planning agency notifies the City that the
Comprehensive Plan amendment package is complete and, if timely challenged, the
amendment to the Comprehensive Plan will not become effective until the state land
z L, c
planning agency (the Florida Department of Economic Opportunity) or the
Administration Commission enters a final order determining the adopted
Comprehensive Plan amendment to be in compliance. Upon such associated
Ordinance becoming effective, this Ordinance shall become effective.
Passed and adopted this 23rd day of March, 2015.
City Commission of the City of
Sanford, Florida
Attest.
Cynthia Porter, City Clerk Jeff Triplett, Mayor
Approved as to form and legality:
William L. Colbert, Esquire
City Attorney
ARTICLE II: LAND USE AND ZONING
SECTION 2.1 ZONING DISTRICTS
Consistent with the City's Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use Map and related policies
(Sec. 1.21, Comprehensive Plan), all land and water areas located within the incorporated
territory of the City of Sanford, Florida, shall be designated for use and development based on
the following Zoning Districts which districts shall be reflected on the Zoning District Map for
the City of Sanford, Florida, by the Zoning District Map symbols set forth below. The term
`zoning district' shall be synonymous with the term `zoning classification.'
1 Die V V .1
SR -1AA Single Family Dwelling Residential. Which shall identify those areas of the
City of Sanford which are intended for one (1)- family dwellings on ten thousand
(10,000) square foot lots and related accessory uses.
SR-1A Single Family Dwelling Residential. Which shall identify those areas of the
City of Sanford which are intended for one - family dwellings on seven thousand
five hundred_(7,500) square foot lots and related accessory uses. Where located
on land with a Comprehensive Plan designation of "Low Density Residential," the
gross residential density shall not exceed six (6) units per acre.
SR -1 Single- Family Dwelling Residential. Which shall identify those areas of the
City of Sanford which are intended for one - family dwellings on six thousand
(6,000) square foot lots and related accessory uses. No new lots shall be platted
under this zoning classification except for plats for subdivisions with ten or less
urban infill lots. Where located on land with a Comprehensive Plan designation of
"Low Density Residential," the gross residential density shall not exceed six (6)
units per acre.
SR -2 Mobile Home Residential. Which shall identify those areas of the City of
Sanford which are intended for mobiles homes and related accessory uses.
Maximum gross residential density shall not exceed six (6) units per acre.
Replacement of existing mobile homes on existing mobile home parks and sites of
record, as of the effective date of the Comprehensive Plan, shall be permitted.
MR -1 Multiple- Family Residential. Which shall identify those areas of the City of
Sanford which are intended for multiple- family dwellings at a maximum density
of eight (8) dwelling units per acre and related accessory uses.
MR -2 Multiple- Family Residential. Which shall identify those areas of the City of
Sanford which are intended for multiple - family dwellings at a maximum density
of 15 dwelling units per acre and related accessory uses except, however, that
multiple - family dwellings located adjacent to single- family dwellings or single -
family zoning districts shall have a maximum density of ten (10) dwelling units
per acre.
Ord. 4337
03/23/2015
MR -3 Multiple- Family Residential. Which shall identify those areas of the City of
Sanford which are intended for multiple- family dwellings at a maximum density
of 20 dwelling units per acre and related accessory uses except, however, that
multiple - family dwellings located adjacent to single - family dwellings or single -
family zoning districts shall have a maximum density of ten (10) dwelling units
per acre.
MULTIPLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL /OFFICE /INSTITUTIONAL (RMOI) DISTRICT
RMOI Multiple - Family Residential- Office- Institutional.
The multiple- family Residential /Office /Institutional (RMOI) policy district is a
planned mixed use district designed to accommodate business and professional
offices as well as high density multiple family residential opportunities and
institutional uses. The allowable maximum residential density shall be up to a
maximum of twenty (20) units per acre except, however, that multiple- family
dwellings located adjacent to single - family dwellings or single - family zoning
districts shall have a maximum density of ten (10) dwelling units per acre. The
maximum intensity of nonresidential development measured as a floor area ratio
is .35. The mix of residential and office /institutional uses shall contain at least
twenty percent (20 %) of the lesser use based on intensity and /or density of uses.
This land use policy designation district expressly excludes general retail sales
and services, warehousing, and outside storage. Furthermore, this district is
intended for sites which:
(a) Have accessibility to major thoroughfares or are located along the outer
fringe of core commercial areas;
(b) Build on the purpose and function of the central business district and Lake
Monroe waterfront;
(c) Encourage reinvestment in declining residential areas adjacent to commer-
cial core areas;
(d) Have potential to be served by a full complement of urban services;
(e) Contain sufficient land area to accommodate good principles of urban
design, including sufficient land area to provide adequate landscaping and
buffers to separate existing as well as potential future adjacent land uses of
differing intensity;
(f) Frequently serve as a transition area which buffers residential uses located
in one area from a nearby area which accommodates uses of a higher
intensity.
II -2
Ord. 4337
03/23/2015
COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS
RC -1 Restricted Commercial. The RC -1 district is intended to implement the
Comprehensive Plan "Neighborhood Commercial ((NC) Future Land Use Map
designation and is intended to serve limited areas that are predominantly
residential in character but which require some supporting neighborhood office
and retail establishments. Property assigned to this district should be accessible to
major thoroughfares near residential neighborhoods. The maximum density of
development within the RC -1 district measured as a floor area ratio is .35.
Commercial development within this district is intended to serve the
neighborhood in which the development is located and is generally restricted to
business and professional offices, neighborhood convenience stores and drug
stores, specialty shops, limited item retail shops and services such as beauty
parlors, barber shops, laundry and dry cleaning pick -up stations. The RC-1 district
is not intended to accommodate large scale retail sales, service or trade activities
or residential development except for single- family and duplex units approved as
a minor conditional use.
GC -2 General Commercial. The GC -2 district is intended to implement the
Comprehensive Plan "General Commercial" (GC) Future Land Use Map
designation. Properties assigned this district should accommodate community -
oriented retail sales and services; highway- oriented sales and services; and other
general commercial activities. The GC -2 district is intended to include the
easterly portion of the First Street business district. The general commercial
designation also is intended to include pre- existing commercial corridor
development along such major thoroughfares as French Avenue, Orlando Drive
(US 17 -92), and strategic intersections along Airport Boulevard. The GC -2
district generally shall be located in highly accessible areas adjacent to major
thoroughfares which possess necessary location, site, and market requirements.
The maximum intensity of general commercial development measured as a floor
area ratio is .35.
Transient residential facilities including hotels and motels, or residential care
facilities are permitted uses in this zoning district.
SC -3 Special Commercial. The SC -3 district is intended, in part, to implement the
Comprehensive Plan's Waterfront Downtown Business District (WDBD) Future
Land Use Map designation for mixed use residential and general commercial uses
as well as related accessory uses.
The SC -3 district is intended to provide a planning and management framework
for promoting development and redevelopment within the core of the Downtown
Commercial Area, the central business district, including the Lake Monroe
waterfront, the historic downtown commercial area, and its environs as designated
on the Future Land Use Map Series. As such, the parking standards of Schedule H
shall not apply to existing buildings in this district as of the date of adoption of
these revisions to the land development regulations.
II -3
Ord. 4337
03/23/2015
In the SC -3 district, the maximum intensity of development measured as a floor
area ratio is 2.0 east of U.S. 17/92 and .35 west of U.S. 17/92 for commercial
development. The maximum density of residential development is 50 units per
acre. Refer to Schedule U for maximum intensities and densities of parcels zoned
SC -3 located in Overlay Districts.
110 _11113 - 9 9 M 0 13 - &11 - ; -
The following industrial districts are designed to implement the Comprehensive Plan Future
Land Use Map "Industrial" designation. Industrially designated areas are not adaptive to
residential use and as such residential activities shall not be located in areas designated for indus-
trial development. This provision shall not prohibit residences for exclusive use by night
watchmen or custodians whose presence on industrial sites is necessary for security purposes.
RI -1 Restricted Industrial. This district includes areas of the City of Sanford which
are intended for light wholesale and manufacturing uses and related accessory
uses. The maximum intensity for industrial development shall be a floor area
ratio of .50.
MI -2 Medium Industrial. This district includes those areas of the City of Sanford
which are intended for heavy wholesale and manufacturing uses and related
accessory uses. The maximum intensity for industrial development shall be a
floor area ratio of .50.
AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT
AG Agriculture. The Agricultural (AG) district is intended to implement the
Comprehensive Plan "Suburban Estates" (SE) Future Land Use Map designation.
Residential densities in this zoning district shall not exceed one (1) dwelling unit
per one (1) acre.
PARKS, RECREATION AND OPEN SPACE DISTRICT
PRO Parks, Recreation and Open Space. The Parks, Recreation and Open Space (PRO)
district is intended to implement the Comprehensive Plan's future land use
designation of the same name and to distinguish the City's parks, recreational
facilities and open space facilities from other uses. Properties assigned this district
have developed City parks and areas of significant open space including, but not
limited to, cemeteries. Parks and recreation areas should be readily accessible at the
neighborhood and community level. Parks shall be developed and redeveloped
according to the level of service standards for parks and recreational facilities,
community demand and community input as appropriate. While parks generally
provide outdoor recreational facilities, community centers and indoor facilities are
also permitted up to a floor area ratio of .50.
Site plans for recreation and open space, shall incorporate measures which mitigate
against land use incompatibility as well as adverse environmental impacts and shall
include appropriate buffering, landscaping and screening.
II -4
Ord. 4337
03/23/2015
PLANNED DEVELOPMENT
PD Planned Development. Properties assigned the Planned Development zoning
district are intended for residential and nonresidential uses that utilize flexible and
creative site design to achieve a more desirable environment and more efficient
land use. If projects are not located in one of the major activity centers noted
below, the project shall be a combination of two or more land uses from the
following categories: commercial /office, industrial, single - family residential,
multiple - family residential, public /semipublic and transient lodging /entertainment
in order to be considered for the Planned Development zoning classification. The
mix of uses shall contain at least twenty percent (20 %) of the least prevalent use.
The planned development land management strategy is a technique for negotiating innovative
development options and a design to achieve public objectives such as natural resource
protection, which might not otherwise be achieved. In addition, planned development district
regulations shall be used to manage development of industry and commerce in the following
major activity centers: (1) the I -4 High Intensity area; (2) the Westside Industry and Commerce
area; and (3) the Airport Industry and Commerce Center, all of which are delineated on the
Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use Map. The underlying Comprehensive Plan land use
designation shall control the maximum density /intensity for planned unit development.
HISTORIC AND OVERLAY DISTRICTS
DOWNTOWN iThe Downtown Commercial Historic District was created in 1985 by Ordinance
COMMERCIAL No. 1777. The district is generally bounded by Fulton and Commercial Streets on
HISTORIC DISTRICT ithe north, Myrtle Avenue on the west, Sanford Avenue on the east, and Third
!Street on the south. Map S -1 shows the boundaries of the district. All properties
I
1wtthin the Downtown Commercial District are subject to the rules and
I
(regulations contained in Schedule S.
SANFORD =The Sanford Residential Historic District, originally designated under the name
RESIDENTIAL HISTORIC !of Old Sanford District, was established through Ordinance No. 3184 in 1993.
DISTRICT iThe district is generally bounded by Second and Third Streets on the north,
`French and Elm Avenues on the west, Fourteen Street on the south and Sanford
#Avenue on the east. The boundaries of the district are shown on Map S -1. All
Eproperties within the Sanford Residential Historic District are subject to the
jrules and regulations contained in Schedule S.
I,
NATIONAL REGISTER Sanford's National Register Commercial District, listed in the National Register
HISTORIC DISTRICT ? in 1976, is generally bound by Commercial Street on the north, Oak Avenue on
the west, the alley between Palmetto Avenue and Sanford Avenue on the east,
Viand Second Street on the south. The Sanford Residential Historic District was
s
listed in the National Register in 1989.
i
II -5
Ord. 4337
03/23/2015
LAKE MARY jThe Lake Mary Boulevard Overlay District includes all lands located within the
BOULEVARD OVERLAY ;Sanford city limits that lie within 320 feet of the centerline of Lake Mary
DISTRICT I Boulevard between the CSX railroad line near Country Club Road and the
intersection of SR 46 and CR 415. If any part of any parcel abuts the right -of -way
E
line of the designated roadway, the entire parcel shall be subject to this part as
!if the parcel were wholly within the stated corridor.
WEST SR /46 The SR 46 /West First Street Overlay District includes all lands located within the
RINEHART ROAD ;Sanford city limits that lie within 320 feet of the centerline of SR 46 between the
s
GATEWAY OVERLAY s Interchange at 1 -4 and Airport Boulevard (existing) and Rinehart Road. If any
DISTRICT part of any parcel abuts the right -of -way line of the designated roadway, the
{
entire parcel shall be subject to this part as if the parcel were wholly within the
=stated corridor.
i
RIVERFRONT OVERLAY iThe purpose of the Riverfront Overlay District is to provide for a mixed -use area
DISTRICT Ifor high- density residential, offices and retail uses.
MIDTOWN OVERLAY The primary purpose of the Midtown Overlay District is to encourage
DISTRICT residential uses and to provide for a mixed -use area for single - family,
multifamily housing, offices and neighborhood serving retail, where
jappropriate, and is not in direct conflict with the residential usage.
DOWNTOWN !The primary purpose of the Downtown Overlay District is to encourage
OVERLAY DISTRICT commercial uses and to provide for a mixed -use area for single - family,
multifamily housing, hotel, offices, and retail, where appropriate, and is not in
!direct conflict with the residential usage and the historic district.
SECTION 2.2 ASSIGNMENT OF ZONING DISTRICTS AND ADOPTION OF
ZONING DISTRICT MAP
A. Adoption of Zoning District Map. All land and water areas located within the
incorporated territory of the City of Sanford, Florida, are hereby assigned the Zoning
Districts reflected on the Zoning District Map for the City of Sanford, Florida, adopted
incident to and as a part of this Ordinance, a certified copy of which is located in the
Office of the Administrative Official. Changes, amendments and reassignment of
districts thereon shall be made only in accordance with the provisions of or by
amendment to this Ordinance.
B. Interpretation of Zoning District Map Boundaries. The following rules shall be used
to interpret the exact location of the Zoning District boundaries reflected on the Zoning
District.
II -6
Ord. 4337
03/23/2015
Where a zoning district boundary approximately follows a parcel or property line,
that line is the boundary of the zoning district.
2. Where a zoning district boundary follows a street or railroad the centerline of the
street or railroad right -of -way is the boundary of the zoning district.
3. Where a zoning district boundary follows a stream or canal or a lake or other
body of water, the centerline of such stream or canal or the shoreline of such lake
or other body of water is the boundary of the zoning district.
4. Where a zoning district boundary does not clearly follow any of the features
mentioned above, its exact location on the ground shall be determined by
measurement according to map scale and /or legal descriptions of the land area
involved which are filed in the Office of the Administrative Official and related to
the zoning district question.
In any instance in which the exact location of a zoning district boundary is not
clear, the Administrative Official shall apply the criteria herein cited to confirm
the exact location prior to issuing a Site Development Permit or Certificate of
Completion. The applicant may appeal the decision of the Administrative Official
in the manner set forth in this Ordinance.
C. Unzoned Areas. If any land and /or water area does not appear to have an identifiable or
specific zoning district map symbol reflected on the Zoning District Map, the Planning
and Zoning Commission shall initiate an amendment to the Zoning District Map within
thirty (30) days after notification of such fact in order to establish a zoning district for
such area and no site development permits or certificates of completion shall be issued
for such areas until after the City Commission has taken final action on the proposed
amendment.
D. Currency of Zoning District Map. The Administrative Official shall ensure that all
zoning district boundaries are accurately reflected on the Zoning District Map.
If a proposed development is for a combination of uses, the acreage required for each use shall
be determined independently based on the floor area ratio or the density for each individual use
such that no acreage shall be dedicated for more than one use.
11-7
Ord. 4337
03/23/2015
SCHEDULE B - PERMITTED USES
ILAND USE CATEGORY S
SR -IAA S
SR-lA S
SR -1 I S
SR -2 M
MR -1 I M
MR -2 I M
MR -3 I R
RMOI I R
RC -I+ I G
GC -2+ S
SC -3+ R
RI -1 M
MI -2 A
AG P
PD PRO
IRESIDENTIAL
One - Family Dwelling ♦
♦ D
D (
(25) P
P
One - Family with Garage P
P P
P P
P D
D (
(25) P
P
One - Family with Garage or Carport P
P P
P P
P P
P P
P P
P D
D C
C P
P
Two - Family Dwelling D
D D
D D
D (
(1) D
D C
C
(25)
Mobile Home (3) P
P
Family Dwelling (3) P
P P
P P
P P
P (1) C
C C
C
E F
P P
P P
P P
P C
C C
C
MISCELLANEOUS I
_T M
Ord. No. 4337
3/23/2015 B - 1
SCHEDULE B - PERMITTED USES
ILAND USE CATEGORY
RMOI
RC -I+
GC -2+
SC -3+
RI -I
MI -2
AG
PD
OMMERCIAL
Retail Sales & Service (3)
Indoor
P
P
P
D
D
Outdoor Display - New Merchandise
P
C
C
C
Outdoor Display - Used Merchandise
C
C
C
C
Outdoor Storage
C
C
C
Temporary Commercial
D
D
D
D
D
Business & Professional Office
P
P
P
P
P
P
Bail Bond
P
P
P
Exceptional Uses (3) (20)
C
Nonhazardous Research & Testing Lab. (3)
P
P
P
Business Training Schools
D
P
D (23)
P
P
Restaurant
P
P
P
D
D
Drive -Thru Restaurant
D
P
Sidewalk Cafd
D (22)
RANSIENT LODGING & ENTERTAINMENT
Transient Lodging Establishment
P
P
Commercial Amusements
Indoor (Except Adult Performance
Establishments and Adult Arcade
Amusement Centers)
(8)
P
C
Adult Performance Establishment (18)
P
P
Adult Arcade Amusement Center (3)
(12)
(12)
Outdoor (Except Adult Performance
Establishments and Adult Arcade
Amusement Centers)
C
Motion Picture Theater
Indoor
P
P
Outdoor
P
VEHICULAR USES (3)
Vehicular Service (8)
C
D
P
P
Vehicular Repair
D
D
P
Vehicular Rental
D
P
P
Vehicular Rental Office (5)
D
P
P
P
P
Major Equipment Rental (5)
D
P
P
Major Equipment Repair
D
P
Vehicular Dealer Sales (9)
C
Vehicular Accessory Sales and Installation
D
D
D
Ord. No. 4337
3/23/2015 B - 2
SCHEDULE B - PERMITTED USES
AND USE CATEGORY
RMOI
RC -I+
GC -2+
SC -3+
RI -I
MI -2
AG
PD
MISCELLANEOUS BUSINESS AND SERVICES
Funeral Home and /or Crematory (17)
P
C
P
P
Laundromat
D
D
D
D
Printing & Publishing
P
P
P
P
Domestic and Business Service Indoor
P
P
P
P
Outdoor
D
C
P
P
Landscaping Service Establishment Indoor
P
P
P
P
P
Outdoor
C
P
P
P
Auction Sales Establishment Indoor
P
P
P
P
Outdoor
D
P
P
Aircraft Sales Establishment Indoor
P
P
Outdoor
P
P
Small Animal Boarding Kennel Indoor
C
P
D
P
P
D
Outdoor
C
P
P
D
Veterinarian & Animal Hospital Indoor
C
P
D
P
P
D
Outdoor
C
P
P
D
Welding Establishment (3) IL
D
P
P
1INDUSTRIAL
Wholesale & Storage (10)
Nonhazardous (3) Indoor
D
P
P
Outdoor
C
D
P
Tank
C
C
P
Hazardous (3) Indoor
C
P
P
Outdoor
C
C
C
Tank
C
C
Junkyard (3)
C
Laundry And Dry Cleaning Plant
P
P
P
Manufacturing
Nonhazardous (3) Indoor
D
P
P
Outdoor
C
C
C
Hazardous (3) Indoor
C
P
Outdoor
C
1AGRICULTURAL
Agriculture
P
Animal Raising
C
Mining (3)
Agriculture Processing Establishment
C
C
C
FOOTNOTES
"P" Indicates that the use listed is permitted as -of -right within the corresponding zoning district (See Schedule C, Area and Dimension Regulations).
"D" Indicates that the use is permitted as a minor conditional use and is allowed within the corresponding zoning district only after review by the
Development Review Team and approval by the Director of Planning and Development Services.
"C" Indicates that the use listed is allowed within the corresponding zoning district only after being approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission as
a major conditional use.
Indicates that the use listed is allowed subject to complying with Planned Development Project Regulations (See Schedule D, Planned Development
Project Regulations).
" +" Schedule S, Historic Preservation, and Schedule U, Overlay Districts, may impose additional regulations in this zoning district.
"A" Only for existing platted lots and new subdivisions with ten (10) or less lots.
Ord. No. 4337
3/23/2015 B-3
SCHEDULE B - PERMITTED USES
(1) Residential uses in the RMOI Zoning district shall be only in conjunction with office and/or institutional uses.
(2) Day care is only permitted as an accessory use to a residential complex or development and is not permitted in an individual residential
unit.
(3) This use is subject to certain specific requirements. (See Schedule E, Additional Requirements and Provisions for Specific Uses.)
(4) A house of worship located in the SR -IAA, SR-IA, SR -1, MR -1, MR -2 and MR -3 zoning districts shall be permitted to have only
limited educational and day care facilities and only as an accessory use. No facilities defined in Schedule A, Glossary, as community
resource facilities shall be permitted as accessories to a house of worship in these residential zoning districts.
(5) In addition to the parking requirements of Schedule H, the rental use shall provide parking for rental vehicles and /or equipment.
(6) Government owned uses are allowed subject to the same requirements as non - government owned uses of the same type except for
noncommercial amusement facilities which shall be allowed within any zoning district and shall not require conditional use approval.
(7) Reserved for future use.
(8) Automobile and Truck Service includes the following: Automobile Parking Establishment, Automobile Cleaning Establishment and
Gasoline Service Station.
(9) Automotive Dealer Sales includes the following: Automobile Sales, Truck Sales, Boat Sales, Major Equipment Sales, Mobile Home
Sales, Travel Trailer Sales and Automotive Specialty Sales.
(10) Wholesale and Storage includes the following: Construction and Contractor Yards, Heating Fuel Sales and Nonretail Sales and Service.
(1 I) If such use is in conjunction with a church and/or an elementary school, such use is allowed as a conditional use.
(12) Such use is allowed within the corresponding zoning district only after being approved as a conditional use and after approval by the
City Commission.
(13) Such use shall be allowed provided that such use shall not be located within a radius of 1,000 feet of another existing Community
Residential Home.
(14) Such use shall be allowed provided that such use shall not be located within a radius of 1200' of another home in a Multi - Family Zone
or within 500' of a Single Family Zone boundary.
(15) Such use shall be allowed provided that such use shall not be located within 500' of a Single Family zone.
(16) Such use shall be allowed as a conditional use provided that such use shall not be located within a radius of 1200' of another residential
care facility or a community residential home in a multi - family zone or within 500 feet of a single family boundary.
(17) Crematory facilities only allowed in RI -1 and MI -2 Zoning Districts.
(18) Adult Performance Establishments shall comply with all requirements and provisions set forth in Ordinance No. 3185, entitled "The City
of Sanford Adult Entertainment Code" and all other applicable provisions of the Sanford City Code and state law.
(19) Communication towers up to a maximum height of two hundred (200) feet shall be allowed by right. Communication towers greater
than two hundred (200) feet in height shall be allowed only after being approved as a conditional use. Such use is allowed within
corresponding zoning district only after being approved as a Conditional Use. Further, such use shall not be located within a radius of
1,500' of another such use nor shall such use be located within 300' of a school, church, park or residentially zoned land.
(20) Such use is allowed within corresponding zoning district only after being approved as a Conditional Use. Further, such use shall not be
located within a radius of 1,500' of another such use nor shall such use be located within 300' of a school, church, park or residentially
zoned land.
(21) Such use is allowed within corresponding zoning district only after being approved as a Conditional Use and after approval by the City
Commission. Further, such use shall not be located within a radius of 1,500' of another such use nor shall such use be located within 300'
of a school, church, park or residentially zoned land. The City Commission shall have the authority to waive this provision during the
approval process if the Commission determines that the proposed community resource facility primarily serves the interests of the
specific neighborhood.
(22) See Schedule E, Section 20.0 for Sidewalk Cafe procedures and requirements.
(23) Business training schools are not permitted on the ground floor.
(24) Schedule E may impose additional requirements on some uses. Section 15.13 (Permitted Use) of Schedule E does not apply for Two
Family Dwellings in any single family zoning district pursuant to Ordinance No. 4226.
(25) Such uses shall be allowed within the Downtown Overlay District and Riverfront Overlay District, according to Schedule U.
Ord. No. 4337
3/23/2015 B-4
cn
z
O
�.r
a
w
W
AO
oz
zW
rf A
MY I�
O z
Q
va
w
a
a
A
w
x
U
4.
O 0 E
ftf �
N
sO
E
G N
� U
_O R.
O L O
0
a
.Y.. Y
0 b O
� 'N w
E N
• ate.+
o E •�
v o E
a�
4
Y E
� � C
E
G O vi
� U
O
�,•� v
"j 0
cn
k O
CIS
N � CSS
m
T 03 v
� L
E °o
o � •� o
E T
"a cl ca
>, >
Y Y c
�°C*W. c�
rr i
bD
o
� 0 t�
0 :G
o a `�
� o
pp v O E O
G O JJ iy
0 N
N U Z O
O . W "O
U
x
u
U
h
M
M
v
o°
Z N
M
.=j N
0 o
w
cy
¢cn
ww
_
o
o
2
CA
G!
(}
O
10
Ma y
O
N
O
V ry
0
N
N
M
y
oG
0
V1
M
¢
�.,
•y •^
¢
O
O
M
h
N
N
N
CD
V1
f-'
Z
O
o
O
O
°
M
G
C
G
C
C
C
C
O
O
O
G
V1
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
N
z-.
(j
0
0
G
N
O
h
N
NO
O
N
O wl
^
�' '...
V
O
0
to
O
C7
c.
U
�
V
°
p
h
r-
h
�
N
O
O
N
N
cq
M
b
C.
@
W
cP.
E
w
�
�
p
o
O
o
M
O
O
O
O
O
M
d. ,�
v
0.
N
N
U
Q
"0
9
G
u
cn
o
CD
M
0
I
a
Q
�+
o"
V
z
un
i
NM
O
O
O
O
M y
Z
O O
et
cn
a
M
00
O
O
N
O
M v¢
z
0 0
c1
Q
°
h h
w
O
M
zr
o
p
O
N
In
r
O
O
M
¢
Z
O O
O O
�t
¢
a
o
o
0
o
N°
o
o
M
z
0
o
�
h
aN
o
00
N
N
v)
M
z
°
O
CIO
z z
0
4
to
c3
�
0 v
a.
zoo
���
b
b
o
G
U
o
wa
a
�
E
�v'
�Q
Q
G
G
G
.�
G
FG
C 6•
G
G
.G
G
G
0
C 3
U
C
E 'O
rx
w
c�a
r
r
a0
xrZ.
HUH
tat
.��cGaa`
4.
O 0 E
ftf �
N
sO
E
G N
� U
_O R.
O L O
0
a
.Y.. Y
0 b O
� 'N w
E N
• ate.+
o E •�
v o E
a�
4
Y E
� � C
E
G O vi
� U
O
�,•� v
"j 0
cn
k O
CIS
N � CSS
m
T 03 v
� L
E °o
o � •� o
E T
"a cl ca
>, >
Y Y c
�°C*W. c�
rr i
bD
o
� 0 t�
0 :G
o a `�
� o
pp v O E O
G O JJ iy
0 N
N U Z O
O . W "O
U
x
u
U
h
M
M
v
o°
Z N
M
.=j N
0 o
SECTION 2.0 BASE BUILDING LINE
A. Base building lines are hereby established for the streets listed below.
B. All base building line requirements and distances shall be measured from the centerline of the
existing or proposed street right -of -way unless otherwise provided for by these land development
regulations. Where a base building line requirement differs with a minimum front yard
requirement of these regulations for a particular use, the greater of the two (2) requirements shall
prevail.
C. The entire area between the existing street right -of -way line and the base building line shall be
deemed a front yard and shall be unoccupied and unobstructed by a portion of the principal
building from the finished grade to the sky, or below the finished grade, except where such
occupancy, obstruction or encroachment is specifically permitted by these land development
regulations.
SECTION 2.1 DESIGNATED RIGHT-OF-WAY LINES
Designated right -of -way lines are hereby established for the streets specifically listed below. The purpose
of the designated right -of -way lines shall be to reserve sufficient space for the future circulation of
vehicular traffic and to reduce the undesirable and adverse impact of noise, congestion and related safety
hazards associated with the intensified use of land resulting from new growth and development. All
designated street right -of -way lines shall be located and measured from the centerline of the existing or
proposed street right -of -way.
Ord. No. 4337 C -2
03/23/2015
ALL DISTANCES AND
LOCATIONS SHALL BE
MEASURED FROM
THIS SCHEDULE SHALL BE APPLICABLE TO PORTIONS) OF STREET
CENTERLINE OF EXISTING
LOCATED IN CITY OF SANFORD
OR PROPOSED
RIGHT -OF- WAY (')
BASE
BUILDING
DESIGNATED
NO.
NAME
FROM
TO
LINE
R -O -W LINE
REQUIRED
(Feet)
(Feet)
1.
Eastern Beltway (SR 417)
I -4
Lake Jessup
(3)
Existing
1
U.S. 17 -92 (Orlando Drive)
CR 427
Lake Mary Boulevard
140
Existing
3.
U.S. 17 -92 (Orlando Drive)
Lake Mary Boulevard
Airport Boulevard
140
Existing
4.
U.S. 17 -92 (Orlando Drive)
Airport Boulevard
Park Drive
100
Existing
5.
U.S. 17 -92 (French Avenue)
Park Drive
1 -4
(2)
Existing
6.
SR 46 West
I -4
Persimmon Avenue
175
Existing
7.
SR 46 West
Persimmon Avenue
U.S. 17 -92
(3)
Existing
Ord. No. 4337 C -2
03/23/2015
NO.
NAME
FROM
TO
BASE
BUILDING
LINE
REQUIRED
(Feet)
DESIGNATED
R -O -W LINE
(Feet)
8.
SR 46 East
U.S. 17 -92
Mellonville Avenue
75
Existing
9.
SR 46 East
Mellonville Avenue
SR 415
100
Existing
10.
CR 46A
1 -4
U.S. 17 -92
85
60
11.
CR 427
Sanford Avenue
U.S. 17 -92
85
60
12.
CR 415 (13th Street)
French Avenue
Mellonville Avenue
(2)
40
13,
CR 415 (13th Street)
Mellonville Avenue
Brisson Avenue
75
50
14.
Sanford Avenue
Seminole Boulevard
SR 46
(2)
Existing
15,
CR 425 (Sanford Avenue)
SR 46 East (25th Street)
CR 427
(2)
60
16.
CR 425 (Sanford Avenue)
CR 427
Lake Jessup
85
60
17.
Historic Goldsboro Boulevard
Southwest Road
U.S. 17 -92
(2)
Existing
18.
27th Street (CR 427A)
U.S. 17 -92
Sanford Avenue
(2)
50
19.
Airport Boulevard
SR 46 West (1 st Street)
Country Club Road
110
60
20.
Airport Boulevard
Country Club Road
U.S. 17 -92 .
110
60
21.
Airport Boulevard
U.S. 17 -92
Sanford Avenue
110
60
22.
Airport Boulevard
Sanford Avenue
Mellonville Avenue
75
50
23.
Beardall Avenue
Kentucky Avenue
CR 415 (Celery Avenue)
90
40
24.
Brisson Avenue
CR 415 (13th Street)
SR 46
90
40
25.
Central Park Drive
Upsala Road
SR 46
(2)
Existing
26.
Country Club Road
CR 46A
Rantoul Lane
75
50
27.
Country Club Road
CR 46A
Hardy Avenue
60
35
28.
Country Club Drive
Hardy Avenue
20th Street
(2)
Existing
29,
Florida Avenue
Georgia Avenue
U.S. 17 -92
(2)
Existing
30.
Georgia Avenue
Florida Avenue
CR 46A
(2)
Existing
31.
Hidden Lake Drive
Airport Boulevard
Lake Mary Boulevard
(2)
Existing
32.
Jewett Lane
Airport Boulevard
Jerry Avenue
80
30
Ord. No. 4337 C -3
03/23/2015
NO.
NAME
FROM
TO
BASE
BUILDING
LINE
REQUIRED
(Feet)
DESIGNATED
R -O -W LINE
(Feet)
33.
Lake Mary Boulevard
Country Club Road
Sanford Avenue
130
60
34.
Lake Mary Boulevard
Sanford Avenue
Ohio Avenue
100
50
35.
Live Oak Boulevard
Airport Boulevard
100' South of Wax Myrtle Drive
80
30
36.
Live Oak Boulevard
Lake Mary Boulevard
100' South of Wax Myrtle Drive
85
35
37.
Mangoustine Avenue
U.S. 17 -92 (Seminole Blvd)
1st Street
(2)
Existing
38.
Marquette Avenue
Ohio Avenue
Beardall Avenue
90
40
39.
McCracken Road
Airport Boulevard
Persimmon Avenue
65
40
40.
Mellonville Avenue
Seminole Boulevard
SR 46 East
(2)
Existing
41.
Mellonville Avenue
Airport Boulevard
Lake Mary Boulevard
90
40
42.
Ohio Avenue
Onora Road
Lake Mary Boulevard
(2)
40
43.
Old Lake Mary Road
Southwest Road
CR 46A
60
35
44.
Old Lake Mary Road
CR 46A
Country Club Road
75
50
45.
Onora Street
Mellonville Road
Ohio Avenue
90
40
46.
Oregon Avenue
CR 46A
Rinehart Road
100
50
47.
Oregon Avenue
Rinehart Road
SR 46
120
---
48.
Park Avenue
Seminole Boulevard
CR 415 (13 Street)
(2)
Existing
49.
Park Avenue and Park Drive
CR 415 (13th Street)
U.S. 17 -92
(2)
Existing
50.
Persimmon Avenue
CR 415 (Historic Goldsboro Blvd)
West 8th Street
50
Existing
51.
Persimmon Avenue
West 8th Street
SR 46 West (First Street)
65
Existing
52.
Pine Way
Sanford Avenue
Sipes Avenue
90
40
51
Rinehart Road
CR 46A
SR 46
120
70
54.
Seminole Boulevard
French Avenue
Mellonville Avenue
Existing
55.
Southwest Road
Country Club Road
13th Street
60
35
56.
Terwilliger Lane
SR 46 West (First Street)
U.S. 17 -92 (Seminole Blvd)
55
30
57.
Upsala Road
SR 46 West
SR 46A
75
50
NOTES:
(1) Except as noted.
(2) The Base Building Line shall be twenty -five (25) feet as measured from the right -of -way line.
(3) The Base Building Line shall be fifty (50) feet as measured from the right -of -way line.
Ord. No. 4337 C -4
03/23/2015
SECTION 3.0 SPECIAL LAKE MONROE BUILDING SETBACKS
Structures that abut U.S. Highway 17 & 92 and /or Seminole Boulevard — excluding those areas
that are East of French Avenue (U.S. Highway 17 & 92) — where those streets are adjacent to
Lake Monroe shall comply with the following requirements:
A. The lakeside parcel line shall be that boundary line of any parcel that abuts the southerly,
right -of -way line of U.S. Highway 17 & 92 and /or Seminole Boulevard where the north
side of such streets abut Lake Monroe and /or the sea wall adjacent to Lake Monroe.
The minimum building setback from the lakeside parcel line shall be 35 feet. At least
75 percent of the parcel area located within the minimum lakeside building setback shall
be maintained as open space other than that provided in vehicular circulation and off -
street parking area.
B. The relationship between the maximum building height and the maximum building area
for all parcel area within 100 feet of the lakeside parcel line shall be as follows:
Maximum Building Height
In Feet
Up to 35
36-50
51 -65
66-80
81-95
96 or more
Ord. No. 4337 C -5
03/23/2015
Maximum Building Area
M of Parcel Area)
25
20
15
10
5
0
SCHEDULE J
LANDSCAPE, BUFFER AND TREE REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 1.0 PURPOSE AND INTENT
Landscape, buffer and tree protection requirements serve many purposes in the built -up
environment. Landscape provides visual and climatic relief from buildings, structures and broad
expanses of pavement; landscape buffers pedestrian and vehicular traffic; Trees provide shade,
scenic beauty and natural habitat.
In general, landscaping and buffers shall be designed to:
Enhance the urban development by blending natural and man -made environments.
2. Provide shade for paved surfaces.
3. Separate vehicular and nonvehicular use areas.
4. Define vehicular accessways and access points.
Screen vehicular movement, noise and glare.
6. Provide visual and physical separation of potentially incompatible land uses.
7. Incorporate water conservation features such as drought tolerant landscaping and reclaimed
water usage as required herein.
Landscape, landscaped areas, buffers and tree protection shall be provided and /or accomplished for
all premises in the manner set forth in this Schedule. Required landscaped areas shall be located at or
above grade unless otherwise prescribed in these Land Development Regulations. The minimum
provision of required landscape, landscaped areas, buffers and trees may be exceeded. Unless
otherwise prescribed, the most stringent provision of this Schedule shall prevail.
SECTION 1.1 DEFINITIONS: LANDSCAPE, BUFFERS AND TREE PROTECTION
The words or phrases defined below have special or limited meanings as used in this Schedule and
as used in this Schedule shall mean:
Accent tree - A small tree with attractive flowers, berries, leaves or bark used in the forefront of a
landscaped area to provide interest, emphasis or a focal point in the landscape.
Berm - Man -made earth contoured so as to form a mound above the general elevation of the
adjacent ground or surface and designed to provide visual interest, screen undesirable view and /or
decrease noise.
Buffer - A combination of physical space and vertical elements such as plants, berms, fences, or
walls, whose purpose is to separate and screen incompatible land uses from one another.
Ord. No. 4337 J -1
03/23/2015
Caliper - For the purposes of this Schedule, caliper shall mean the diameter of a tree measured at
breast height (dbh) which is four and one -half (4 %2) feet above the ground.
Canopy tree - Tall trees that form the uppermost leaf layer in a natural landscape as may be
required by these regulations.
Clear trunk - The distance between the top of the root ball and the point of the trunk where lateral
branching begins.
Commercial - All uses in RC -1, GC -2 and SC -3 Zoning Districts except One - Family Dwellings;
Nonresidential uses in PD Zoning Districts; All uses in RMOI Zoning Districts except One - Family,
Two - Family and Multiple- Family Dwellings.
Common Area - That area which will be maintained by a homeowners association, City service
area, or other form of cooperative organization. For purposes of these regulations, "common area"
does not include open space which cannot legally be disturbed.
Decorative Turf - Turf used purely for ornamental purposes having no use other than aesthetics.
Drip Line - The vertical line running through the outermost portion of the tree crown extending to
the ground.
Fully Shielded Lighting - Lighting constructed in such a manner that all light emitted by the fixture,
either directly from the lamp or a diffusing element, or indirectly by reflection or refraction from any
part of the luminaire, is projected below the horizontal. Such fixtures usually have a flat,
horizontally oriented lens and opaque (usually metal) sides. They are often described as "shoebox"
luminaires if the luminaire has a predominantly rectangular form. Fixtures that either have reflecting
surfaces or lenses (clear or prismatic) located below the lamp and visible from the side or above and
fixtures that can be mounted such that the shielding is ineffective are not considered fully shielded
lighting.
Groundcover - A low- growing plant, other than turfgrass, that, by the nature of its growth
characteristics, completely covers the ground and does not usually exceed two (2) feet in height.
Hatracking or Topping - Pruning a tree in such a way that the majority of limbs are removed and
the tree is left with only a trunk and the stumps of a few primary limbs, with little or no foliage or
other trimming or pruning that has the effect of preventing a tree from attaining its natural height
and /or shape.
Hedge - A row of evenly spaced shrubs planted to form a continuous unbroken visual screen.
Industrial - All uses in RI -1 and MI -2 Zoning Districts.
Landscape - Vegetative and inert materials including, but not limited to, grass, sod, shrubs, vines,
hedges, trees, flowers, berms and complementary structural landscape architectural features such as
rocks, fountains, sculpture, decorative walls and tree wells or other hardscape features.
Ord. No. 4337 J -2
03/23/2015
Landscaped Area - Land area to be provided with landscape.
Landscaped Strip or Landscaped Island - Required landscaped areas containing ground cover,
shrubs, trees and /or other landscape used to divide parking areas into individual bays.
Moisture Sensing Switch - A device which has the ability to shut off an automatic irrigation
controller after receiving a determined amount of rainfall.
Mulch - Non - living organic materials such as wood chips that is customarily placed around the base
of trees, shrubs and groundcovers for the purpose of retaining moisture and retarding weed
infestation and soil erosion. Also used in pathways and play areas.
Multiple - Family - Multiple - Family Dwellings in MR -1, MR -2, MR -3, RMOI and PD Zoning
Districts; Mobile Homes in SR -2 and PD Zoning Districts.
Native or Naturalizing Plant Species - Plant species native to the region or introduced which once
established are capable of sustaining growth and reproduction under local climatic conditions,
without supplemental watering.
Nonresidential - Pursuant to land use category headings reflected in Schedule B, Permitted Uses in
these land development regulations, all COMMERCIAL, TRANSIENT LODGING AND
ENTERTAINMENT, AUTOMOTIVE, MISCELLANEOUS BUSINESS AND SERVICES,
INDUSTRIAL and PUBLIC /SEMI- PUBLIC uses.
Parking Area - A paved ground surface area used for the temporary parking and maneuvering of
vehicles by employees, customers or residents providing an accessory service to a commercial,
industrial, or residential use.
Paved Ground Surface Area - Any paved area, excluding public rights -of -way, used for the
purpose of driving, maneuvering, parking, storing or display of motor vehicles, boats, trailers,
mobile- homes, and recreational vehicles including new and used automobile sales lots, other parking
lot uses, and paved outdoor sales areas.
Poodle Cut - Stripping off the lower branches of a tree and rounding or shearing the ends of the
greenery to create an unnatural shape.
Required Landscape - Any landscape required by this Schedule.
Required Landscaped Area - Any landscaped area required by this Schedule.
Residential - All uses in SR -IAA, SR -IA, SR -1, SR -2, MR -1, MR -2, MR -3 Zoning Districts; One -
Family, Two - Family and Multiple - Family Dwellings in RMOI and PD Zoning Districts; One - Family
Dwellings in AG Zoning Districts.
Setback - The minimum setback requirement for all structures.
Ord. No. 4337 J -3
03/23/2015
Shrub - A self - supporting woody species of plant characterized by persistent stems and branches
springing from the base.
Single - Family - One - Family Dwellings in SR -IAA, SR -IA, SR -1 and PD Zoning Districts.
Specimen Tree - A particularly fine or unusual example of any tree due to its age, size, rarity,
environmental value or exceptional aesthetic quality. A tree may also be designated a specimen due
to its association with historic events or persons. A specimen tree cannot be of a species that is
unacceptable pursuant to Section 5.2.
Tree - Any living, self - supporting, woody plant which normally grows to a minimum overall height
of fifteen (15) feet and usually has a single trunk.
Turf - Upper layer of soil bound by grass and plant roots into a thick mat.
Vehicular Circulation Area - Streets, rights -of -way, accessways, parking spaces, parking, loading
and unloading and other similar or related functions.
SECTION 2.0 LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 2.1 LANDSCAPE REQUIREMENTS FOR RESIDENTIAL USES
Landscape shall be provided for all residential uses in the following manner:
A. One- and Two - Family Dwellings - At least one (1) tree shall be located in the required
front yard of each dwelling unit for one - family dwellings and two - family dwellings.
SECTION 2.2 OFF - STREET PARKING AND VEHICULAR CIRCULATION AREAS
The following provisions and requirements shall apply to all off - street parking areas for automobiles
and vehicular circulation areas:
A. Required Internal Landscape Area. The minimum required internal landscaped area for
parking areas shall cover ten percent (10 %) of the parking area.
1. Minimum Required Land Area for Required Landscaped Areas. Each required
landscaped area shall contain a minimum land area of two hundred (200) square feet.
2. Required Landscaped Area For Rows Of Parking Spaces. A landscaped area
shall be provided at each end of all rows of parking. In addition, at least one (1)
landscaped area shall be provided between every ten (10) parking spaces, provided
however, that when double (front -to- front) rows of parking spaces are utilized, each
required landscaped area shall contain a minimum land area of four hundred (400)
square feet. Length shall match that of the adjacent parking space. A twenty (20) foot
turning radius shall be accommodated at the end of parking rows.
B. Required Trees. At least one canopy (1) tree shall be provided in each required landscaped
area; provided, however, that two canopy (2) trees shall be provided for each required
landscaped area as prescribed in subsection A.2. The location of required trees in required
landscaped areas shall be within an area that has a minimum radius of ten (10) feet measured
Ord. No. 4337 J -4
03/23/2015
from the center of the tree trunk to the rear edge of the required landscaped area. Tree
species should be a type that has a natural growth height that corresponds to the size of the
landscaped area as determined by the Administrative Official.
C. Required Shrubs. Each required landscaped area shall be provided with shrubs in the ratio
of five (5) shrubs per each tree required. All landscaped areas shall be covered in
groundcover or turf.
D. Parking Space Reduction to Protect Existing Trees. The Administrative Official shall
have the authority to reduce the required number of off - street parking spaces when such
reduction would result in the preservation of existing trees which are a minimum of six (6)
inches in diameter measured at breast height above the ground provided that such reduction
in the number of required parking spaces shall result in a reduction in an amount of less than
five (5) percent of the total number of required off - street parking spaces.
E. Two or More Parallel Driving Aisles. In situations where there are four (4) or more rows of
parking spaces, the City have the authority to require the use of landscaped strips a minimum
of ten (10) feet in width to be parallel to the subject driving aisles. In such areas, trees shall
generally be spaced at intervals of twenty -five (25) feet.
SECTION 2.3 LANDSCAPE ADJACENT TO STREETS AND PARCELS
A landscaped strip shall be provided along all parcel lines and abutting street right -of -way lines as
required by the provisions of this Schedule. The depth of the required landscaped strip shall be
measured and provided parallel to the parcel line or abutting street right -of -way in question.
Landscaped strips shall be considered to be required landscaped area. A landscaped strip may be
included as fulfilling the buffer requirements for the premise in question. However, no part of a
landscaped strip required for any use shall be included as fulfilling the landscape or buffer
requirements for another use unless specifically provided for in this Schedule. Landscaped strips
shall be provided in the following manner:
A. Arterials. Properties fronting on all roads classified as arterials, including, but not limited to,
East Lake Mary Boulevard and the Airport Boulevard Extension, shall comply with the
following standards:
The developer /property owner shall be responsible for providing a minimum twenty -
five (25) foot landscape buffer in the area abutting the designated roadway right -of-
way lines. Landscape buffer width may be reduced to a minimum of fifteen (15) feet
only if the lot is less than two hundred (200) feet deep.
2. The landscape buffer area shall be planted with two (2) rows of canopy trees, six (6)
inch diameter at breast height (dbh) at planting. The trees shall be planted every fifty
(50) feet and staggered so as to be midway between each other, and equal distance
between each row and right -of -way. A minimum of four (4) sub- canopy trees per one
hundred (100) feet of frontage shall be planted in and about each access point and
intersection. Unless otherwise noted herein, all landscaping shall comply with
Schedule J- Landscape, Buffer and Tree Requirements of the Sanford Land
Development Regulations.
Ord. No. 4337 J -5
03/23/2015
B. Collectors. A fifteen (15) foot wide landscaped strip shall be provided along all parcel lines
abutting a street right -of -way classified as collector roadways in the Traffic Circulation Plan
Element of the Comprehensive Plan. Required landscape shall be provided within the
required landscaped strip as follows:
1. Trees. One (1) canopy tree shall be provided for every thirty to forty linear feet of
parcel line in question. Tree spacing shall be determined by the Administrative
Official based upon the type of species to be planted. Such trees shall be evenly
spaced.
2. Hedges. When off - street parking, loading, unloading and vehicular circulation areas
are to be located adjacent to the street in question, a dense hedge of evergreen -type
shrubs shall be provided in the following manner:
a. At initial planting and installation, shrubs shall be at least thirty (30) inches
in height and shall be planted thirty (30) inches or less on center. The hedge
shall be planted four (4) feet or more behind the tree trunks.
b. Within one (1) year of initial planting and installation, shrubs shall have
attained and be maintained at a minimum height of four (4) feet and shall
provide an opaque vegetative screen between the street and the use of the
premise.
C. In lieu of a vegetative hedge, the Administrative Official may approve the
use of vegetated berms or other appropriate landscape materials in a manner
that results in the visual separation of street right -of -way and the premises in
question.
3. Shrubs. If a hedge is not required, the buffer shall include nine (9) shrubs for every
one hundred (100) linear feet of parcel line in question. Shrubs shall be at least thirty
(30) inches in height at the time of planting.
4. Groundcover. The buffer area shall be planted with groundcover. The groundcover
shall completely cover the area within three (3) months of installation.
C. Other Street Right -of -Way. A ten (10) foot wide landscaped strip shall be provided along
all parcel lines abutting a street right -of -way other than streets prescribed in subsections 2.3.
A and B. Required landscape shall be provided in the required landscaped strip as follows:
I. Trees. One canopy (1) tree shall be provided for every thirty (30) to forty (40) linear
feet of parcel line in question as determined by the Administrative Official based
upon the type of tree. Such trees shall be evenly spaced.
2. Hedges. When off - street parking, loading, unloading and vehicular use areas are to
be located adjacent to a street, a dense hedge of evergreen -type shrubs shall be
provided in the following manner:
Ord. No. 4337 J -6
03/23/2015
a. At initial planting and installation, shrubs shall be at least two (2) feet in
height and shall be separated by a distance of thirty (30) inches on center.
Shrubs shall be placed at least four (4) feet behind the trees.
b. Within one (1) year of initial planting and installation, shrubs shall have
attained and be maintained at a minimum height of three (3) feet and shall
provide an opaque vegetative hedge between the street and the use of the
premises.
C. In lieu of a vegetative hedge, the Administrative Official may approve the
use of vegetated berms or other appropriate landscape materials in a manner
that results in the visual separation of street right -of -way and the premises.
3. Shrubs. If a hedge is not required, the buffer shall include nine (9) shrubs for every
one hundred (100) linear feet of parcel line in question. Shrubs shall be at least thirty
(30) inches in height at the time of planting.
4. Groundcover. The buffer area shall be planted with groundcover. The groundcover
shall completely cover the area within three (3) months of installation.
D. Other Parcel Lines. When off - street parking, loading, unloading and vehicular circulation
areas are to be located adjacent to a parcel line other than parcel lines described in subsection
A or B, above, a ten (10) foot wide landscaped strip shall be provided along the parcel line.
Landscape shall be provided in the landscaped strip as follows:
Trees. One canopy (1) tree shall be provided for every thirty (30) to forty (40) linear
feet of parcel line as determined by the Administrative Official based upon the type
of tree. Such trees shall be evenly spaced.
2. Hedge. A dense hedge of evergreen -type shrubs shall be provided in the following
manner:
a. At initial planting and installation, shrubs shall be at least two (2) feet in
height and shall be separated by a distance of thirty (30) inches on center.
Hedges shall be placed at least four (4) feet behind trees.
b. Within one (1) year of initial planting and installation, shrubs shall have
attained and be maintained at a minimum height of three (3) feet and shall
provide an opaque vegetative hedge.
C. In lieu of a vegetative hedge, the Administrative Official may approve the
use of vegetated berms or other appropriate landscape materials in a manner
that results in the visual separation of the premises from the adjacent parcel.
D. Required Trees. When both buffer and landscaped strip requirements apply, required trees
shall be provided. In addition, when a landscaped strip is included as fulfilling the buffer
requirements for the premise, the more stringent requirements shall apply.
Ord. No. 4337 J -7
03/23/2015
SECTION 2.4 REDUCTIONS AND EXCEPTIONS TO LANDSCAPE
REQUIREMENTS
A. Required Landscaped Strip, Required Landscaped Area and Required Landscape. The
Planning and Zoning Commission may, upon appeal by an applicant or unless otherwise
provided for, waive or reduce the required landscape provisions of this article where such
requirements would be unreasonable and excessive due to the size of the parcel and /or the
fact that the landscape requirement is not necessary due to the unique location and /or natural
topographical or other physical character of the specific parcel in question and provided such
reduction would not be detrimental to the adjacent parcel or parcels.
B. One and Two - Family Dwellings Exempted. This section shall not apply to one - family
dwellings or two - family dwellings.
SECTION 2.5 CREDIT FOR HEALTHY EXISTING TREES AND . PLANT
MATERIALS
Healthy trees and shrubs existing on the premisesmay be credited toward meeting the requirements
of this Schedule provided however, that such tree or shrub is not listed as a restricted tree in this
article. Trees shall be a minimum of four (4) inches in caliper and twelve (12) feet in height and
shrubs shall be a minimum of three (3) feet in height in order to be credited toward meeting the
requirements of this schedule. Palm tree species may not be credited for more than fifty percent
(50 %) of the total tree requirement for the premises. A certified arborist shall determine the health of
all trees proposed for credit. At the expense of the applicant seeking credit, the Administrative
Official shall determine which trees shall receive credit in accordance with this section.
SECTION 2.6 FOUNDATION LANDSCAPING
The following provisions shall apply to all building facades with frontage along a street right -of -way
with the exception of zero lot line buildings:
A. Required Landscaped Area. Excluding space necessary for ingress and egress, a minimum
five -foot wide landscaped area shall be located along one - hundred percent (100 %) of a
building fagade with frontage along a street right -of -way.
B. Required Trees. Within the required landscaped area there shall beat least two (2) accent
trees or three (3) palms for every forty (40) linear feet of building fagade.
C. Required Shrubs. Within the landscaped area there shall be a minimum of one (1) shrub for
every twenty (20) square feet of required landscaped area. A minimum of fifty percent (50 %)
of the area shall contain shrubs with the remainder to be ground cover.
SECTION 2.7 COMPREHENSIVE LANDSCAPE PROGRAM
The landscape requirements of this Schedule may be waived or modified as part of a site plan
approval if the application includes a comprehensive landscape program which satisfies the
following criteria:
Ord. No. 4337 J -g
03/23/2015
A. Architectural Theme. The landscape in a comprehensive landscape program shall be
designed as a part of the architectural theme of the principal buildings proposed or developed
on the parcel proposed for development.
B. Superior Design. The design, character, location and /or materials ofthe landscape treatment
proposed in the comprehensive landscape program shall be demonstrably more attractive
than landscaping otherwise permitted on the parcel proposed for development under the
minimum landscape standards.
SECTION 3.0 LAND USE COMPATIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 3.1 GENERAL EXPLANATION OF REQUIREMENTS
Land use compatibility requirements shall apply along all parcel lines as required by the provisions
of this Schedule. Such requirements shall include three parts: l) setback, 2) buffer and 3) visual
screen. Unless otherwise provided for in this Schedule, the buffer shall be located within the setback
and the visual screen shall be located within the buffer. Refer to Schedule U, Overlay Districts, for
the requirements applicable for each district.
SECTION 3.2 BUFFER
A. Location. A buffer shall be provided along all parcel lines and abutting street right -of -way
lines as required by the provisions of this these land development regulations. The depth of
the required buffer shall be measured and provided parallel to the parcel line or abutting
street right -of -way in question. No part of a buffer required for any use shall be included as
fulfilling the buffer requirements for another use unless specifically provided for in this
Schedule.
B. Maintenance. The required buffer shall, unless otherwise provided for in this Schedule, be
planted and maintained in lawn or other landscaping materials including, but not limited to,
flower beds, shrubs, hedges or trees, planted so as not to obscure the vision of vehicular
traffic both on and off the premises. The required buffer shall be maintained in a healthy,
growing condition which is neat and orderly in appearance and shall be kept free of refuse
and debris.
C. Uses In Buffer. The following uses shall be permissible within a required buffer:
1. Vehicular access to off - street parking, loading, unloading and service area space
subject to the following provisions:
a. All of the provisions of the Schedule relating to vehicular access points to
off - street parking, loading, unloading and service area space shall be
complied with throughout the entire depth of the required buffer.
b. All such vehicular access shall be required to be generally perpendicular to
the street right -of -way line throughout the entire depth of the required buffer.
2. Required project improvements.
Ord. No. 4337 J -9
03/23/2015
3. Permitted public service structures.
4. Walkways with improved surfaces.
5. Permitted signs.
6. Required landscaped areas.
D. Vehicular Encroachment Prohibited. All off - street parking and /or loading, unloading and
service areas and all other vehicular circulation areas shall be located, designed and arranged
so as not to encroach upon any required buffer. In addition, all off - street parking spaces
located adjacent to a required buffer shall be provided with appropriate tire stops, curbs, or
other vehicular bumper guards designed to prevent any encroachment of vehicles upon the
required buffer.
SECTION 3.3 VISUAL SCREEN
A visual screen shall be provided as required by the provisions of this Schedule. The required visual
screen shall be approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission and shall be maintained in good
condition and in conformity with this Schedule for as long as the use continues to exist. The required
visual screen shall be free of all advertising or other signs. Two (2) types of visual screen shall be
defined as follows:
A. Type One, Masonry Wall. A Type One visual screen shall mean a continuous, non -
perforated and solid masonry wall at least six (6) feet in height, except where a lesser or
greater height is required by these land development regulations. Such required wall shall be
constructed of cement block, brick or other similar masonry material. If the wall is
constructed of cement block, with the exception of decorative concrete block, the side facing
the abutting use shall be faced with stucco or another similar decorative finish. If no solid
wall or fence exists on the adjoining property, the landscape material shall be placed on the
side of the wall adjacent to the adjoining property. The landscape buffer area shall be planted
with two (2) rows of canopy trees. The trees shall be four (4) inches in diameter at breast
height at planting. The trees shall be spaced every twenty -five (25) feet in each row.
Between rows, the trees shall be staggered so as to be midway between each other, an equal
distance between each row and right -of -way. A minimum of twelve (12) shrubs, three (3)
feet in height or greater at planting, shall be planted for every one hundred (100) linear feet
of required buffer.
B. Type Two, Hedge. A Type Two visual screen shall mean a continuous hedge of dense shrub
plantings which shall attain a height of at least six (6) feet within eighteen (18) months of the
time of planting, except where a lesser or greater height is required by these land
development regulations. Such required hedge shall be not less than four (4) feet in height at
the time of planting. The maximum distance between shrub foliage at time of planting shall
be two (2) feet. In addition, one (1) tree shall be provided every twenty -five (25) feet along
the hedge.
Ord. No. 4337 J -10
03/23/2015
C. Berms. Earthen berms may be utilized to provide all or a portion of the required height of
visual screening. Such berms shall generally be centered within a minimum area of ten (10)
feet in width and shall utilize a slope of 3:1 or less and shall be fully landscaped.
SECTION 3.4 APPLICATION OF REQUIREMENTS
A. Side and /or Rear Yards. Table A, below, shall be used to determine the application of
alternative land use compatibility requirements along side and /or rear parcel lines of the
proposed use. Schedule S, Historic Preservation, and Schedule U, Overlay Districts, shall
prevail over these requirements.
Table A
Proposed Abutting Setback Buffer Visual Screen
Use Use (In Feet) (In Feet) (Type)
Multi- Family Single - Family
One story buildings 50 25 1
Two or more stories 100 50 1
Commercial Residential 50 25 1
75 50 2
Industrial Residential 75 50 1
100 75 1 or 2
B. Front Yard Buffer and Visual Screen Requirements for Proposed Commercial and
Industrial Uses. Front yards of commercial and /or industrial uses abutting residential uses
shall provide a ten (10) foot buffer and a Type One or Type Two visual screen. Schedule S,
Historic Preservation, and Schedule U, Overlay Districts, shall prevail over these
requirements.
C. Visual Screen for Certain Proposed Uses in Certain Zoning Districts That Abut
Existing One - Family Dwellings. Nonresidential uses in RMOI, RC -1, GC -2, and /or SC -3
Zoning Districts that abut a One - Family Dwelling in an RMOI, RC -1 SC -3 and /or a GC -2
Zoning District shall provide a Type One or Type Two visual screen within a ten (10) foot
buffer along the side and /or rear yard adjacent to the One - Family Dwelling.
D. Visual Screen for Proposed Residential Uses Abutting Existing Commercial and /or
Industrial Uses. When the side and /or rear parcel line of a proposed residential use abuts an
existing commercial and /or industrial use that does not comply with visual screen
requirement provisions of this Schedule, the proposed residential use shall provide a Type
One or Type Two visual screen along the parcel line in question.
SECTION 3.5 MODIFICATIONS TO LAND USE COMPATIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
The Planning and Zoning Commission may grant a variance in order to modify land use
compatibility requirements as specifically described herein (Article III, Section 3.8).
Ord. No. 4337 J -11
03/23/2015
A. Visual Screen and Setback Waiver. The Planning and Zoning Commission may, upon
request by an applicant, waive or reduce the required visual screen and /or setback where
such requirement(s):
Would be unreasonable and excessive due to the size of the parcel and /or the fact that
the required visual screen or setback; or
2. Would result in an arbitrary and undesirable obstruction from a major thoroughfare;
or
Is not necessary due to the unique location and /or natural topographical or other
physical character of the specific parcel.
Such waiver or reduction may be granted only if such waiver or reduction would not be
detrimental to the adjacent parcel or parcels. The Planning and Zoning Commission shall
approve only the minimum waiver or reduction in the said requirement necessary to remedy
the hardship.
Where significant elevation change exists between two (2) parcels of incompatible use which
would render the required visual buffer types ineffective, the Planning and Zoning
Commission may require a more stringent buffer sufficient to effectively screen uses.
B. Railroad Sidings. The Planning and Zoning Commission, upon request by an applicant, may
waive or reduce the required buffer where such buffer would prevent structures from
locating adjacent to railroad sidings provided such reduction would not be detrimental to
surrounding areas.
SECTION 3.6 SCREENING OF EQUIPMENT
All nonresidential and multifamily dumpsters, recycling bins, trash /garbage areas, mechanical
equipment located below the roofline, backflow preventors and electrical transformers shall be
screened on a minimum of three sides.
A. Screening Material. A hedge or solid fence not to exceed six (6) feet in height shall be used
as a screening material. If landscape material is used, it shall be a minimum of thirty (30)
inches from the existing grade at the time of planting and maintained at the height of the
device; in no case shall the landscape material exceed six (6) feet.
B. Mechanical Equipment. Trees or shrubs shall be installed to shade mechanical equipment
and aide in energy conservation. Landscape material shall be installed in such a manner that
it does not interfere with the normal operations and maintenance of mechanical equipment.
B. Residential Air Conditioners. Single and two - family residences and mobile homes shall
install trees or shrubs to shade all exterior air - conditioning units located below the roofline
of the structure.
Ord. No. 4337 J -12
03/23/2015
SECTION 3.7 BUFFER LIGHTING
All lighting located within a buffer area adjacent to a single - family residential zoning district shall
be fully shielded lighting. The lighting shall be designed and located so that adjacent residential lots
are not directly illuminated.
SECTION 4.0 TREE PROTECTION AND PRESERVATION REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 4.1 SITE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT REQUIRED
A Site Development Permit shall be required prior to any action to directly, or indirectly, cut down,
destroy, remove or move, or effectively destroy through damaging, or authorize the cutting down,
destroying, removing, or moving, or damaging of any living tree situated on the premises. The
procedures for review and issuance of such a permit shall be as follows:
A. Preliminary Subdivision Plans and Site Plans. Applications shall accompany all proposed
Preliminary Subdivision Plans and all proposed Site Plans. All required submittal
information and supplementary materials prescribed in Section 4.3, shall be submitted with
the proposed Preliminary Subdivision Plan or proposed Site Plan in question. Procedures for
approval and issuance shall be the same as the procedures for review and approval of
Subdivisions and Development Plans as prescribed in this Schedule.
B. All Others. In cases other than those described in Section 4.1 the applicant shall submit a
proposed Site Development Permit to the Administrative Official. The Administrative
Official shall review the proposed Permit and shall issue or deny the proposed Permit based
on the criteria set forth in Section 4.2 and the information supplied by the applicant
prescribed in Section 4.3. The Administrative Official's review of such application may
include a field check of the premises in question and referral of the application for
recommendation to other City officials, departments or agencies.
SECTION 4.2 CRITERIA FOR TREE REMOVAL, REPLACEMENT AND
RELOCATION
A. Tree Removal. Prior to the issuance of a site development permit to remove a tree(s), the
Administrative Official shall find that one (1) of the following conditions exists:
1. The tree is located where a structure or improvement is to be placed and said tree
unreasonably restricts the permitted use of the property.
2. The tree is dead, diseased, injured, in danger of falling.
3. The tree is too close to existing or proposed structures so as to endanger such
structures.
4. The tree interferes with utility services.
5. The tree creates unsafe vision clearance.
Ord. No. 4337 J -13
03/23/2015
B. Replacement and Relocation. As a condition of the granting of a Site Development Permit
to remove, replace and /or relocate a tree(s), the Administrative Official shall have the
authority to require the relocation or replacement of the trees being removed. If tree
replacement is required, such replacement shall be at a three - for -one basis ifthe replacement
trees are smaller than the tree being removed. In no case shall the number of calipers
removed be less than the total number of calipers in the replacement trees. Tree replacement
or tree relocation shall be on the premise. In determining the required relocation or
replacement of trees, the Administrative Official shall consider the needs of the intended use
of the property together with an evaluation of the following prepared by a certified arborist
or a biologist at the cost of the applicant:
1. Existing tree coverage;
2. Number of trees to be removed on the entire property;
3. Area to be covered with structures, parking, and driveways;
4. Topography and drainage of the site and its environs;
5. Character of the site and its environs;
6. Ecology of the site; and
7. Characteristics and amount of shrubs, grass, and trees proposed for planting on the
premise by the applicant.
C. In Right -of -Way. With the exception of plantings initiated by the City or Seminole County,
within the public right -of -way, planting of trees and /or removal of existing trees that are two
(2) inches in diameter or greater shall require a site development permit.
SECTION 4.3 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
Applications for a site development permit to remove, replace and /or move trees shall be
accompanied by such permit fee as shall, from time to time, be established by duly adopted by
resolution of the City Commission. Each such application shall be accompanied by the following:
A. Written Statement. State the reasons for the requested action. For trees that are to be saved
or retained, each application shall contain a statement of how these tree areas are to be
protected during and after construction activities.
B. Site Layout. Two (2) copies of a legible site layout drawn to the largest practicable scale
indicating the following:
I . Location of all trees which are a minimum of six (6) inches in diameter measured 4.5
feet above the ground on the site within thirty (30) feet ofthe buildable area. Identify
trees to be retained, altered, removed, relocated, or replaced. Smaller trees to be
retained may also be shown by the applicant to assist the Administrative Official in
determining replacement requirements. Groups of trees in close proximity may be
Ord. No. 4337 J -14
03/23/2015
designated as "clumps" or "clusters" of trees with the estimated number and type of
trees noted. Only those trees to be removed, altered, relocated, or replaced must be
named (common or botanical name).
2. Tree information required shall be summarized in legend form on the plan and shall
include the reason for the proposed alteration, removal, relocation or replacement.
Location of all existing or proposed structures, improvements and uses, including the
location and dimension of property lines, building and structure setbacks, and yard
requirements.
4. Properties with existing buildings, structures and uses may depict only that portion of
the premises directly involved plus adjacent structures, landscaping, and natural
vegetation.
Proposed changes, if any, in elevation, grade and major contour.
6. Locations of existing or proposed utility services.
SECTION 4.4 EXCEPTIONS AND EXEMPTIONS
A. Dangerous Trees. In the event that any tree endangers health or safety and requires
immediate removal, such as, but not limited to, the cutting of emergency fire lanes by fire-
fighting units, verbal authorization may be given by the Administrative Official and the tree
removed without obtaining a written permit as herein required. Such verbal authorization
shall later be confirmed in writing by the Administrative Official.
B. Emergencies. In the case of emergencies such as hurricane, windstorm, flood, freeze, or
other disasters, the requirements of this Section may be waived by the City Manager. At the
earliest possible meeting of the City Commission, the City Manager shall set forth in detail
those findings establishing that such waiver is necessary so that public or private work to
restore order in the City will not be impeded. Said waiver must be for a time certain and may
not be for an indefinite period.
C. Notification Requirements Pertaining to Utility Companies. Whenever any electric,
water, telephone or other public utility firm or corporation wishes to extend, maintain or
relocate service such that any tree on an unimproved lot or tract will be removed, they shall
make application for a permit to do so. Any public utility wishing to prune trees on a right -
of -way shall notify the Administrative Official in writing in advance of the time and place
those pruning activities will take place. The Administrative Official shall supervise these
activities as necessary and shall have the authority to regulate or halt such pruning when
these actions are deemed detrimental to the trees or beyond that needed to insure continued
utility service.
Ord. No. 4337 J -15
03/23/2015
D. Exempt Trees. The following types of trees shall be exempt from the provisions of this
section:
American Mulberry (Morus rubra)
Australian Pine (Casuarina spp.)
Black Cherry (Prunus serotina)
Brazilian Pepper (Shinus terebinthifolius)
Cajeput Tree (Melaleuca Leucadendra)
Camphor Tree (Cinnamomum camphora)
Cherry Laurel (Prunus laurocerasis)
Chinaberry (Meliaa Azedarach)
Chinese tallow tree (Sapium sebiferum)
Containerized trees and nursery stock trees grown for resale
Ear Trees (Enterolobium cyclocarpum) (Enterolobium contortisliquum)
Eucalyptus Robusta (Eucalyptus robusta)
Jacaranda (Jacaranda acutifolia)
Golden Rain tree (Koelreuteria elegans)
Orchid Tree (Bauhinia)
Rosewood (Dalbergia sissoo)
Sand Pine (Pinus clausa)
Silk Oak (Grevillea robusta)
SECTION 4.5 SPECIMEN TREES
A. Purpose. It is the purpose of this Subsection to acknowledge the existence of certain trees
within the City that are rare or unique due to factors such as age, size, historical association,
ecological value or type and to protect such trees through their designation as specimen
trees.
B. Designation as Specimen. Designation as a specimen tree may commence in any of the
following ways:
An applicant may request such designation as part of any master plan, preliminary
subdivision or site plan review application. To do so, the applicant shall submit an
expert evaluation by a horticulturalist or ISA certified arborist to the Administrative
Official.
2. A property owner may request such designation at any time. To do so, the applicant
shall submit an expert evaluation by the City landscape architect or a horticulturalist
or certified arborist to the Administrative Official on a form prepared by the
Administrative Official.
3. The Administrative Official may request such designation.
4. Any tree which achieves a `Florida State Champion Tree Status.'
5. The Administrative Official may develop specific standards for designating specimen
trees.
Ord. No. 4337 J -16
03/23/2015
C. Designation by City Commission. The Administrative Official shall present all tree
designation requests for specimen trees to the City Commission for its consideration and
designation at a public hearing.
SECTION 4.6 VIOLATIONS AND PENALTIES
A. Violations. It is unlawful to destroy, cut down or remove any living tree without first
obtaining a permit. It is also unlawful to prune, top, hatrack or poodle cut a tree or shrub
required by these land development regulations to a shape other than the tree's natural shape.
B. Penalties. Any person in violation of this schedule shall be required to:
Undertake pruning and other remedial action as determined by the City, not limited
to removal of severely abused trees to protect public safety and property and
corrective pruning to improve the health and form of affected trees.
2. If pruning cannot remedy the violation or if the landscape material has been
destroyed, cut down or removed, the penalty shall be the replacement of trees on a
six (6) to one (1) basis (six (6) trees or shrubs planted for every tree or shrub
destroyed). Each replacement tree shall be a minimum of three (3) inches measured
four and one -half (4 %2) feet above ground and the total replacement canopy shall be
at least equal to the canopy of the tree being replaced. The City shall approve the
species, quality and locations of the replacement trees.
3. If it is impractical to locate any or all of the replacement trees or shrubs on site, the
person or entity in violation shall contribute to the City's landscape fund in an
amount equal to the value of the destroyed tree or shrub as determined by the
Administrative Official. The value of the destroyed tree shall be determined pursuant
to the Guide for Plant Appraisals, 81 Edition, as amended by the Council of Tree and
Landscape Appraisers or the Guide for Plant Appraisals published by the
International society of Arboriculture. Such funds will be deposited into the City's
Landscape fund and may be used by the City to plant trees throughout the City.
SECTION 5.0 LANDSCAPE MATERIAL, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
STANDARDS
SECTION 5.1 REQUIRED TREES AND SHRUBS
A. Required Trees. Required trees shall have a minimum height of twelve (12) feet and a
caliper requirement off our (4) inches measured four and a half (4.5) feet above the ground
unless otherwise prescribed in this Schedule. However, in order for a crepe myrtle to be
considered a tree, is shall be a single trunk specimen of fifteen feet (15') in height or more.
In addition, palm trees shall be clustered in groups of three (3) in order to be considered as
meeting the requirement for one (1) tree as required in this Schedule. Palms shall have four
(4) feet of clear trunk for tree -form palms and five (5) feet from the ground surface to the
apical bud for shrub -form palms.
Ord. No. 4337 J -17
03/23/2015
B. Required Shrubs. Required shrubs shall be a minimum ofthree (3) gallon containers unless
otherwise prescribed in this Schedule. Drought tolerant plants should be used where possible
to conserve water. Required hedges shall be of non - deciduous species and planted and
maintained so as to form a continuous unbroken solid, visual screen within a maximum of
one (1) year after planting.
SECTION 5.2 UNACCEPTABLE PLANT SPECIES
The following species shall not be acceptable to meet landscape requirements of this Schedule, nor
shall such species be considered as a required tree, replacement tree or a required shrub:
A. Unacceptable Trees. Unacceptable trees shall be the same as exempt trees listed under
Section 4.4 D, above, excluding containerized trees and nursery stock trees.
B. Unacceptable Plants.
Castor Bean Water Hyacinth
Rice Paper Plant Lygodium spp. (fern)
Taro or Elephant Ear Cattails
SECTION 5.3 INSTALLATION OF REQUIRED LANDSCAPE AND TREES
All required trees and landscaping shall be installed according to generally accepted commercial
planting procedures. Soil, free of limerock, rocks, and other construction debris, shall be provided.
All landscaped areas shall be protected from vehicular encroachment by permanent wheel -stops or
curbing.
A. Florida No. 1 Quality. All required plant materials including, but not limited to, trees and
shrubs shall equal or exceed the standards for Florida No. 1 as established and revised by the
Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services except as otherwise provided in
this Schedule. Grass sod shall be healthy and reasonably free of weeds, pests and disease.
B. Proper Planting and Anchoring. All plant material shall be mulched to a depth of three (3)
to four (4) inches. Wherever new trees are installed they shall be provided with anchoring for
a period of at least one (1) year, in order to provide sufficient time for their roots to become
established. Trees with trunks under four inches (4 ") in diameter should be staked with one
(1) to three (3) stakes while trees with a diameter of 4" or more (measured four (4) feet from
the ground) should be guyed with three (3) to four (4) guy wires.
C. Irrigation. All required landscaped areas shall be watered with an underground irrigation
system or a drip irrigation system designed to allow differential operation schedules for high
and low water requirement areas. To avoid operation of the system during periods of
increased rainfall, an operational moisture sensor switch shall be required on all irrigation
systems equipped with automatic controls that will override the irrigation cycle of the
sprinkler system when adequate rainfall has occurred. The use of reclaimed water as a water
supply source for irrigation shall be required when such source is available or anticipated to
be available within one - hundred (100) feet of an existing or proposed City reclaimed water
line. In areas where food is served or consumed, such as outdoor eating areas of restaurants,
a dual supply source distribution system shall be installed whereby potable water shall serve
Ord. No. 4337 J -18
03/23/2015
as the source for the food serving and /or consumption areas and reclaimed water shall serve
as the supply source in all other landscaped areas.
The Administrative Official may require or otherwise approve water supply provisions for
unusual landscape conditions provided, however, that a readily available water source shall
be located within one - hundred (100) feet of any required landscaping plant material.
D. Berm. When a berm is used to form a required visual screen in lieu of, or in conjunction
with a required hedge or wall, such berm shall not exceed a slope of 30 degrees and shall be
completely covered with shrubs, trees, or other living ground cover.
E. Grass. When utilized, grass shall be plugged or sodded with the exception of swales, berms
or other areas that are subject to erosion in which case such areas shall be completely
sodded.
F. Ground Cover. Ground cover shall be installed and maintained for all improved parcels,
including residential, in order to prevent erosion and dust. Ground cover used in lieu of grass
shall be planted in such a manner so as to present a finished appearance and reasonably
complete coverage within 3 months after planting.
G. Intersection Visibility. When an accessway intersects a public right -of -way, landscape shall
be used to define the intersection; provided, however, that all landscape within the triangular
areas described below shall provide unobstructed cross - visibility at a level between two and
one -half (2 -1/2) and ten (10) feet. Trees shall be trimmed in such a manner that no limbs or
foliage extend into defined triangular areas. Landscape, except grass and groundcover, shall
not be located closer than three (3) feet from the edge of any accessway pavement.
The triangular areas are defined as follows:
1. The areas of property on both sides of an accessway formed by the intersection of
each side of the accessway and the public right -of -way pavement line with two (2)
sides of each triangle being ten (10) feet in length from the point of intersection and
the third side being a line connecting the ends of the other two (2) sides.
2. The area of property located at a corner formed by the intersection of two (2) or more
public streets with two (2) sides of the triangular area being measured twenty -five
(25) feet in length along the abutting edge of pavement, from their point of
intersection, and the third being a line connecting the ends of the other two (2) lines.
H. Location. All plant material shall be planted in a manner which is not intrusive to utilities or
pavement.
I. Recommended Plant List. A list of recommended plants is found at the end of this schedule
as Appendix 1.
Unacceptable Plant Species. All prohibited species, as enumerated in Section 4.4 D, shall
be removed from the site prior to the development of the site.
Ord. No. 4337 J -19
03/23/2015
SECTION 5.4 TREE PRESERVATION DURING DEVELOPMENT AND
CONSTRUCTION
A. Protective Barriers. During construction, protective barriers shall be placed, as necessary,
and /or as directed by the Administrative Official to prevent the destruction or damaging of
trees. Trees destroyed or receiving major damage must be replaced before occupancy or use
unless approval for their removal has been granted under the provisions of this article. All
trees not designated for removal may be required to be protected by barrier zones erected
prior to construction of any structures, roads, utility service, or other improvements, and may
be required to comply with the following if determined to be necessary by the
Administrative Official.
The protective barrier shall be constructed to the following standards:
a. The protective barrier shall be constructed outside the drip line of the tree
(See figure A).
b. The protective barrier shall be a minimum of three (3) feet high.
C. Protective barrier posts shall be two (2) inches by four (4) inches or larger
and shall be no more then six (6) feet apart.
d. The barrier shall have two (2) - one (1) by four (4) inch horizontal railings
affixed securely to the posts.
e. The entire protective zone shall be wrapped in orange safety fencing material
a minimum of three (3) feet in height.
f. The protective barriers shall be inspected by the Department prior to the
commencement of construction.
11GUBE A
Ord. No. 4337 J -20
03/23/2015
2. No grade changes shall be made within the protective barrier zones without prior
approval of the Administrative Official. Where roots greater than one (1) inch
diameter are exposed, they shall be cut cleanly.
3. Protective barrier zones shall remain in place and intact until such time as landscape
operations begin or construction is complete, whichever occurs first.
4. The Administrative Official may conduct periodic inspections of the site before
work begins and during clearing, construction and post- construction phases of
development in order to insure compliance with these land development regulations
and the intent of this Chapter.
No building materials, machinery or temporary soil deposits shall be placed within
protective barrier zones defined in Subsection 5AA above.
6. No attachments or wires other than those of a protective or nondamaging nature shall
be attached to any tree.
B. Regulations Pertaining to Utility Companies. Whenever any electric, water, telephone or
other public utility firm or corporation wishes to extend, maintain or relocate service such
that any tree on an unimproved lot or tract will be removed, they shall make application for a
permit to do so. Any public utility wishing to prune trees on a right -of -way shall notify the
Administrative Official in writing in advance of the time and place those pruning activities
will take place. The Administrative Official shall supervise these activities as necessary and
shall have the authority to regulate or halt such pruning when these actions are deemed
detrimental to the trees or beyond that needed to insure continued utility service.
SECTION 6.0 DROUGHT TOLERANT PLANT STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO
REQUIRED LANDSCAPING
Drought tolerant plants which shall be used in required landscaping are native, non - invasive plants
which will survive and flourish with comparatively little supplemental irrigation.
Industrial, commercial, civic, and multi- family residential buildings or structures; common areas of
single family or multi - family residential developments shall incorporate drought tolerant trees,
shrubs, and groundcovers in landscape plans as a water conservation measure. A list of plants which
require minimal water are included in the Florida water management districts' publication:
Waterwise, Florida Landscapes. In addition, mulches and drought tolerant groundcovers shall
replace narrow turf areas where irrigation is impractical. Interior remodels or minor modifications to
the exterior of a structure are not subject to this requirement.
SECTION 7.0 MAINTENANCE OF REQUIRED LANDSCAPE
All plant material shall be maintained according to the following standards:
A. All required trees, shrubs and landscaped areas shall be maintained in good and healthy
condition for as long as the use continues to exist. Maintenance shall consist of mowing,
Ord. No. 4337 J -21
03/23/2015
removing of litter and dead plant material, necessary pruning, pest control, water and
fertilizing.
B. Maintenance also includes, but is not limited to, the replacement of plants damaged by
insects, disease, vehicular traffic, acts of God and vandalism. Necessary replacements shall
be made within a time period not to exceed thirty (30) days after notification by the City of a
violation of this Schedule.
C. In order to increase the tree canopy within the City, give shade to paved surfaces, buffer
pedestrian and vehicular traffic and provide scenic beauty and natural habitat, as well as
prevent decay, sunburn and hazards to trees, all landscape material required under this
Schedule shall be pruned to maintain the natural shape of the plant. No topping, hatracking,
poodle cutting, excess pruning or excess crown reduction shall be performed and such
actions are unlawful.
D. The City shall encourage the standards of the International Society of Arboriculture and
the National Arborist Association for tree care operations, plant maintenance and proper
pruning methods by providing guidance, upon request, to applicants.
Ord. No. 4337 J_22
03/23/2015
APPENDIX 1
LIST OF PLANTS RECOMMENDED FOR SANFORD
Understory Trees
Common Name Botanical Name Common Name Botanical Name
Redbud
Cercis Canadensis
Loblolly bay
Gordonia lasianthus
Anise Illicium spp.
Southern red cedar
Juniperus silicicola
Drake /Chinese Elm
Ulmus parvifolia
Yaupon holly
Ilex vomitoria
Flowering Dogwood
Comus florida
Fringe tree
Chionanthus virginica
Wax Myrtle
Myrica cerifera
Water ash -Pop ash
Fraxinus caroliniana
Canopy trees
Spaced 40 feet apart
Common Name Botanical Name
American Elm
Live Oak
Longleaf pine
Sweet bay magnolia
Silver Dollar tree
Chinese elm
Red Bay
American sycamore
Ulmus Americana
Quercus virginiana
Pinus palustris
Magnolia virginana
Eucalyptus cinerea
Ulmus parvifolia
Persea borbonia
Platanus occidentalis
Common Name Botanical Name
Tulip tree
Water oak
Southern magnolia
Pecan
Sweetgum
Laurel oak
Sugarberry
Canopy Trees
Spaced 30 feet apart
Lirodendron tulipifera
Quercus nigra
Magnolia grandiflora &cultivar
Carya illinoensis
Liquidambar styraciflua
Quercus laurifolia
Celtis laevigata
Common Name
Botanical Name
Common Name
Botanical Name
Swamp black gum
Nyssa sylvatica
American Holly
Ilex opaca & cultivars
Dahoon holly
Ilex cassine
Loblolly bay
Gordonia lasianthus
Hornbeam /Bluebeech
Carpinus caroliniana
River Birch
Betula nigra
Water ash -Pop ash
Fraxinus caroliniana
Podocarpus
Podocarpus nagi
Florida winged elm
Ulmus alata
Persimmon
Diospyros virginiana
Florida elm
Ulmus americana floirdana
Pignut hickory
Carya gloabra megacarp
Red maple
Acer rubrum
Palatka holly
Ilex attenuata
Savannah holly
Ilex opaca x attenuate
Swamp Tupelo
Nyssa biflora
& cultivars
Ord. No. 4337 J -23
03/23/2015
Ornamental Landscape Trees
Small Trees
Common Name Botanical Name Common Name Botanical Name
Crape myrtle
Lagerstroemia x fauriei
Rusty pittosporum
Pittosporum ferrugineum
Wax myrtle
Myrica cerifera
Podocarpus
Podocarpus nagi
Loblolly bay
Gordonia lasianthus
Holly
Ilex spp.
Junipers
Juniperus Torulosa & Spartan
Leyland Cypress
Cupressocyparis leylandi
Bottlebrush
Callistemon spp.
Jerusalem thorn
Parkinsonia aculeate
Redbud
Cercis canadensis
Michelia fuscata
3.0 OC
Large Ornamental trees and Palms
Common Name Botanical Name Common Name Botanical Name
Winged elm
Ulmus alata
Heritage river birch
Betula nigra "heritage'
Washingtonia palm
Washingtonia robusta
Chinese fan palm
Livistona chenensis
Canary Island palm
Phoenix canariensis
Windmill palm
Trachycarpus fortunii
European fan palm
Chamaerops humillis
Pindo palm
Butia capitata
Sabal palm
Sabal palmetto
Plumbago
Plumbago capensis
Shrubs and minimum on- center
(OC) requirements for visual screens
Common Name Botanical Name
Glossy abelia
Abelia spp.
2.0 OC
Allamanda
Cortadenia selloana
4.0 OC
Pineapple guava
Feijoa sellowiana
3.0 OC
Anise
Illicium floridanum
2.5 OC
Pittosporum
Pittosporum tobira
3.0 OC
Azalea
Rhododendron spp.
3.0 OC
Plumbago
Plumbago capensis
2.0 OC
Banana shrub
Michelia fuscata
3.0 OC
Primrose jasmine
Jasiminum mesnyi
3.0 OC
Boxwood
Buxus microphylla
2.0 OC
Viburnum
Viburnum spp.
3.0 OC
Chinese juniper
Juniperus chinensis
3.0 OC
Silverthorn
Elaeagnus philippensis
3.0 OC
Podocarpus
Podocarpus macrophyllus
2.0 OC
Holly
Ilex spp.
2.0 -3.0 OC
Indian Hawthorne
Raphioleps indica
2.5 OC
Ord. No. 4337 J -24
03/23/2015
Groundcovers
Common Name
Botanical Name
Common Name
Botanical Name
Bugle weed
Ajuga reptans
Aloe
Aloe spp.
Asparagus fern
Asparagus sprengeri
Cast iron plant
Aspidistra elatior
Iceplant
Carpobrotus edulis
Gopher apple
Locania michauxii
False heather
Cuphea hyssopifolia
Earth star
Cryptanthus spp.
Dichondra
Dichondra carolinensis
Miniature agave
Dyckia brevifolia
Golden creeper
Ernodea littoralis
Creeping fig
Ficus pumila
Trailing fig
Ficus sagittata
Dwarf gardenia
Gardenia jasminoides
Carolina jessamine
Gelsemium sempervirens
Fig marigold
Glottiphyllum depressum
Algerian ivy
Hedera canariensis
English ivy
Hedera helix
Beach sunflower
Helianthus debilis
Daylily
Hemerocallis spp.
Dwarf yaupon holly
Ilex vomitoria `Schellings'
Beach elder
Iva imbricata
Chinese juniper
Juniperus chinensis
Shore juniper
Juniperus conferta
Dwarf lantana
Lantana depressa
Trailing Lantana
Lantana montevidensis
Lily turf
Liriope spicata
Partidge berry
Mitchella repens
Sword fern
Nephrolepsis exaltata
Mondo grass
Ophioipogon japonicus
Oyster plant
Rhoeo spathacea
Leatherleaf fern
Rumonra adiantiformis
Erect selaginella
Selaginella involvens
Purple heart
Setcreasea pallida
Confederate jasmine
Trachelospermum asiaticum
Star jasmine
Trachelospermum jasminoides
Caltrops
Trilobus terrestris
Wedelia
Wedelia trilobata
Society garlic
Tulbaghia violacea
Wandering jew
Zebrina pendula
Coontie
Zamia pumila
Grasses
Bahia
St. Augustine cultivars
Annual Ryegrass
Ord. No. 4337 J -25
03/23/2015
SCHEDULE N
SUBDIVISION REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 1.0 STREETS, LOTS AND TRACTS DESIGN
SECTION 1.1 APPLICABILITY
All subdivisions, streets, lots, tracts and related improvements shall be developed and improved in
accordance with the minimum standards and requirements set forth in this Schedule.
Nonconforming properties or access features shall be brought into compliance with this Schedule to the
greatest extent practical when the following conditions or circumstances occur:
A new driveway permit is requested;
• An increase in land use intensity or density is requested;
• A significant change in trip generation is requested; or
• As changes in road design allow.
Whenever a determination under this Schedule requires, under Florida law, a determination by a
licensed professional engineer, such determination shall be made by the City Engineer or an engineering
consultant of the City.
SECTION 1.2 GENERAL STREET DESIGN AND ARRANGEMENT
A. Comprehensive Plan Consistency. Proposed streets shall be consistent with the Traffic
Circulation Plan Element of the Comprehensive Plan. In addition, proposed streets shall
conform to requirements set forth in Schedule I, Base Building Line and Designated Right -of-
Way Requirements for Specific Streets.
B. Natural Contours. Proposed streets shall be adjusted to the contour of the land so as to produce
usable lots and streets of reasonable gradient.
C. Connectivity.
1. The street system of a proposed subdivision shall be designed to coordinate with
existing, proposed, and planned streets outside of the subdivision while discouraging the
use of local streets by cut - through traffic. This may be accomplished by the use of
modified grid systems, T- intersections, roadway jogs or other appropriate traffic
calming measures within the development.
2. Wherever a proposed development abuts unplatted land or a future development phase
of the same development, street stubs shall be provided as deemed necessary by the City
to provide access to abutting properties or to logically extend the street system into the
surrounding area consistent with sound engineering and planning practices and
principles. All street stubs shall be provided with temporary turn- around or cul -de -sacs
unless specifically exempted by the Public Works Director based upon a finding and
determination that the public interest does not require such construction. Subsequently,
N -1
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
the restoration and extension of the street shall be the responsibility of any future
developer of the abutting land.
3. Subcollector and local residential access streets shall connect with surrounding streets to
permit the convenient movement of traffic between residential neighborhoods or
facilitate emergency access and evacuation.
4. Whenever local and minor residential street connections between abutting subdivisions
are required by the City, the connecting facility shall be designed to discourage through
traffic by nonresidents. This may be accomplished by the following when approved by
the City Engineer:
a. Curving the street, whenever practicable, to the extent necessary to avoid
roadway segments where higher operating speeds can be attained;
b. The planned design and posted speed for these vehicular linkages between
residential subdivisions to be equal or less than twenty five miles per hour (25
mph);
C. Encouraging the use of traffic circles, landscape islands, medians and other
forms of traffic barriers within the right -of -way as a means of discouraging
through traffic by nonresidents.
D. Street Jogs. Street jogs, or centerline offsets in the horizontal alignment of streets across
intersections of less than two hundred feet (200') shall be prohibited.
E. Street Intersections. The design and location of intersections shall be consistent with the
specifications of the "Manual of Uniform Minimum Standards for Design, Construction and
Maintenance for Streets and Highways ", referred to as the "Green Book ".
Intersections shall be designed to intersect at right angles where possible and in no case shall
intersect at an angle less than sixty (60) degrees as per the requirements of the American
Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) and Green Book
Standards.
The connection of more than two (2) streets shall be avoided.
I . Spacing for Unsignalized Street Intersections.
a. The minimum spacing requirements of this section may be reduced upon finding
by the City that, given the particular conditions of the proposed development,
the minimums cannot be met and such reduction will not compromise
operational and safety standards.
N -2
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
b. An arterial road may intersect an arterial road only if aligned with and extending
an existing arterial or at a desirable distance of one (1) mile from the intersection
of existing arterials.
C. A collector may intersect an arterial but only if aligned with and extending an
existing collector which intersects the arterial or at a desirable distance of one
thousand three hundred twenty feet (1320') from the intersection of an existing
collector and the arterial.
d. Intersections between local streets and arterials shall be avoided. In cases where
they do intersect, the local street shall be aligned with and extending an existing
local street which intersects the arterial or at a desirable distance of six hundred
sixty feet (660') from any other street intersection.
e. A collector may intersect another collector only if aligned with and extending an
existing collector or at a desirable distance of six hundred sixty feet (660') from
the intersection of any other intersection.
A local street may intersect a collector if spaced at a minimum distance of six
hundred sixty feet (660') from any other intersection or, in the case of a "T" type
intersection, at a desirable distance of six hundred sixty feet (660') from any
other street intersection.
g. A residential street fimctions only to service a local residential community and
does not connect any higher classified roadways.
2. Spacing for Signalized Intersections.
It is desirable that intersections that are to be signalized have spacing specifications that
are different from that of non- signalized intersections in order that distances between
signals be capable of providing reasonable cycle lengths. The need for signals will be
based upon one or more of the warrants included in the "Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices" being satisfied. The following are minimum spacing of signalized
intersections for both urban and rural roadways:
Road Classification Signal Spacing
Principal Arterial 1,600- -2,000 feet
Minor Arterial 1,200 - -1,600 feet
Collector 660 feet
F. Half Streets. Half streets are prohibited.
G. Street Names. All streets within a subdivision hereafter established shall be named. No name
shall be used which will duplicate or be confused with existing street names. All names shall be
approved by the Administrative Official.
N -3
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
H. Additional Right -of -Way. A proposed use or subdivision that abuts an existing street that does
not conform to the minimum right -of -way requirements set forth in this Schedule shall provide
for the dedication of additional right -of -way along either one or both sides of said street so that
the minimum right -of -way required by these regulations can be established. Additional right -of-
way shall be dedicated to the applicable public entity.
I. Street Identification Signs. Street identification signs which comply with the following
specifications shall be installed by the developer at all street intersections (See Figure N -10).
1. Sign Design. All street identification signs shall be double sided. Signs shall be
constructed of flat panel aluminum (.080 thickness for six -inch panels and .063
thickness for none -inch panels) with three - quarter inch (3/4 ") rounded corners. Sign
panels shall be a minimum of six inches (6 ") in height for local streets (25 mph or less)
and nine inches (9 ") on all other streets. The length of the sign shall be determined by
the legend.
2. Sign Lettering. Sign legends shall be in the font `Highway Gothic' or the equivalent as
specified in the Standard Highway Signs Manual. Sign legends shall be in capital
letters. Signs faces shall have a white high intensity 3M material or equivalent reflective
backing with black vinyl legend and border. All sign legends shall incorporate block
designation and the City of Sanford logo. For City streets, the logo shall be placed on the
left side and the block designation shall be placed on the right side with equal spacing
between border and legend. Private streets shall not use the City logo but shall comply
with all other design standards of this subsection.
3. Posts and Hardware. Posts shall be a standard two and three - eighths inches (2 3/8 ")
diameter by a minimum of ten feet (10') high. Posts shall be made of galvanized steel
and shall be secured in order to avoid vandalism of the sign.
4. Post Cap. The post cap shall be a `Supra -Lok 922F' or equivalent aluminum cap for a
two and three /eights inch (2 3/8 ") round post or a 91 OF -OL90 for a U- channel post.
5. Cross Separator. The cross separator shall be a `Supr- Lok9 -90F' or equivalent.
6. The alternative bracket shall be a VS -Twist bracket or equivalent to accommodate six
inch (6 ") blades or nine (9 ") inch blades for mounting above `stop' signs.
J. Traffic Enforcement Signs. Traffic enforcement signs shall be installed by the developer. The
number and location of traffic enforcement signs shall be determined by the Administrative
Official upon consultation with the City Engineer.
K. Reverse Curves. A tangent of at least one hundred feet (100') shall be introduced between
reverse curves on all streets.
N -4
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
L. Horizontal and Vertical Curves. Whenever a street changes direction or connecting street
lines deflect from each other by more than ten degrees, adequate sight distance shall be provided
with horizontal and vertical curves with centerline radii as follows:
Street Type
Horizontal
Vertical
Local Streets*
100 feet
50 feet
Collectors
200 feet
100 feet
Arterials
500 feet
100 feet
*If a local street has less than a one hundred (100) foot horizontal radius, the pavement shall be a
minimum of thirty (30) feet in width.
M. Intersection Radii. The minimum intersection radii of pavement edge, or back of curb, where
used, at all typical intersections, except for alleys, approximating a right angle shall be as
follows: The minimum intersection radii of pavement edge, or back of curb, where used, at all
typical intersections approximating a right angle shall be as follows:
Category Minimum Radius
2 -Lane Access 35'
Local to Collector 35'
Local or Collector to Arterial 50'
N. Other Street Improvements. The developer shall be responsible for installing all transportation
related improvements required by the City including, but not limited to, auxiliary lanes, traffic
control signs, stop signs, stop bars, speed limit signs, street name signs and cross walks. All
traffic control devices, including pavement markings, shall conform to the latest edition of the
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Painted wooden regulatory signs are prohibited.
High intensity thirty inch (30 ") stop signs shall be used.
When a modification to the width of an existing roadway is necessary, a minimum one inch (1 ")
of asphaltic concrete overlay with leveling will be installed the full length of the entire affected
section of the adjacent roadway which will maintain drainage flow paths. The overlay shall
extend a minimum of twelve (12) inches beyond the existing width of the pavement.
When more than fifteen (15) mail boxes are grouped or clustered together, a temporary off - street
parking space shall be provided adjacent to the mail boxes. A sign shall be provided designating
the parking space as temporary and for the use of persons accessing the mail boxes.
O. Clear Zone. The clear zone is the total roadside border area starting at the edge of the motor
vehicle travel lane, available for safe use by errant vehicles. It is usually the space between the
travel lane and the sidewalk. Clear zones are based on the design speed of the road and shall be
as follows:
N -5
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
Road Classification Design Speed Urban Clear Zone Rural Clear Zone
Local 25 mph and below 4 feet 6 feet
Local 26 -35 mph 4 feet 6 feet
Collector 30 -40 4 feet 10 feet
SECTION 1.3 LOCAL STREETS
A. Local Street Types. When a street's right -of -way is not established in Schedule -C ofthese land
development regulations, such street shall be classified as a Local Street. Major local streets that
serve to collect and distribute traffic from shorter local streets within a parcel of twenty or more
acres in size shall be designated and identified as Local Collector Streets.
B. Minimum Right -of -Way and Pavement. Pavement width shall be exclusive of curb and
gutter. Each travel lane shall have a minimum pavement width of twelve feet (12'). The
minimum right -of -way width and pavement width for urban local streets shall be as follows:
Urban Local Streets
Street Type Right -of -Way (ft) Pavement (ft)
Local Street 50 24
Local Collector Street 60 32
C. Urban and Rural Streets. Streets in the City shall utilize urban -type design features which
reflect a "closed" drainage system including gutters, inlets and miami or raised curbs. New
rural -type street design features which reflect an "open" drainage system including open swales
are prohibited. Typical details of urban street sections s are reflected in Figure N -1.
D. Permanent Dead -End Streets. Dead -end streets designed as such permanently, shall be
provided with a cul -de -sac at the closed end with a turnaround having an outside roadway
diameter of not less than eighty one hundred (100) feet, and a right -of -way diameter of not less
than one hundred ten (I 10) feet. Such dead -end streets shall not exceed eight hundred feet
(800') from cul -de -sac radius to centerline intersection of the closest intersecting street.
1. Cul -de -sac Cul -de -sacs shall be provided with a turnaround having a pavement radius
of fifty (50) feet excluding the curbing. If an island is to be constructed in the cul -de-
sac, the minimum turnaround radius shall be fifty (50) feet and shall be measured from
the outside radius of the island. The island shall have FDOT mountable curbs and a
minimum diameter of twenty (20) feet. The island shall be improved with landscaping
that will not interfere with the clear sight distance.
2. Temporary Dead -End Streets for Future Access. Temporary dead -end streets shall
be provided with a temporary turnaround area which shall meet the requirements of the
Administrative Official for design, maintenance, and removal.
N -6
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
E. Intersection Improvements. Street improvement at intersections shall include the use of a
concrete valley gutter in conformity with specifications illustrated on Figure N -3.
F. Traffic Calming Program. Traffic calming is the combination of mainly physical measures
that reduce the negative effects of motor vehicle use, alter driver behavior and improve
conditions for nonmotorized street users. The City has adopted Seminole County's Traffic
Calming Program handbook which provides traffic calming procedures and measures. In
addition to those traffic calming measure enumerated in the County handbook, the following
measures may be approved by the City engineer:
1. Speed humps and speed tables. Speed humps and speed tables maybe used where the
purpose is to reduce speed and calm traffic provided they comply with the following (see
Figures N -4a and N -4b):
a. Speed humps shall be parabolic, curved or sinusoidal in profile, 3 -4 inches in height and
12 — 14 feet long. They shall be used to reduce speeds to no more than 15 -20 mph.
b. Speed tables shall be flat - topped speed humps, also 3 -4 inches high, but with a sloped
approach taper on each side of a flat top, generally 20 -24 feet wide. They shall be used
to reduce speeds to no more than 20 -25 mph.
C. Speed tables and humps shall be clearly marked with eight inch (8 ") white thermaplast
across the raised area and motorists have fifty feet (50') of warning before each speed
hump or table by signage either painted on the road or on a post adjacent to the roadway.
2. Speed Bumps. Speed bumps shall not be used on public or private roadways in
Sanford. Speed bumps are severe treatments 3 -6 inches high and 1 -2 feet wide that slow
drivers to speeds of less than 10 mph. Due to their abrupt rise and required low speed
they can be a hazard to motorists and bicyclists.
SECTION 1.4 GENERAL LOT AND BLOCK DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Area and Dimensional Requirements. All lots shall comply with applicable area and
dimension requirements set forth in Schedules C, D, E, F and J of these land development
regulations.
B. One and Two - Family Dwelling Lots. No lot or tract to be utilized for a one- or two - family
dwelling located in a subdivision proposed or platted after the effective date of this Schedule
shall have a vehicular access point to a street classified as an arterial or collector in the Traffic
Circulation Plan of the Comprehensive Plan.
C. Multiple - Family Dwelling and Nonresidential Use Lots. Lots and tracts for multiple family
dwellings and /or nonresidential uses that are created after the effective date of this Schedule
shall have a minimum of two hundred (200) feet of linear frontage on an arterial or collector
roadway in order to obtain direct vehicular access to such I road. Lots and tracts with less than
N -7
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
two hundred (200) feet of linear frontage on an arterial or collector roadway shall only have
vehicular access to such arterial roadway through a system of common or shared vehicular
access points whereby the minimum spacing between vehicular access points on an arterial is
two hundred (200) feet. Such system of common or shared vehicular access points shall be
subject to Preliminary Subdivision Plan Review Procedures set forth in these land development
regulations.
D. Lot Lines. Side lot lines shall be, as nearly as practical, at right angles to straight street lines
and radial to curved street lines.
E. Corner Lots. Corner lots for residential use shall be provided with sufficient width and depth to
permit the establishment of appropriate building setback lines from both streets.
F. Double Frontage Lots. When it is necessary to design a residential subdivision that abuts an
arterial or collector, it shall be designed to provide the through -lots along the arterial or collector
with access from a frontage road or interior local road. Access rights ofthese lots to the arterial
or collector shall be dedicated to the governmental entity having jurisdiction over the road and
recorded with the deed. A decorative wall shall be required at the rear of through lots to buffer
residences from traffic on the arterial or collector. The wall shall not be located within the public
right -of -way.
G. Residential Adjacent to Railroads. Where a proposed subdivision contains or is adjacent to a
railroad right -of -way, it shall be planned so as to avoid having residential lots front on a street
which runs parallel and adjacent to railroad right -of -way.
H. Block Length. The maximum block length shall be twelve hundred (1,200) feet.
I. Water Access. In general, canals and waterways for the purpose of providing access by water
to lots within a subdivision shall be prohibited.
Flag Lot Standards.
Flag lots shall not be permitted when their effect would be to increase the number of
properties requiring direct and individual access connections to the State Highway
System or any arterial or collector road.
2. Flag lots may be permitted for residential development, when deemed necessary to
achieve planning objectives, such as reducing direct access to thoroughfares, providing
internal platted lots with access to a residential street, or preserving natural or historic
resources, under the following conditions:
a. Flag lot driveways shall be separated by at least twice the minimum frontage
requirement of that zoning district.
b. The flag lot shall have a minimum frontage width of twenty feet (20').
C. In no instance, shall flag lots constitute more than ten percent (10 %) ofthe total
number of building sites in a recorded plat or three (3) lots, whichever is greater.
N -8
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
d. The lot area occupied by the flag driveway shall not be counted as part of the
required minimum lot area of that zoning district.
e. No more than one flag lot shall be permitted per private right -of -way or access
easement.
K. Lot Width -to -Depth Ratio. To provide for proper site design and prevent the creation of
irregularly shaped parcels, the depth of any lot or parcel shall not exceed three (3) times its
width.
L. Fire Hydrant Placement. The developer shall install a fire hydrant at the first buildable lot on
the side of the inbound lane. In single - family residential developments, there shall be a fire
hydrant, thereafter, every eight hundred feet (800'). In multi- family residential developments
there shall be, thereafter, a fire hydrant every six hundred feet (600'). In commercial and
industrial developments there shall be, thereafter, a fire hydrant every five hundred feet (500').
SECTION 1.5 PRIVATE STREETS AND GATED COMMUNITIES
A. Private streets and roads may be permitted in accordance with the requirements of this Section
and the following general standards shall apply: '
All private roads shall be constructed to public -road specifications and have an easement
of a minimum of fifty feet (50') in width.
2. Private roads that by their existence invite the public in shall have all traffic control
features, such as striping or markers, in conformance with the Manual of Uniform
Traffic Control Devices.
3. The minimum distance between private road outlets on a single side of a public road
shall be six hundred sixty (660) feet, or less where provided by access classification and
standards for state roads and local thoroughfares.
4. All properties served by the private road shall provide adequate access for emergency
vehicles and shall conform to the approved local street numbering system.
5. All private roads shall be designated as such and will be required to have adequate
signage indicating the road is a private road and not publicly maintained.
6. All private roads shall have a posted speed limit not to exceed twenty -five- miles -an-
hour (25 mph).
7. All private roads shall have adequate provisions for drainage and stormwater runoff as
provided in Schedule O of these land development regulations.
A second access connection to a public road shall be required for private roads greater
than two thousand (2000) feet in length.
N -9
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
B. Applications for subdivision approval that include private roads shall include a drainage plan
and road construction plan, prepared by a registered engineer. The Administrative Official shall
review private road plans for conformance with this Schedule.
C. Construction permits are required for connection to public roads. Application for road
construction shall be made concurrent with the creation of a lot that does not have frontage on a
public road. A road construction permit shall be issued after approval of the private road plan
and the entire length of the road shall be inspected during construction and upon completion. If
found in conformance, a final use permit shall be issued.
D. No building permit shall be issued for any lot served by a private road until the private road has
been constructed and approved, so that all lots to be served by the private road have access to a
public road. A road maintenance agreement, prepared by the developer and approved by the
City Attorney shall be recorded with the deed of each property to be served by a common
private road. The agreement shall provide, at a minimum, for:
1. A method to initiate and finance a private road and maintain that road in good condition;
2. A method of apportioning maintenance costs to current and future users;
3. A provision that the City may inspect, and if necessary, require that repairs be made to
the private road to ensure that safe access is maintained for emergency vehicles. If
required repairs are not made within sixty (60) days of date of notice, the City may make
the necessary repairs and assess owners of parcels on the road for the cost of all
improvements plus an administrative fee, not to exceed twenty -five percent (25 %) of
total costs;
4. A provision that the majority vote of all property owners on the road shall determine
how the road is maintained except in the case of emergency repairs as outlined above;
5. A statement that no public funds shall be used to construct repair or maintain the road.
6. A provision requiring mandatory upgrading of the roadway if additional parcels are
added to reach the specified thresholds; and
7. A provision that property owners along that road are prohibited from restricting or in
any manner interfering with normal ingress and egress by any other owners or persons
needing to access properties with frontage on that road.
F. No private road shall be considered for incorporation into the public road system unless it is
built to public road specifications of the City of Sanford and in good condition at the time ofthe
request. The property owners shall be responsible for bringing the road into conformance.
Roadways constructed in conjunction with multifamily or townhouse developments shall not
become a part of the public road system of the City of Sanford whether or not they conform to
the City's public roadway specifications.
G. An application fee will be established by the Administrative Official to cover administrative,
processing, and inspection costs.
H. All purchasers of property served by a private road shall, prior to final sale, be notified that the
property receives access from a private road that shall be maintained collectively by all property
N -10
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
owners along that road; that the City of Sanford shall not be held responsible for maintaining or
improving the private road; and that a right -of way easement to provide the only access to that
property has been recorded in the deed for that property.
I. The United States Postal Service and the Seminole County School District are not required to
use the private road for access to the parcels abutting the private road and may require that
service be provided only at the closest public access point.
Entryway gates must be a minimum of twenty feet (20') wide and equipped with an audio
(siren) override device to allow emergency access to the subdivision by fire /rescue, police and
other emergency- response personnel. The audio - override device must be submitted to the fire
and rescue department for inspection and the entrance gates may not be closed unless and until
the department determines that the device is acceptable and in good working order.
K. Automatic gates shall have battery back up power.
L. The entryway gate must include a box, labeled "City of Sanford," with a master -keyed padlock,
and the box must contain a key, a card -key, a code, a remote - control device, or some other
means by which mosquito control, animal control, code enforcement, environmental protection
and utility workers may gain access to the subdivision. The means of access is subject to
approval by the City and the box must be installed prior to the City's issuance of the certificate
of completion for the subdivision infrastructure. If a key pad is used, there shall be a four (4)
digit code set aside for the Sanford fire department. The code shall be determined by the fire
department. A `Knox' box to override gate access is also required as a back -up system. Any
other utilities serving the subdivision must have similar access, and the names of such utilities
must be on the outside of the box containing the means of access.
M. From the date of the adoption ofthe ordinance creating this section through December 31, 2008,
the conditions set forth in subsection (F) of Section 1.5 of Schedule N are suspended for private
rights of way applicants seeking consideration for dedication and incorporation into the public
road system. Private rights of way shall be considered for dedication and incorporation into the
public road system upon completion of an application process established by the City Manager
or his and designee and approval from the City Manager or his designee. The City Commission
has authorized this initiative to dedicate and incorporate private rights of way into the public
system that do not comply with the standards required by subsection (F) of Section 1.5 of
Schedule N to ensure emergency access by public servants to all ofthe citizenry and to promote
the general health, safety and welfare ofthe populace. All applications for incorporation shall be
considered upon the receipt of a complete application and administrative fees by the City Clerk.
This ordinance does not guarantee incorporation of the private right of way into the public
system and acceptance is contingent upon compliance with all other conditions determined by
the City Manager or his designee. Any applicants aggrieved by a decision of the City Manager
or his designee pursuant to this section may appeal the decision to the City Commission. An
aggrieved party may appeal a final order of the City Commission to the Circuit Court. Such an
appeal shall not be a hearing de novo but shall be limited to appellate review of the record
created before the City Commission. An appeal shall be filed within twenty (20) days of the
N -11
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
execution of the order to be appealed.
SECTION 2.0 SIDEWALKS
SECTION 2.1 GENERAL SIDEWALK REQUIREMENTS
Sidewalks shall provide improved surface to serve nonvehicular circulation such as pedestrians and,
unless otherwise prescribed by City ordinance, bicycles. Sidewalks shall be designed to be as physically
separated from vehicular use areas as possible.
A. Required Provision. Sidewalks shall be provided on each side of all streets listed on Schedule I
ofthese land development regulations. In addition, sidewalks shall be provided on each side of
all local collector streets and on other streets where deemed necessary by the Planning and
Zoning Commission consistent with sound engineering practices and principles.
B. Location. In general, sidewalks shall be located in street right -of -way between the edge of curb
and the property line.
C. Width. The minimum width of sidewalks shall be five (5) feet.
D. Pedestrian Easements. Pedestrian easements, not less than ten (10) feet wide, may be required
where deemed essential to provide circulation, or access to schools, playgrounds, shopping
centers, transportation, and other community facilities. When utilized, pedestrian easements
shall include sidewalks. In addition, pedestrian easements may be utilized as an alternative
location for sidewalks located in rights -of -way if approved by the Planning and Zoning
Commission and provided that minimum right -of -way requirements are provided.
SECTION 2.2 SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Sidewalk. Sidewalks shall be constructed of Portland concrete with a minimum strength of
3000 p.s.i. and a minimum thickness of four (4 ") inches except at vehicular access points or
driveways in which case sidewalks shall be a minimum of six (6 ") inches thick. However,
sidewalks at street intersections shall be ramped with a maximum slope ratio of 1 to 12.
B. Sidewalk Subgrade. Excavation shall be made to the required depth and the subgrade or base
upon which the sidewalk is to be set shall be compacted to a firm, even surface, true to grade
and cross section, by means of watering, rolling or tamping. The subgrade shall be compacted
to ninety -five percent (95 %) compaction, Florida Bearing Value and shall be moist at the time
the concrete is placed.
C. Expansion Joints. Traverse expansion joints shall be constructed at intervals ofthirty (30') feet.
Slabs shall be separated by traverse premolded expansion joint filler one - quarter (1/4 ") inch
thick for the full width of the slab, extending from the bottom of the slab to one - quarter (1 /4 ")
inch of its top surface.
N -12
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
The slab between expansion joints shall be divided into sections five (5') feet in length
by traverse contraction joints formed by a jointing tool. Contraction joints shall be a
minimum of one and one -half (1 %2) inches deep. Where slabs are more than seven (T)
feet in width, control joints shall be formed longitudinally to secure uniform blocks
approximately square.
The contractor may use open type of sawed contraction joints:
a. Open -type Joints: Form open type contraction joints by staking a metal
bulkhead in place and depositing the concrete on both sides. After the concrete
has set sufficiently to preserve the width and shape of the joint, remove the
bulkhead. After finishing the sidewalk over the joint, edge the slot with a tool
having a one -half (1/2) inch radius.
b. Sawed Joints: If electing to saw the contraction joints, cut a slot approximately
three - sixteenths (3/16) inch wide an not less than one -half ( %2) inches deep with
a concrete saw after the concrete has set, and within the following periods of
time: joints at not more than twenty (20) foot intervals: within twelve (12)
hours after finishing; remaining joints: within ninety -six (96) hours after
finishing.
2. Expansion joints shall be formed around all appurtenances such as manholes, utility
poles, etc., extending into and through the sidewalks. Premolded expansion joint filler
one - quarter (1/4 ") inch thick shall be installed at these joints.
D. Finishing. Provide the concrete with a broom finish. Ensure that the surface variations are not
more than one - quarter (1/4) inch under a ten (10) foot straightedge, or more than one -eight (1/8)
inch on a five (5) foot transverse section. Finish the edge of the sidewalk with an edging tool
having a radius of one -half (1/2) inch.
E. Curb Ramps and Detectable Warning Surfaces. Detectable warnings are intended to warn
people with visual disabilities using a curb ramp before they enter the path of motor vehicles on
the street or alleys (not at driveways) and before crossing railroad tracks.
1. Applicability. Curb ramps conforming to Americans with Disability Act Accessibility
Guidelines (ADAAG) shall be installed when an alteration to a street or sidewalk occurs
or when a new sidewalk is constructed. Ramps will be installed or upgraded at all legal
crossings within the limits of grind and pave contracts. Existing ramps will be removed
and new ramps constructed where the existing ramp:
a. does not currently conform to the Americans with Disability Act Accessibility
Guidelines (ADAAG) but it is technically feasible to conform; or
b. surfaces are brick pavers; or
C. existing concrete is not sound.
N -13
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
2. Plan Requirements. All new construction shall be designed on plan drawings to verify
that a design conforms to ADAAG. This requires a working drawing that shows existing
and proposed curbs, pavement markings, traffic control signs, traffic signals, elevations
(gutter, top of curb, ramp and sidewalk), dimensions, R/W lines, trees, street furniture,
inlets, parking meters and utility covers. The City reserves the right to request this
information (drawn at F" -- be submitted prior to approval of construction drawings
and permits. Alterations are typically designed in the field and do not include design
drawings to verify that ADAAG requirements are satisfied. It is the responsibility of the
contractor and field engineer to verify that the "most useable" solution is constructed.
3. Contrast. In addition to the ADAAG requirements for contrasting colored surfaces,
safety yellow is shall not be the contrasting color due to aesthetic reasons. In addition,
since dogs perceive black as a hole and walk around black pavement, black is not an
acceptable color for detectable warning surfaces. The surface will be red or brick -red in
color.
4. Types of Detectable Warning Surfaces to be installed:
Detectable Warning, Type B — Detectable warnings in new ramp construction will
consist of pre -cast clay or ceramic paving bricks on a one and one - quarter (1'/4 ") sand
bed on a five inch (5 ") concrete base. Three and one -half (3' /z ") high forms (nominal
2x4 lumber) are used to create a tub for the bricks to sit in.
Detectable Warning, Type O — Existing concrete ramps that conform to ADAAG and
have sound concrete may be overlaid with a truncated dome product. The product
consists of:
1. concrete preparation, base coat of polyurethane, preformed domes with
adhesive, and three coats of polyurethane top coat.
2. formed and poured modified structural repair mortar domes applied directly on
concrete walk with coated with a pigmented sealer.
3. plastic (monomer and resin) domes melted with a catalyst onto the concrete
surface.
SECTION 3.0 UTILITIES
SECTION 3.1 EASEMENTS
The Administrative Official shall have the authority to require easements for all uses when such an
easement is necessary to implement and further the City's public facility master plans. Such easements
shall:
A. Be identified and dedicated on the face of site plans, preliminary subdivision plans and final
plats.
B. Be a minimum width necessary to accommodate the public facility in question.
N -14
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
C. At a minimum, provide a 10' front property line easement.
SECTION 3.2 OTHER UTILITIES
A. Electric Supply System. In every subdivision, provision shall be made for a satisfactory
electric supply system through the cooperation of the appropriate supplier. The owner or
developer of any subdivision shall be required to provide underground wiring for electrical
service.
B. Street Lights. All proposed developments shall provide adequate street lighting using
concrete poles and underground service wiring and conforming to the following specifications:
1. All luminaries shall be high pressure sodium vapor, closed bottom, photo electric
controlled, ballast in head, one (1) 20 amp fuse, 70W/5800 or 100W /9500 lumens.
2. Luminaries in residential areas shall be connected and supplied to provide 70W, 5800
lumen service.
Acceptable types are: G.E. C728 -N -637 100 W. 5800 Lumen
G.E. C728 -N -604 100 W. 9500 Lumen
Lamps - HPSV Code: G.E. LU70 or G.E. LU 100
Photo Electric Cells - Fisher - Pierce #6662 or Amer -Elec #8060
4. Poles - 30' concrete, SU
5. Arms - Aluminum Southern Lighting Mfg. Co. #2AWC -6 or an approved equal. The
length shall be long enough so as to place the lamp two (2) feet from the edge of
pavement into the roadway.
6. Street Light Standard- Street lights shall conform to specifications illustrated on Figure
N -5.
7. Minimum distance from the face of pole to edge of roadway or face of curb shall be four
(4) feet for an urban roadway and six (6) feet for an existing rural roadway. Maximum
distance shall be established by the Public Works Director.
8. The developer or property- owner's association shall be responsible for the maintenance
and usage costs of the street lights including but not limited to those located within
public right -of -way with the binding obligation being memorialized in a document
approved by the City Attorney which runs with the land.
C. Telephone & Cablevision Supply System. In every subdivision, provisions shall be made for
satisfactory telephone communications supply system and television cable system with the
N -15
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
cooperation of the appropriate supplier. In all cases, all wiring shall be placed underground,
rather than on poles or towers.
SECTION 4.0 STREET CONSTRUCTION
All street cross sections, engineering plans and improvement plans shall meet the minimum
requirements as set forth in these regulations. Street construction shall conform to the following
requirements:
A. Grades. Minimum street grade shall be 0.30 percent; maximum street grade shall be eight (8.0)
percent.
B. General Clearing and Excavation Requirements. All rights -of -way shall be selectively
cleared and grubbed for their entire width according to current FDOT specifications. Such
activities shall avoid damage to natural vegetation to be preserved on the site. Excavations and
depressions must be properly backfilled and compacted. Gumbo and other plastic clays shall be
removed within the area one foot below the subgrade and extending horizontally beyond the
edge of curb. Muck and peat shall be completely removed within the right -of -way. Trash,
brush, trees, etc., may be burned within the right -of -way in a lawful manner and as approved by
the Administrative Official.
C. Fill. All fill material required to bring the grade up to the specified profile grade line shall be
suitable material that is free of trash, wood, roots, used concrete or other matter or material that
would later be a detriment to the stability of the road bed or prevent sufficient compaction. The
fill shall be placed in successive layers of not more than six (6 ") inches for the full width of the
cross section and each layer shall be compacted to a density as to prevent the later deterioration,
settling or failure of the pavement. No subgrade is to be covered where the density is found to
be less than 98 per cent of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO -180.
D. Subbase. Subbase means that portion of the roadbed immediately below the base course, the
limits of which customarily include those portions of the roadbed shown in the plans to be
constructed to a specific bearing value. Unless otherwise approved by the Administrative
Official, the subgrade section shall be considered to extend to twelve (12) inches below the
bottom ofthe base and twelve (12) inches beyond the base on each side. Subgrade shall extend
twelve (12) inches beyond the back of the curb and gutter. This work shall consist of bringing
the bottom of excavations and /or top of embankments of the roadway, between the outer limits
of the paving or base course, to a surface conforming to the grades, lines and cross sections
shown on approved plans, of uniform density and stability ready to receive the base course.
In no case shall any sub -base be covered that does not have a Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of
forty (40) or greater or a Florida Bearing Value of seventy -five (75) psi.
Care of Subgrade. In order to preserve the integrity, density and compaction of the
subgrade, vehicles shall not be permitted on the finished subgrade.
N -16
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
2. Timing of Subgrade Stabilization. No area shall be stabilized or compacted until all
the utilities within that area have been installed. All underground utilities shall be in
place before sub -base is stabilized. At no time shall any base material or pavement be
laid before the utilities are in.
3. Density Requirement for Subgrade. All subgrades shall be compacted to a density of
at least 98% of the maximum density as determined by AASHTO T -180 prior to
placement of concrete.
E. Base.
1. Nonresidential Areas. Base for streets serving nonresidential uses shall be lime rock,
soil cement or an equivalent material for which test data and design criteria have been
approved by the Administrative Official. The minimum acceptable thickness of either
material required in these areas shall be ten (10 ") inches. If the base is cut, it shall be
replaced with twelve (12) inches of required material with densities taken on each lift,
not to exceed six (6) inches per lift.
2. Residential Areas. Base for streets serving residential uses shall be lime rock, soil
cement or an equivalent material for which test data and design criteria have been
approved by the Administrative Official. The minimum acceptable thickness of either
material required in these areas shall be eight (8 ") inches. If the base is cut, it shall be
replaced with twelve (12) inches of required material with densities taken on each lift,
not to exceed six (6) inches per lift.
3. Performance. Regardless oftype or area served, base material shall be compacted to a
density of no less than 98 per cent of maximum density as determined by AASHTO T-
180. Soil Cement base material can be plant mix or mixed in place but shall conform to
all applicable regulations and specification of the Portland Cement Association. The
quantity of cement added shall be determined from analysis of the soil being mixed and
recommendations from the review of laboratory tests made by a certified testing agency.
4. Width. All bases shall be one (1) foot wider (extended for a distance of one (1) foot on
each side) than the outer edge of the improved surface (curb).
5. Forms. No form boards will be required unless, in the opinion of the Administrative
Official, the contractor is not taking precautions to obtain the full depth at the edges.
6. Prime Coat. Appropriate prime coat and sand shall be applied to all base courses
twenty -four (24) hours prior to paving. The spread rate of the prime coat will be a
minimum of one (1) percent and the sand will be rolled in with traffic roller.
7. Water Table. The seasonal high ground water level shall be a minimum of one (1) foot
below the bottom the base of the road.
N -17
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
8. Underdrains. Underdrains may be required in areas with poorly drained soils or areas
with known high groundwater level conditions or as determined by the Administrative
Official.
F. Pavement Types and Thickness. The pavement on local streets shall be a minimum of two
(2) inches thick and comprised of compacted asphalt, placed in two lifts. The first lift shall be a
minimum of one (1) inch of compacted Type SI or SIII asphalt. The second lift shall be a
minimum of one (1) inch of compacted Type SIII asphalt and shall be placed only after the
construction of all residential units in the project is completed. The developer is responsible for
the maintenance of stormwater drainage between lifts.
G. Open Road Cuts. If open road cutting is approved by the Administrative Official, the open cut
shall be filled with two (2) inches of type SIII asphalt. An asphalt overlay, one (1) inch thick,
shall be provided over the entire width of the roadway and thirty-five (35) feet in length,
centered on the open cut. In addition, all sides of the open cut shall be milled to a depth of one
(1) inch and overlayed and rolled to density.
The Administrative Official shall have the authority to approve, disapprove or approve with
conditions the use of alternative surface types such as pervious concrete or impervious Portland
Cement concrete. Alternative surface types shall require design and specifications certified by a
licensed Professional Engineer.
H. Pavement Specification Standards. The construction of the asphaltic concrete, including
thickness tolerance, shall conform to Section 331 and 333 of the Florida State Department of
Transportation, Standard Specications for Road and Bridge Constructions, current edition. The
construction of concrete pavements shall conform to Section 350 of same.
I. Riding Surface. The line and grade of the riding surface shall conform to approved
improvement or engineering plans and provide smooth riding surface free from bumps and
abrupt changes in grade. Concrete surfaces shall have a uniform non -slip finish that shall be
provided by a brushing of the surface with a stiff - bristled broom or by dragging a "burlap drag"
over the surface just before the water sheen disappears.
Intersections and Required Conduit. Intersections and other transition areas shall be designed
and built to carry the drainage without blockage or pooling.
In addition, the Administrative Official shall have the authority to require, in order to provide for
convenient placement of future utilities, a PVC conduit with a minimum diameter of six (6)
inches to be installed at a depth of thirty-six (36) inches and a distance of ten (10) feet from the
outer edge of curb of the respective intersecting street. Such conduit shall extend a minimum of
five (5) feet beyond the outer edge of curb.
K. Curb and Gutter Required. All streets shall be provided with curbs. Standard curb and gutter
(Type F) or miami curb types shall be utilized for all streets provided that flush curb types shall
be permitted when rural type street sections are utilized. Curbs shall be of integral type and shall
N -18
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
conform to specifications illustrated on Figure N -6. Construction of curb and gutter of materials
other than Portland Cement concrete shall not be acceptable.
1. Curbs in Parking Areas. Curbs used in parking lots shall be poured in place Portland
Cement Concrete. Bumper stops shall be concrete and may be preformed.
2. Strength Requirements. Concrete for all curb and gutter and driveway aprons shall
have a 28 day compressive strength of at least 3000 p.s.i.
3. Joints. Where metal templates are used for joint construction, the curb and gutter shall
be constructed in uniform sections ten (10') feet in length except where shorter sections
are necessary for closures, but no sections shall be less than four (4') feet. At the option
of the contractor, the sections may be formed by the use of construction joints or by the
use of metal templates. If metal templates are used they shall be held firmly in place
during the pouring of concrete and shall be left in place until the concrete has set
sufficiently to hold its shape. Contraction joints shall be constructed at all inlets, all
radius sections, and all points where operation cease for any.
4. Curb and Gutter Machine. Should the contractor elect to use a curb and gutter
machine, the track of the machine shall be placed on a thoroughly compacted and stable
subgrade which will not yield under the weight of the machine. In no case will loose
material be permitted under the track. As a specific requirement for machine -laid curb
and gutter contraction joints shall be sawed at intervals of ten (10') feet except where
shorter intervals are required for closures, but no joints will be required as in set forth in
Paragraph 3. above for machine laid curb and gutter.
L. Headwalls. Headwalls, inlets and bridges shall be designed in accordance with Florida
Department of Transportation's Standard Specifications for Roads and Bridges Construction,
latest edition.
M. Specifications for Miscellaneous Concrete Improvements. Concrete project improvements
shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 p.s.i. Forms for such improvements made
of either wood or metal. They shall be straight, free from warp or bends, and of sufficient
strength, when staked, to resist the pressure of the concrete without springing. If of wood, they
shall be of approved section and shall have a flat surface on top. For all curb and gutter
constructed on a radius, the contractor will be required to use flexible forms, unless otherwise
permitted by the engineer. Forms shall have a depth equal to the plan dimensions for the depth
of concrete being deposited against them.
Placing Concrete. The concrete shall be placed in the forms to the depth specified in
layers four or five inches thick, and tamped and spaded until mortar entirely covers its
surface. The top of the structure shall be floated smooth and the edges rounded.
2. Temperature Limitation. No concrete shall be placed when the atmospheric
temperature is below 35 degrees F. After concrete has been placed, if the temperature
drops below 35 degrees F. during curing, the concrete shall be adequately protected.
N -19
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
Curing. Curing materials shall be white - pigmented membrane curing compound, wet
burlap or polyethylene film. At no time shall more concrete be laid than can be
immediately and properly covered, nor when already laid is not being properly covered,
nor when already laid is not being properly cured. Failure to provide sufficient cover
material or sufficient water to adequately take care of curing and all other requirements
shall be cause for immediate suspension of concreting operations. The entire surface of
the concrete shall be cured for a total period of at least 72 hours, except where high -
early- strength cement is used this total curing time may be reduced to 48 hours.
4. Expansion Joints. Expansion joints shall be constructed at all inlets, all radius sections,
all points where operations cease for any considerable time, such as the end of the day's
run, etc., and at intervals of not more than 150 feet on straightaways.
SECTION 4.1 AUXILIARY LANES (RIGHT & LEFT TURN LANES)
The principal thrust in the development of marginal access standards is to reduce conflict between
driveway entrances and through traffic. One method of reducing conflict is to provide a refuge area
where vehicles can leave the through traffic lanes, slow down and accomplish the turn. Auxiliary lanes,
as defined below, provide that capability and consequently may be required based upon the speed ofthe
accessed roadway, the development's projected right and left turn volumes, and /or construction conflicts
with existing drives /streets /roads.
A. Requirements. A right turn section is required on roadways of 40 mph and greater and /or
development with a daily trip end rate of 500 ADT or greater.
A left turn lane section is required for any development that accesses a classified road of Minor
Collector and above or has a posted speed of 35 mph or higher. An inbound radius of 50 feet at
development of higher, or a daily trip end rate of 500 ADT or higher, then a right turn section
will be additionally required.
Additionally, if either terminus of the of the proposed auxiliary lane section is within 300 feet
from existing auxiliary lane terminus than a total 36 foot section is required to eliminate
weaving or "Hour Glass" sections. See Figure N -7, Taper Striping Details, for design and
markings specifications.
B. Figure N -8, Auxiliary Lane(s) Detail illustrates typical taper dimensions "A ". A taper refers to
the triangular paved surface that transitions the highway pavement to accommodate an auxiliary
lane or a 36' wide pavement surface with markings identifying the transition area for the same
purpose.
The length of the taper is based on a roadway's design speed; i.e., L = Speed x Width. Examples
of taper length are given for different design speeds in Figure N- 8, Recommended Taper Length
for Various Design Speeds. Storage lanes, labeled "B" and "C" in Figure N -8, are the 12 foot
"refuge" area used to accomplish a right or left turn without impeding traffic.. The storage and
N -20
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
tapers combine to form either the right or left turn lanes. The length is determined as shown in
Figure N -8.
C. Exceptions. The Administrative Official has the authority to adjust the requirements due to
right -of -way constraints.
SECTION 5.0 ACCESS STANDARDS AND SHARED ACCESS REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 5.1 ACCESS STANDARDS
A. Purpose. The purpose of these access standards is to protect roadway operations and the
roadway capacity by ensuring the adequate functioning of intersections and the adequate design,
efficient operation and continued maintenance of the road facilities.
B. General Access Standards. The following access standards shall apply:
Minimum number of access points shall adequately serve the development. Joint and
Cross Access Easements and dedication of access rights may be required to protect the
safe and efficient operation of the accessed streets.
2. In order to provide ease and convenience in ingress and egress to private property and
the maximum safety with the least interference to the traffic flow on public streets,
classified major collector and above, the number and location of driveways shall be
regulated by the dedication of access rights to the City or other governmental entity that
has jurisdiction over the road.
3. Street stubs to adjoining undeveloped areas shall be provided when required to give
access to such areas or to provide for proper traffic circulation. Streets stubs in excess of
two hundred fifty (250) feet shall be provided with a temporary cul -de -sac turnaround.
4. Auxiliary lanes, median modifications or other design features may be required.
5. All lots shall front on a paved road. A development shall abut, or have as its primary
access, on a street paved to City standards of this regulation. All abutting roadways
providing direct access to the development shall be paved to the nearest public paved
road. Where paving is required on the abutting roadway outside of the development
frontage, then paving only to the development access points may be allowed provided
that in no case shall the length of required paving be less than the length of the
development's frontage along the abutting roadway.
6. The following permits are required prior to a building pen-nit being issued
a. A Department of Transportation Driveway Pen-nit is required for all proposals to
access State roads.
N -21
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
b. A Seminole County Driveway or Access Permit is required for all proposals to
access any County right -of -way or easement.
C. A City permit is required for all proposals to access City right -of -way.
7. All nonfunctioning roadway access points shall be removed. All unpermitted or
hazardous roadway access points shall either be removed or reconstructed to City
standards. All disturbed rights -of -way shall be restored to State, County or City
standards as determined by the roadway's jurisdiction.
8. Accessways designed to serve nonresidential uses shall not be permitted to be located in
residential zoning districts, including, but not limited to, the agricultural zoning district
or in the residential areas of a Planned Development (PD) zoning district.
C. Access Limitations.
No new residential development shall create any parcels zoned for single- family or
duplex residential uses having access on an arterial.
2. Parcels created after adoption of this Schedule shall have a minimum of two hundred
(200) linear frontage feet in order to gain access to the arterial unless one of the
following conditions is met:
a. Access to the lot is provided jointly through existing cut(s) of an adjacent
property.
b. Access to the lots is to be provided from a frontage road paralleling the arterial
that has been planned and officially approved by the County.
C. For corner parcels, access will be provided to the collector facility or lower
classification where minimum arterial frontage requirements are not satisfied.
D. Number and Spacing of Driveways. In general, the minimum number of driveways necessary
to adequately accommodate access to and from the site will be permitted.
Spacing between driveways shall conform to the Table below based on functional
classification. Distance is measured from nearest edge to edge.
Minimum Separation (in feet)
Arterial Major Collector Minor Collector Local
330 330 200 200
2. Driveways on opposite sides of any undivided street classified local, collector or arterial
shall either be aligned on the same centerline or be offset a minimum of two hundred
(200) feet measured from centerline to centerline.
3. For developments that request more than one two -way driveway, based upon parcel
size, projected trip generation of the site, amount of roadway frontage and other
appropriate design considerations, additional driveways may be permitted if all other
provisions of the Standards are met.
N - 22
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
E. Driveway Design. Driveway design will vary depending upon a number of conditions
including functional classification of the accessed roadway, land use requiring the driveway,
projected ADT and /or peak hour traffic using the driveway, vehicle type(s) using the driveway,
speed limit of accessed roadway and other design features of the site itself or surrounding area.
See N -9 for a detail of driveway design.
Driveway Types:
1, Minor Driveway - The minimum distance from the edge of pavement at any ingress or
egress minor driveway to the edge of pavement with direct access to such driveway shall
be fifty (50) feet. This type of driveway should provide service for a maximum of an
average peak hour inbound right turn volume of forty (40) vehicles. Minimum radii shall
be thirty-five feet (35') from the edge of pavement.
2. Intermediate Driveway - The minimum distance from the edge of pavement at any
ingress or egress intermediate driveway to the edge of pavement with direct access to
such driveway shall be one hundred (100) feet. This driveway should provide for a
maximum average daily trip volume of two thousand (2,000) vehicles and /or a
maximum average peak hour volume of two hundred (200) vehicles. Minimum radii
shall be thirty-five feet (35') from the edge of pavement.
3. Major Driveway - The minimum distance from the edge of pavement at any ingress or
egress major driveway to the edge of pavement with direct access to such driveway shall
be two hundred (200) feet. This driveway should provide for a maximum average daily
trip volume of five thousand (5,000) vehicles and /or a maximum average peak hour
volume of five hundred (500) vehicles. Minimum radii shall be f fifty (50) feet from the
edge of pavement.
Driveway Widths
Minimum Maximum Additional Lane
Residential 9 feet 18 feet
Other Uses:
One -Way 16 feet* 20 feet 12 feet
Two -Way 24 feet 40 feet
Note: Widths to be measured at the point of tangency of the driveway
* 16 feet paved (20 feet unobstructed)
4. Access drives that are limited to right -in /right -out shall have a concrete island using
mountable F.D.O.T. curb.
SECTION 5.2 COMMON VEHICULAR ACCESS POINTS
A. Applicability. The Administrative Official, in conjunction with the recommendation of the
Plans Review Committee, shall require the provision of common vehicular access points
between abutting lots or tracts when all of the following criteria are met:
N -23
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
The proposed use is nonresidential.
2. The lot or tract has frontage on a street classified as a major thoroughfare in the Traffic
Circulation Plan Element of the Comprehensive Plan.
The provision of common vehicular access points and related common access ways will
help mitigate future adverse transportation impact of the proposed use upon traffic safety
and vehicular operating capacity of the major thoroughfare in question.
4. The existing or anticipated land uses adjacent to the lot or tract in question are generally
of a similar or compatible character to the proposed use of the lot or tract in question.
The provision of common vehicular access points between lots or tracts is not
impractical due to the configuration of existing buildings, structures or other related cir-
cumstances.
B. Design of Common Vehicular Access Points. When common vehicular access points are
required, the following design criteria shall apply:
1. Common vehicular access points shall provide two -way traffic circulation to
accommodate a twelve (12) foot wide access way in each direction.
2. Common vehicular access points should be located between the parcel line with
frontage on the major thoroughfare and the required front yard building setback or base
building line, whichever is greater.
Stub -outs and other design features shall be provided to the parcel line in question in
order to tie together on -site vehicular traffic circulation of abutting properties.
4. Off - street parking, common vehicular access ways and related facilities shall be
arranged in a manner that coordinates on -site vehicular circulation between abutting lots
and tracts.
C. Submittal of Draft Common Vehicular Access Point Agreement. When a common vehicular
access point agreement is required, a draft copy of such agreement, easement or other similar
instrument shall be submitted with a proposed Site Plan or a proposed Preliminary Subdivision
Plan, whichever is applicable.
D. Recording and Evidence of Common Vehicular Access Point Agreement. All common
vehicular access point agreements, easements or other similar legal instruments required by the
provisions of this Schedule shall be recorded by the County Clerk. A notarized copy of such
recorded agreement, easement or instrument shall be provided to the Administrative Official
prior to the issuance of a Site Development Permit or Certificate of Completion.
N -24
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
E. Identification of Common Vehicular Access Point Agreements on the Zoning District Map.
Upon receipt of evidence of common vehicular access point agreement, the Administrative
Official shall cause such agreement to be identified on the lot or parcel in question by
appropriate symbol or footnote on the Zoning District Map of the City.
F. Temporary Vehicular Access Points. When the lot or tract in question is developed prior to an
abutting lot or tract, a temporary vehicular access point on a major thoroughfare may be
approved provided, however, that a condition of approval of such temporary vehicular access
point shall be removal of same when development of the abutting lot or tract provides common
vehicular access and a coordinated system of on -site traffic circulation for both premises. The
Administrative Official shall notify the owner of record of the parcel in question by certified
mail as to when the temporary vehicular access point shall be removed and any applicable
conditions for its removal. The owner shall be responsible for all costs involved in removing the
temporary vehicular access point.
SECTION 6.0 SOLID WASTE CONTAINER REQUIREMENTS
A. Front End Loaded Refuse Container Location Requirements. No front end loaded (F.E. L.)
refuse container shall be located within any required front or street side yard setback. No such
container shall be located in any required parking space or vehicular use area, or in any required
buffer yard or landscaping area.
1. Service Access. F.E.L. refuse container sites shall be provided which allow refuse
vehicle service access without manually moving the container(s) of service. Fifty (50)
feet of clear backup as measured perpendicular from the screen areas shall be provided
from the face of the refuse containers' screening unless otherwise approved by the Public
Works Director who shall find that the reduction is necessary to provide property right
enjoyed by others in the same zoning district, and will not be detrimental to public
health, safety, and welfare. No encroachment into this area by parking spaces, non -
driveway sidewalks, or landscape areas shall be allowed.
2. Siting Obstructions. No F.E.L. refuse container shall be sited within six (6) feet of any
building/structure, nor sited below obstructing wires nor sited adjacent to any other
obstruction to the container dumping process.
3. Container Pads. F.E.L. refuse container pad(s) shall be provided for all R.E.L.
containers and shall be constructed either of, as a minimum 3,000 p.s.i. concrete six (6)
inches thick with 6" x 6" - 10 x 10 wire mesh or number three ( #3) steel reinforcing
bars on twelve (12) inch centers in each direction, or as approved by the Public Works
Director who shall find that the reduction is necessary to provide property rights enjoyed
by others in the same zoning district, and will not be detrimental to public health, safety,
and welfare. A six (6) foot long approach slab or identical width, thickness, and
composition to the container pad shall also be constructed adjacent and of equal slope to
said pad(s).
N-25
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
4. F.E.L. Refuse Container Screening Requirements. F.E.L. refuse containers shall be
opaquely screened from view from public streets and adjacent properties, to a height of
at least 6 feet, or 6 inches higher than the height of the container (whichever is higher).
This screening may be achieved by walls, landscaping or buffer yards, or by virtue of
the location of the container on the building site.
5. Drains. Drains for the dumpster container pad shall not discharge into the stormwater
system.
B. Roll -off Compactor Container Location Requirements.
Container Pads. Roll-off compactor container pad(s) shall be provided for all roll -off
compactor containers, and shall be constructed of minimum 3,000 P.S.I. concrete, steel
reinforced, 6 inches thick, and shall comply with the following minimal dimension
requirements for each container: 10 feet wide by 20 feet long.
2. Service Access. A paved service vehicle access apron, constructed to a minimum HS-
20 capacity requirement and extending a minimum of 45 feet in front of each roll -off
compactor container is required. Service height clearance of 25 feet is required in the
container service access area.
Electrical Requirements. The industry recommendations for roll -off compactor
electrical requirements are: 3 phase, 460 -480 volt, 60 amps. electrical service to each
compactor location. Other electrical requirements may be approved by the Public
Works Director.
SECTION 7.0 MATERIALS AND TESTING
The owner shall retain an independent testing laboratory. The testing laboratory performing field
sampling and field testing shall be certified by the American Concrete Institute. Testing results shall be
signed by a licensed Professional Engineer. Testing of materials set forth in this schedule shall conform
to the following requirements and procedures:
A. General Testing of Materials. Testing procedures shall provide the following information to
the Administrative Official:
1. Subgrade and shoulders. Width, depth, LBR and density.
2. Base. Width, depth and density.
Surface. Width, depth, extraction, gradation, density, asphalt content and stability.
4. Soil cement. Conform to Portland Cement Association specifications.
N -26
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
B. Concrete. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 p. s. i. unless
otherwise prescribed in these land development regulations. Test requirements applicable to
concrete shall be as follows:
Test core cylinders spaced at maximum intervals of one hundred (100) feet shall be
required.
2. The Administrative Official shall exercise the authority to prescribe frequency of truck
loads of material from which a cylinder shall be taken.
The testing laboratory shall conform to the applicable requirements of ASTM E329 -77
(1983) Standard Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for
Concrete, Steel and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction.
4. The mixture shall contain no more water than is necessary to produce concrete that is
workable and plastic. The minimum slump necessary to place the concrete satisfactorily
shall be used. Slumps shall be maintained so as not to exceed 2 - 4 1/2 inches for
nonvibrated placement and 3 inches, plus or minus, l 1/2 inches for vibrated placement.
5. The concrete shall be tested for compressive strength and copies of results of such tests
shall be submitted to the Administrative Official.
6. All concrete test failures shall require removal of the section in question or as directed
by the Administrative Official. Additional testing may be required prior to removal in
case of a bad cylinder.
C. Asphalt. Certification of conformity to Florida Department of Transportation's Standard
Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition shall be provided.
D. Sidewalks. Testing of sidewalks shall not be required unless otherwise prescribed by the
Administrative Official.
SECTION 8.0 ABBREVIATIONS
Wherever in this Schedule the following terms and abbreviations appear, their intent and meaning shall,
unless specifically stated otherwise, be interpreted as follows:
AAN
American Association of Nurserymen, Inc.
AASHTO
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
AGC
The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc.
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
ANSI
American National Standards Institute, Inc. (formerly ASA and USASI)
AREA
American Railway Engineering Society
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
N -27
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
AWS American Welding Society
AWPA American Wood Preservers Association
AWWA American Water Works Association
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
FSS Federal Specifications and Standards
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IES Illuminating Engineering Society
IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
NEC National Electrical Code (As recommended by the National Fire Protection Association)
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
FDOT Florida Department of Transportation
SECTION 9.0 CONSTRUCTION AND INSPECTION BY THE CITY
Any work requiring a City inspection shall be accomplished during normal working hours unless prior
arrangements are made to facilitate such inspections.
N -28
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
FIGURE TITLE
N -1
STANDARD CURB & GUTTER ROADWAY SECTION
N -2
TYPICAL SWALE SECTION FOR EXISTING ROADWAYS
N -3
STANDARD CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER
N-4A
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SPEED HUMP
N -413
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE SPEED TABLE
N -5
STREETLIGHT STANDARDS
N -6
ALTERNATE CURB SECTIONS
N -7
TAPER STRIPING DETAIL
N -8
AUXILIARY LANE(S) DETAIL
N -9
DRIVEWAY DETAIL WITH CURB & GUTTER
N -10
DRIVEWAY DETAIL WITH SWALE
N -11
TYPICAL STREET IDENTIFICATION SIGN
N -12
MINIMUM DESIGN ELEMENTS FOR SOLID WASTE ENCLOSURES
(SINGLE)
N -13
MINIMUM DESIGN ELEMENTS FOR SOLID WASTE ENCLOSURES
(DOUBLE)
N -14
MINIMUM PAVEMENT SECTIONS
N -15
RURAL ROADWAY SECTION
CITY OF SANFORD
• City of Sanford STANDARD DETAILS
Department of Planning &
Development Services Date: Drawn By:
- 1/31/2012 M. JONES
12"
r:5.
DEWALK
K
12'
VARIES
12"
—0.02
5' CONC. SIDEWALK
(4" THICK, 6" AT DRIVEWAYS) 24" STANDARD
MAX CROSS SLOPE 0.02 CURB & GUTTER
(FIGURE N-6)
• City of Sanford
Department of Planning &
Development Services
R/VV VARIES / 50' MIN.
12'
z VARIES s
W
uj
W SIDEWALK
LL Q
L' 1
0
O
0.02
2" ASPHALT MINIMUM (FOOT TYPE SP -9.5)
8" MIN. LIMEROCK BASE COURSE
(98% MAX. DENSITY PER AASHTO T -180)
12" MIN. STABILIZED SUB -BASE
(MIN. F.B.V. 75 PSI OR LBR 40)
NOTE:
IF ASPHALT WILL BE PLACED IN 2 LIFTS,
EACH LIFT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1 INCH
OF SP -9.5.
STANDARD CURB & GUTTER
ROADWAY SECTION FIGURE
N -1
e. 6/12/2014 Drawn By: M. JONES
1 City of Sanford
Department of Planning &
Development Services
•, i r d Is]
FOR EXISTING ROADWAYS
Date: 1/25/2012 Drawn By: M. JONES
FIGURE
N -2
SECTION A - A
* 50' RADIUS MIN. FOR MAJOR DRIVEWAYS.
** 35' RADIUS MIN. FOR MINOR AND INTERMEDIATE DRIVEWAYS.
12"
TRANSITION
18"
3'
MUST FOLLOW
\LIGNMENT OF
THE STREET
TRANSITION
STANDARD CONCRETE
I ' � City of Sanford FIGURE
Department of Planning & VALLEY GUTTER N -3
Development Services Date: Drawn By:
3/23/2015 M. CASH
CURB
|
VARIES
B[—JB
CURB
SEE EDGE TAPER
SWALE DETAIL
'° "^'`",`"'
EXIST.
PARABOLIC PARABOLIC 3"
::;;!B
PA BOLIC
SEE SECTION B-B
SECTION A-A
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
1. GRIND FOR EXTRA DEPTH AT EDGES AS
SHOWN.
2. APPLY BITUMINOUS TACK COAT OVER
AIR-BLOWN CLEANED AND SWEPT ASPHALT
CONCRETE.
3. ASPHALT SHALL BE ROLLED FOR COMPACTION
PER SPECIFICATIONS.
4. FINISH EDGES BY APPLYING TACK COAT AND
SAND SWEEPING. TACK COAT SHALL CONFORM
TOFDOTSPECIFICATIONS.
5. APPROPRIATE PAVEMENT MARKING |S
REQUIRED AND MUST BE APPROVED BYTHE
CITY ENGINEER.
APPLICATION NOTES:
(APPROVED FOR USE WHEN THE
CONDITIONS BELOW B0ST)
1. LOCATIONS PER APPROVED PLAN.
2. NEIGHBORHOOD ROUTES AND LOCAL
STREETS ONLY.
3. POSTED SPEED 25MPH.
4. TANGENT SECTIONS UR CURVES WITH
3OO FT. RADIUS ORLARGER.
5. ND MORE THAN 2 TRAVEL LANES.
G. NOT AN EXISTING ORPLANNED
TRANSIT ROUTE.
7. NOT A PRIMARY EMERGENCY VEHICLE
ROUTE.
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
City of Sanford FIGURE
Department of Planning & SPEED HUMP N-4A
Development Services Date: 1/24/2012 Drawn By: M. JONES
CURB OR
CURBAND
_
M 2
(02
�
��
�
�
�
�
�R
�—`"—
� ` \ � sxmnwow�on
` � p��.pmVEmewr
snworoesp
'
x15"wmsFOR
EXTRA DEPTH
PARABOu
memGE
|
9
EDGE TAPER DETAIL
pAxAaouu
cnoew
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
1. GRIND FOR EXTRA DEPTH AT EDGES AS
SHOWN.
2. APPLY BITUMINOUS TACK COAT OVER
AIR-BLOWN CLEANED AND SWEPT ASPHALT
CONCRETE.
3. ASPHALT SHALL BE ROLLED FOR COMPACTION
PER SPECIFICATIONS.
4. FINISH EDGES BY APPLYING TACK COAT AND
SAND SWEEPING. TACK COAT SHALL CONFORM
TOFDOTSPECIFICATIONS.
5. APPROPRIATE PAVEMENT MARKING |S
REQUIRED AND MUST BE APPROVED BYTHE
CITY ENGINEER.
APPLICATION NOTES:
(APPROVED FOR USE WHEN THE
CONDITIONS BELOW B0ST)
1. LOCATIONS PER APPROVED PLAN.
2. NEIGHBORHOOD ROUTES AND LOCAL
STREETS ONLY.
3. POSTED SPEED 25MPH.
4. TANGENT SECTIONS UR CURVES WITH
3OO FT. RADIUS ORLARGER.
5. ND MORE THAN 2 TRAVEL LANES.
G. NOT AN EXISTING ORPLANNED
TRANSIT ROUTE.
7. NOT A PRIMARY EMERGENCY VEHICLE
ROUTE.
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
City of Sanford FIGURE
Department of Planning & SPEED HUMP N-4A
Development Services Date: 1/24/2012 Drawn By: M. JONES
SIDEWALK
—415-1-- '
L-1"MIN.
L3-
SEE SECTION B-B
MIN.
.4
SECTION A-A
SWALE
22'-0"
El
CURB
I
0 N
L-L
C14 M
GRIND V DEEP
I
V -6 - 11-6" 1-6"
5
CURB OR
1 -6
CURB AND
GUTTER PAVING MATERIAL:
At
fA
SP-9.5
AT EDGE
TA'
WIDTH
EXISTING A.C. OR
VARIES
CROWN
P.C.C. PAVEMENT
SECTION B-B
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
BLJB
1. GRIND FOR EXTRA DEPTH AT EDGES AS SHOWN.
(APPROVED FOR USE WHEN THE CONDITIONS
EDGE TAPER DETAIL
CURB
CLEANED AND SWEPT ASPHALT CONCRETE.
1. LOCATIONS PER APPROVED PLAN.
SEE EDGE TAPER
SWALE
SPECIFICATIONS.
DETAIL
SSIDEWALK
- -------- 4-
4 - I I I -
4. FINISH EDGES BY APPLYING TACK COAT AND SAND
<
RADIUS OR LARGER.
4
PLAN VIEW
4. GRADE LESS THAN 8%.
5. APPROPRIATE PAVEMENT MARKING IS REQUIRED AND
22'-0"
MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER.
EXIST. CURB 6-4-
10'-0" 6'-0.
PARABOLIC
FLAT PARABOLIC 3'
PARABOLIC--/
—415-1-- '
L-1"MIN.
L3-
SEE SECTION B-B
MIN.
SECTION A-A
Z
2
z
0 N
L-L
C14 M
GRIND V DEEP
I
V -6 - 11-6" 1-6"
5
1 -6
x 15" WIDE FOR
EXTRA DEPTH
V-0" PARABOLIC
AT EDGE
rt
PARABOLIC
CROWN
SECTION B-B
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
APPLICATION NOTES:
1. GRIND FOR EXTRA DEPTH AT EDGES AS SHOWN.
(APPROVED FOR USE WHEN THE CONDITIONS
BELOW EXIST.)
2. APPLY BITUMINOUS TACK COAT OVER AIR-BLOWN
CLEANED AND SWEPT ASPHALT CONCRETE.
1. LOCATIONS PER APPROVED PLAN.
3. ASPHALT SHALL BE ROLLED FOR COMPACTION PER
2. POSTED SPEED 25 MPH.
SPECIFICATIONS.
3. TANGENT SECTIONS OR CURVES WITH 300 FT.
4. FINISH EDGES BY APPLYING TACK COAT AND SAND
RADIUS OR LARGER.
SWEEPING. TACK COAT SHALL CONFORM TO FDOT
SPECIFICATIONS.
4. GRADE LESS THAN 8%.
5. APPROPRIATE PAVEMENT MARKING IS REQUIRED AND
5. NO MORE THAN 2 TRAVEL LANES.
MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER.
City of Sanford ASPHALTIC CONCRETE FIGURE
Department of Planning & SPEED TABLE N-413
Development Services Date: Drawn By:
1/25/2012 M. JONES
I I I
30'0"
14-11
COBRA HEAD LIGHTING
Ih ,
II
N
ALUMINUM ARM
• NL.
(2 AWG)
.Ik•
II
,
it
�l•
30' CONCRETE POLE
V
. 11
(S.U.)
•-ii
il•
-1t '
All:
;1)
II •
VARIES AS REQUIRED BY
It
GREEN BOOK STANDARDS
jt• •
(MIN. DISTANCE IS 4')
'p
IM '
11�
' 11
• � ate.
i�•
il' e
At
LIMEROCK
• . e . '
SUB -BASE
a
NOTES:
24'0"
24
PULL BOX DETAIL
ASPHALT PAVEMENT
CONCRETE CURBING
=ND OF CONDUITS
SHALL BE SEALED TO
)REVENT FLOW OF
NATER THROUGH
:ONDUIT.
OF PEA ROCK OR
CRUSHED STONE FOR
DRAINAGE
1. STREET LIGHTS SHALL BE LOCATED AT EACH INTERSECTION. STREET LIGHT SPACING SHALL NOT
EXCEED 300'. LIGHTS SHALL BE LOCATED ACCORDING TO ACCEPTABLE ENGINEERING PRACTICES.
2. ALL NEW SERVICES SHALL BE UNDERGROUND.
3. PROVIDE PULL BOX AT EACH POLE.
4. WIRE CONDUIT SHALL BE INTERNAL.
5. EACH POLE SHALL BE INDIVIDUALLY FUSED AND GROUNDED.
6. POLE LOCTION AND ARM LENGTH ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PAVEMENT CROSS- SECTION.
7. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUMS.
8. LAMP SHALL BE HIG PRESSURE SODIUM, 100 WATT FOR RESIDENTIAL AND NON - RESIDENTIAL AREAS.
9. REFER TO SCHEDULE N, SECTION 3.2 (B) FOR ADDITIONAL LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS.
I ' City of Sanford
Department of Planning &
Development Services Date:
STREETLIGHT
START [ ARD
Drawn Bv:
1/24/2012
M. JONES
6" 18" SAME SLOPE AS ADJACENT PAVEMENT
ASPHALT PAVEMENT
3 "R. /
6"
12" 7 -112 "STD.,.,':.:'
6" "8" I�314 "R• ... 6" MIN. 8. BASE
2 /241
12" /SUBGRADE, `f
NOTE:
WHEN USED ON HIGH SIDE OF ROADWAYS, THE CROSS SLOPE OF THE
GUTTER SHALL MATCH THE CROSS SLOPE OF THE ADJACENT
PAVEMENT AND THE THICKNESS OF THE LIP SHALL BE 6 ", UNLESS
OTHERWISE SHOWN ON PLANS.
ASPHALT PAVEMENT
1"
9" N
x . ��k $.... BASE
X12,
-1A
12" r % ,' , % rSUBGRADE
►1 . ►l ::
City of Sanford
Department of Planning &
Development Services
ALTERNATE CURB
SECTIONS
6/12/2014 Drawn By: M JONES
FIGURE
N -6
W
_
?
=)
O
W �n
�-j
a ° !-
t w a
rr
I I
1
I
W ~W
FW-
I 1
ro M
J J
W
tu
1 1
O
==U' =
>
O
Z
0 CL
J W W
F a_w
PFL
i�WN
I 1
I I
Q
f�0to
J
¢
>y
JmY W
00
0 0
�w°°
x3m
I 1
Z 0 W
O�W
~
O
0
S
Q
tnm=
N
U)
SSG.
1-
W
to
U)
M- W
x z >
'd'
wz_y
t�
tC)
ZZ ?
UJ W
z
0
W
W
Y
J0�
c°i33u
-J -J
I I
I 1
Q'
Lu
I I
-J Q0
J
�U P
WWz
Q W m
�(
U.
m 0
4 u
o�c�wo~
I I
1- ..I
J
pWp
0
0
W
w c� w
1 1
r 1
=Q'Z
Z
o�
Z
HwaW C5
0 1"0
U)
NQ��
W =O�?O
I-t� ¢
Q
G
Q
1-
2tJWN
OQDW
U I I
I I
Z r
N
M
�f
tQ 1
1
1 1
a
I I
WOZ
00 1 I
aZ0
¢ —
1
W
O W Z
N —a.. -i
W?W
0 Q
Q
1 I
WO
I I
¢a
1 I
>
I I
1
io is
W
M
U
°o °o °
°v
r°.
0-
°O
m
Z4.4 C14
T T T
T
T
N O
-
O O
I 1
m
0
�
0
0 00
1
A
O O M
T T r
W
r
C1
r
N W
J
u-
-�
W .-. W W
_I W -j Z
I 1
1 I
CO)
P
¢
_
CO Z U) Q
P Q H J
1 I
1 I
r
Q
O O N
O
M
�
t�U W
Z
J
W Z W W
I I
r r
r
r
T LL
0
W� LL U1
¢ I 1
W
r
F- Z
�F- �Z¢
I 1
Q
� N
N
M
CO)
U. J
N
z
z
z v z
¢
0
0
0 W O W
0
Z
1 1
W_
M
2F- 21-0
0
0 lt) to m
t0
M
AUXILIARY LANE(S)
l
City of Sanford
FIGURE
Department of Planning
&
DETAIL
N "$
Development Services
p
Date: Drawn By:
n'
M
M
'd'
et
t�
tC)
(APPLIES TO BOTH SIDES, IF APPROPRIATE)
t . , I PROPERTY LINE
SIDEWALK.;..'
A .-A
SEE TABLE. - 1/2" EXPANSION JOINT
RADIAL APRON
N
APRO X
5'R MIN. '4A
14
z
CURB TRANSITION
12
7A
REMOVE AND REPLACE CURBING. DO NOT CURB TRANSITION
L> BREAK OFF BACK OF CURB.
PLAN
BACK OF SIDEWALK--\ SEE TABLE FRONT OF SIDEWALK
3- GUTTER GRADE 3-
ELEVATION
PROPERTY MIN. 5' 1 VARIES
LINE SIDEWALK I DRIVEWAY APRON
SLOPE NOT TO
EXCEED 0.02 6" THICK, 3000 PSI CONCRETE
FROM CURB TO PROPERTY
LINE
SECTION A-A
DRIVEWAY WIDTH, FEET
RESIDENTIAL NON-RESIDENTIAL NON-RESIDENTIAL
1 -WAY 2-WAY
MIN. 9 16 24
MAX. 18 20 40
- 2- -
DROP
CURB
NOTES:
112"
EXPANSION 1. WHERE VERTICAL CURBING
JOINT EXISTS, THE SAME PROCEDURES
SHALL APPLY.
2. EXISTING SIDEWALKS, IF NOT 6-
THICK SHALL BE REMOVED &
REPLACED WITH 6" THICK 3000PSI
CONCRETE TO MATCH
DRIVEWAY.
City of Sanford WITH DETAIL FIGURE
Department of Planning & WITH CURB & GUTTER N-9
Development Services Date: Drawn By:
1/24/2012 M. JONES
(32
BOTTOM OF
RADIAL APRON
OPTIONAL 5'R MIN.
PROPERTY
LINE
I I
1/2" EXPANSION JOINT
&
SID&ALK
A
SURFACE W.4
FLOW
4
A
;0.5% MIN.
.QA VACII 9:•C%t;
XMIN. i MAX. WIDTHS'
A
-A 0.4 40 A 6" FLUSH CURB
12. •
— 5•
PLAN
%- EDGE OF
> PAVEMENT
M
M
Ca
X
M
CA
5' MIN.
(APPLIES TO BOTH SIDES,
IF APPROPRIATE)
PROPERTY
LINE
W
to
VARIES VARIES
[L — 5
0 W
W z MAX. Oil
1L SL I OP DRIVE EDGE OF PAVEMENT
GRADE
6"X12" FLUSH CURB
SWALE—/ (IF EXISTING)
GRADE
-1 A
NOTES:
1. DRIVEWAY SHALL BE 6" THICK, 3,000 PSI CONCRETE FROM EDGE OF PAVEMENT TO PROPERTY LINE.
2. EXISTING SIDEWALKS, IF NOT 6" THICK SHALL BE REMOVED & REPLACED WITH 6" THICK 3000PSI CONCRETE TO
MATCH DRIVEWAY.
3. IF PAVEMENT HAS A FLUSH CONCRETE CURB, A 1/2" EXPANSION JOINT SHALL BE REQUIRED BETWEEN CURBING AND
APRON.
logo= DRIVEWAY DETAIL
1-1 City of Sanford I FIGURE
Department of Planning & WITH SWALE N-10
Development Services Date: Drawn By:
1/18/2012 M. JONES
2-
4W Border
1-�
-1.
9" STREET IDENTIFICATION SIGN
1 2" Y4" Border
(for Private Streets > 25MPH)
Contact the City
Public Works
Department for Logo
information
*00 M! - •
(for City Streets < 25MPH)
1/4" Border ---\, �-3--_ I I "-T'-"'�
6" STREET IDENTIFICATION SIGN
(for Private Streets < 25MPH)
FHWA, MUTCD 2009 Edition Chapter 21). Guide Signs—Conventional Roads
TYPICAL STREET
IDENTIFICATION SIGN
Scale: N-11
As shown
By: C. Smith Date:
Apr: B. Iftikar 21212011
1/4"
1/4"
Dept. of Planning and
Development Services
300 N. Park Avenue
Sanford (1 32771 -1788
1
407.688.5140
TYPICAL STREET
IDENTIFICATION SIGN
Scale: N-11
As shown
By: C. Smith Date:
Apr: B. Iftikar 21212011
1/4"
1/4"
Z
O
z
z
W
0
W
0
Z
4
0
v
W
0
z
W
W
0
12' -0" (INSIDE DIMENSION) 4' HIGH 6" DIAMETER
4'-0" (TYP•) GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE
BOLLARD (TYP.)
THE ENCLOSURE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED
OF LONG LASTING, DURABLE, LOW
MAINTENANCE, AND OPAQUE MATERIALS.
4" DIAMETER GALVANIZED
/ HINGE POST (MIN.)
10 x 12 SINGLE ENCLOSURE DESIGN PAD
10 x 12 SINGLE ENCLOSURE ELEVATION
LOCKABLE DOUBLE HUNG GATES
W/ SCREENING MATERIAL AND
FOOT BOLTS
- FINISHED PAVEMENT
GRADE
NOTES:
1. SOLID WASTE CONTAINERS SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 6 FEET FROM ANY STRUCTURE OR BELOW ANY
OBSTRUCTING WIRES OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS.
2. A MINIMUM OF 50 FEET CLEAR BACKUP SPACE FROM THE FRONT OF THE ENCLOSURE IS REQUIRED FOR SERVICING.
PARKING AND LANDSCAPED AREAS MAY NOT BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE.
3. PAD TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF EITHER 3000 PSI, 6" CONCRETE, W 16x6, 10/10 W.W.M., OR 4" CONCRETE, #3'S AT 12" O.C.
APPROACH PAD TO BE OF SAME COMPOSITION.
4. THE ENCLOSURE SHALL BE 6 FEET HIGH OR 6 INCHES HIGHER THAN THE CONTAINER HEIGHT, WHICHEVER IS
GREATER, WITH OPAQUE GATES OR DURABLE SCREENING.
5. BACKING INTO RIGHTS -OF -WAY TO SERVICE CONTAINERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
MINIMUM DESIGN
l City of Sanford ELEMENTS FOR SOLID FIGURE
Department of Planning & WASTE ENCLOSURE N12
Development Services Date: Drawn By:
2 -8 -2012 M. JONES
d• A
d•. •f
V .7
- a
CD
A
a'
d SOLID o
WASTE U)
CONTAINER 0
e O
h e K
d d
A a
6" THICK CONCRETE SLAB $ A
W/ #4 REBAR @ 12" O.C.E.W. : a
Q d aQ It
4
A
/ ad e
10' CLEAR G/ TE O�ENING (MIN.)
.4.
44.
• /e A
4
e / \ A
APPROACH SLAB -- •;. _
THE ENCLOSURE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED
OF LONG LASTING, DURABLE, LOW
MAINTENANCE, AND OPAQUE MATERIALS.
4" DIAMETER GALVANIZED
/ HINGE POST (MIN.)
10 x 12 SINGLE ENCLOSURE DESIGN PAD
10 x 12 SINGLE ENCLOSURE ELEVATION
LOCKABLE DOUBLE HUNG GATES
W/ SCREENING MATERIAL AND
FOOT BOLTS
- FINISHED PAVEMENT
GRADE
NOTES:
1. SOLID WASTE CONTAINERS SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 6 FEET FROM ANY STRUCTURE OR BELOW ANY
OBSTRUCTING WIRES OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS.
2. A MINIMUM OF 50 FEET CLEAR BACKUP SPACE FROM THE FRONT OF THE ENCLOSURE IS REQUIRED FOR SERVICING.
PARKING AND LANDSCAPED AREAS MAY NOT BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE.
3. PAD TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF EITHER 3000 PSI, 6" CONCRETE, W 16x6, 10/10 W.W.M., OR 4" CONCRETE, #3'S AT 12" O.C.
APPROACH PAD TO BE OF SAME COMPOSITION.
4. THE ENCLOSURE SHALL BE 6 FEET HIGH OR 6 INCHES HIGHER THAN THE CONTAINER HEIGHT, WHICHEVER IS
GREATER, WITH OPAQUE GATES OR DURABLE SCREENING.
5. BACKING INTO RIGHTS -OF -WAY TO SERVICE CONTAINERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
MINIMUM DESIGN
l City of Sanford ELEMENTS FOR SOLID FIGURE
Department of Planning & WASTE ENCLOSURE N12
Development Services Date: Drawn By:
2 -8 -2012 M. JONES
z
0
z
z
w
s
W
n
y
z
4
0
0
io
W
0
z
W
w
4' -0"
u �
4'-0" 1 4' -0"
A • .
RECYCLE ;' REGULAR
SOLID WASTE 10 SOLID WASTE
CONTAINER W CONTAINER A• THE ENCLOSURE SHALL BE
A• a ° CONSTRUCTED OF LONG
d A . LASTING, DURABLE, LOW
° MAINTENANCE, AND
a A ° OPAQUE MATERIALS.
d
A
6" THICK CONCRETE SLAB Ad
A
A ° • d • A ' ° • W/ #4 REBAR @ 12" O.C.E.W. A
° .
e d A a A A
° 20' CLEAR GolrE�OPENING (MIN.) d 4.
°n °_ ° d
d • • / • • X • ° ° A A 6" DIAMETER GALVANIZED
d° ° HINGE POST (MIN.)
° .
Al A d
A
° APPROACH SLP�k A. ae. A. d A-
11
.d
A
' v
Ad
4' HIGH 6" DIAMETER
GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE
BOLLARD (TYP.)
i/ 'IN
10 x 12 DOUBLE ENCLOSURE DESIGN PAD
LOCKABLE DOUBLE HUNG GATES
W/ SCREENING MATERIAL AND
FOOT BOLTS
10 x 12 DOUBLE ENCLOSURE ELEVATION
FINISH GRADE OF PAVEMENT
NOTES:
1, SOLID WASTE CONTAINERS SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF 6 FEET FROM ANY STRUCTURE OR BELOW ANY
OBSTRUCTING WIRES OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS.
2. A MINIMUM OF 50 FEET CLEAR BACKUP SPACE FROM THE FRONT OF THE ENCLOSURE IS REQUIRED FOR SERVICING.
PARKING AND LANDSCAPED AREAS MAY NOT BE USED FOR THIS PURPOSE.
3. PAD TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF EITHER 3000 PSI, 6" CONCRETE, W 16x6, 10110 W.W.M., OR 4" CONCRETE, #3'S AT 12" O.C.
APPROACH PAD TO BE OF SAME COMPOSITION.
4. THE ENCLOSURE SHALL BE 6 FEET HIGH OR 6 INCHES HIGHER THAN THE CONTAINER HEIGHT, WHICHEVER IS
GREATER, WITH OPAQUE GATES OR DURABLE SCREENING.
5. BACKING INTO RIGHTS -OF -WAY TO SERVICE CONTAINERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.
MINIMUM DESIGN
I City of Sanford ELEMENTS FOR SOLID FIGURE
Department of Planning & WASTE ENCLOSURE N13
Development Services Date: Drawn By:
2 -8 -2012 M. JONES
WITH CURB
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT:
A. ASPHALT CONCRETE SURFACE COURSE:
MINIMUM 2" OF SP -9.5 OR SP -12.5 ASPHALT. IF THE ASPHALT
WILL BE PLACED IN TWO LIFTS, EACH LIFT SHALL CONSIST
OF A MIN. 1" OF SP9.5 ASPHALT. THICKNESSES IN THIS
SECTION ARE MIN. COMPACTED THICKNESSES, & NO
DEVIATION OR TOLERANCE IS PERMITTED.
B. BASE:
MIN. 8" LIMEROCK, LBR 100 & 98% OF AASHTO T -180
(MODIFIED PROCTOR MAX. DENSITY) OR
MIN. 8" CRUSHED CONCRETE, LBR 100 & 98% OF AASHTO
T -180 (MODIFIED PROCTOR MAX. DENSITY) OR
MIN. 8" MODIFIED SOIL CEMENT, 300 PSI AT 7DAYS, & MIN.
98% OF AASHTO D -558 MAX. DRY DENSITY)
C. STABILIZED SUBGRADE:
MIN. 12" STABILIZED SUBGRADE, CONSISTING OF SUITABLE
NATIVE OR IMPORTED SOIL MIXED WITH LIMEROCK, SHELL,
CLAY, OR CRUSHED CONCRETE, MIN. LBR 40 OR FBV 75PSI.
CURB & GUTTER
RIGID PAVEMENT:
A. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT:
MINIMUM 6" THICK, 3000 PSI CONCRETE.
B. BASE:
TYPICALLY NOT USED
C. STABILIZED SUBGRADE:
MIN. 12" STABILIZED SUBGRADE, CONSISTING OF SUITABLE
NATIVE OR IMPORTED SOIL MIXED WITH LIMEROCK, SHELL,
CLAY, OR CRUSHED CONCRETE, MIN. LBR 40 OR FBV 75PSI.
MINIMUN PAVEMENT
I City of Sanford SECTIONS FIGURE
Department of Planning &
Development Si N -14
men Services p Date: 1/25/2012 Drawn By: M. JONES
ADDITIONAL RNV OR
EASEMENT AS REQ'D.
RNV VARIES/ 30' MIN.
W
12' 4' 4' 4'
w
4
a
a
O
uj
1' -LEVEL
0.02 8 :1 MAX.
0.02 MAX.
4. 3'1
RURAL HALF-SECTION
RURAL ROADWAY
1 ' City of Sanford SECTION FIGURE
Department of Planning &
N -15
Development Services Date: Drawn By:
1/31/2012 M. JONES
SCHEDULE S, HISTORIC PRESERVATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 1.0 Purpose .........
Section 2.0 Definitions .
Section 3.0 Historic Preservation Board ....................... ...............................
.................1
1
Me
Section 4.0 Criteria and Procedures for Establishing and Expanding Historic Districts ....12
Criteria for Creating Local Historic Districts ...................................................... .............................12
Procedures for Establishing Historic Districts ..................................................... .............................12
Criteria for Expanding Existing Local Historic Districts ..................................... ............................1.3
Procedures for Expanding Local Historic Districts ............................................. .............................13
Section 5.0 Criteria and Procedures for Designating Local Historic Landmarks
Criteria for Designating Local Historic Landmarks .......................... ...............................
Procedures for Designating Historic Landmarks ............................... ...............................
Section 6.0 Designated Historic Districts and Landmarks ....... ...............................
HistoricDistricts ................................................................................. ...............................
LocalHistoric Landmarks .................................................................. ...............................
Section 7.0 Archaeological Resources ..................................................... ...............................
Human Remains or Archaeological Resources .............................................. ...............................
Prospecting and Excavations ......................................................................... ...............................
ArchaeologicalSite Report ............................................................................ ...............................
Project Approval and Permit ........................................................................... ...............................
Enforcementand Penalties .............................................................................. ...............................
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
Section 8.0 Certificate of Appropriateness and Procedures for Historic Landmarks or
Structures within Historic Districts ......................................... .............................16
Applicability.................... ...............................
Certificate of Appropriateness Required ........
Approval of the Historic Preservation Board .
Approval of Administrative Official ...............
Variances to the Standard of Schedule S ........
SitePlanning .................... ...............................
Appeals............................ ...............................
Violations......................... ...............................
........................16
......................17
........................18
........................18
........................19
........................20
........................20
........................20
Section 9.0 Standards for New Construction, Additions and Alterations ...............
The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitation ............... ...............................
ArchitecturalStyles .............................................................................. ...............................
General Standards for All Properties ................................................... ...............................
LotLayout ...................................................................................... ...............................
BuildingForm ................................................................................ ...............................
BuildingFeatures ........................................................................... ...............................
Exterior Walls /Materials .......................................................... ...............................
Ord. No. 4337
3/23/2015
8
......21
......21
......22
......22
......22
......24
......28
......29
Porches and Balconies .............................................. ...............................
Roofs......................................................................... ...............................
Windowsand Doors .................................................. ...............................
Fences and Walls ...................................................... ...............................
BuildingColor .......................................................... ...............................
Accessory Structures and Pool Enclosures ............... ...............................
Section 10.0 Relocation of Landmarks ........
Section 11.0 Ordinary Maintenance ................
Required Maintenance ............ ...............................
Standards for Building Maintenance .....................
`Mothballing' Structures ......... ...............................
Checklist................................. ...............................
City Action to Prevent Deterioration .....................
............................31
............................31
............................3 3
............................3 6
............................3 7
............................37
.................................. ..............................3 8
.................................. ..............................3 9
................................... .............................39
.................................. ..............................3 9
................................... .............................40
................................... .............................41
................................... .............................41
Section 12.0 Demolition .............................. ...............................
Criteria for Reviewing Demolition Permits .... ...............................
WaitingPeriod ................................................ ...............................
Economic Hardship ......................................... ...............................
Demolition by Neglect .................................... ...............................
Permits............................................................ ...............................
Documentation Requirements ......................... ...............................
Section 13.0 Sign Regulations
Permitted Signs ..........................
General Design Criteria .............................................. ...............................
Site Identification Signs .................................. ...............................
Business Identification Signs .......................... ...............................
DirectorySigns ............................................... ...............................
Easel or A -Frame Signs .................................. ...............................
Performance Standards ............................................... ...............................
Alternative Signage ..................................................... ...............................
........42
........42
........43
........44
........46
........46
........46
.46
.46
.47
.47
.47
.48
.49
.49
.49
Section 14.0 Outdoor Storage /Sidewalk Display .......................................... .............................49
OutdoorDisplay ................................................................................................... .............................49
OutdoorStorage ................................................................................................... .............................50
RVsand Boats ...................................................................................................... .............................50
Section 15.0 The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) ............................ .............................50
Appendix A: Characteristics of Architectural Styles Commonly Found in Sanford ..............52
Appendix B: Documentation Requirements for Buildings Proposed For Demolition and
Standards for Architectural Documentation Purpose ........... .............................70
Map S -1: Sanford Historic Districts ......................................................... .............................74
Ord. No. 4337
3/23/2015
M
SCHEDULES
HISTORIC PRESERVATION
SECTION 1.0 PURPOSE
Historic structures, sites, monuments, streets, areas, and neighborhoods serve as visible reminders of the
history and cultural heritage of the City, State and Nation. The purpose of this Schedule is to promote
the educational, cultural, and economic welfare of the City residents by preserving and protecting
historic and archaeological resources located within the City Limits. This Schedule will safeguard the
City's history, heritage, and unique attributes, and will enhance the City's attraction of visitors and
support and stimulate the economy from increased tourism. Furthermore, it is the purpose of this
Schedule to strengthen the economy of the City by stabilizing and improving property values in historic
areas, and to encourage new buildings and developments that will be harmonious with the City's
historic, architectural, archaeological, and /or social character. Historic preservation enhances
community pride and strengthens the partnership among the past, present and future providing for
orderly growth in the life and appearance of the historic communities within the City.
SECTION 2.0 . DEFINITIONS
Adaptive Re -Use - The process of converting a building to a use other than that for which it was
originally designed.
Addition - New construction added to an existing building or structure.
Administrative Official - The person appointed by the City Manager who is responsible for the overall
administration and enforcement of the City's land development regulations or his duly authorized
representative.
Alteration - Work which impacts the exterior of any property located within an historic district
including, but not limited to, demolition, addition, removal, restoration, relocation or other modification,
in whole or in part, of a building, structure or appurtenance.
Appurtenances - Includes, but not limited to, walkways and driveways (whether paved or not), fences,
gateways, open space, mailboxes, arbors, and similar structures and results of
construction activities.
Arcade - A series of arches supported by columns or pillars; a covered passageway;
a recessed gallery with columns or piers open to the street.
Archaeological Resources - Any material remains of past human life, activities or �+
habitation which are of historic or pre- historic significance. Such material includes, �J
but is not limited to pottery, basketry, bottles, weapons, weapon projectiles, tools, Arcade
structures or portions of structures, pit houses, rock paintings, rock carvings, intaglios, graves, skeletal
remains, personal items and clothing, household or business refuse, printed matter, manufactured items,
or any piece of any of the foregoing items.
Archaeological Site - A property or location which has yielded or may yield information on the City's
history or prehistory. Archaeological sites may be found within historic sites, historic districts, private
property, public properties, and other areas of the City. Archaeological sites are evidenced by the
presence of artifacts and features below and at times above the ground surface indicating the past use of
a location by people.
Archaeological Zone - A geographically defined area that has or may reasonably be expected to yield
information on local history or prehistory based upon broad prehistoric or historic settlement patterns.
Ord. No. 4337 S -1
03/23/2015
Architectural Significance - A criterion used in designating a structure that is an outstanding or
surviving original example of period, style, detail, unique craftsmanship or method of construction, or
represents the work of a locally, statewide or nationally significant architect, designer, or builder.
Articulate - To express the parts or segments of a building clearly; to divide into segments.
Artifacts - Objects which are a product of human modification or objects which have been transported
to a site by people. In the City, artifacts over fifty (50) years old are protected by this ordinance.
Balcony - A railed projecting platform found above ground level on a building.
Baluster - One of a series of short pillars or other uprights that support a
handrail. One of the upright, usually rounded or vase - shaped, supports of a
balustrade. Related term: picket, spindle.
Balustrade - A row of balusters topped by a rail, serving as an open parapet, as
along the edge of a balcony, terrace, bridge, staircase, or the eaves of a building.
Barge Board - A board fixed at the gable end to purlins, often decorated.
Base - The lowest part of a column or architectural structure. A base story is the lowest story of a
building.
Bay - A main division of a structure, usually containing a window or door. A building with three
windows across the front is referred to as three bays wide. Also, an enclosed space protruding from the
exterior of a building such as a bay window.
Bay Window - A projecting window that forms an extension to the floor space of the internal room;
usually extending to the ground level.
Board - When used in this section it shall mean the Historic Preservation Board.
Board and Batten - Siding fashioned of boards set vertically and covered where their edges join by
narrow strips call battens.
Bond - A term used to describe the various pattern in which brick, or stone is laid, such as "common
bond" or "Flemish bond ".
Bracket - A projecting support member found under eaves or other overhangs. Related terms:
modillion, corbel.
Building - A structure created to shelter any form of human activity. This may
refer to a house, barn, garage, church, hotel, retail store, or similar structure. r- „
Bulkhead -The structural panels just below display windows on storefronts. Bracket 4
Bulkheads can be both supportive and decorative in design. Nineteenth
century bulkheads are often of wood construction with rectangular raised
panels. Twentieth century bulkheads may be of wood, brick, tile, or marble construction. Bulkheads are
also referred to as kickplates.
Cantilevered - A projecting structure, such as a beam, that is supported at _.
one end and carries a load at the other end or along its length. A member,
such as a beam, that projects beyond a fulcrum and is supported by a
balancing member or a downward force behind the fulcrum. A bracket or
block supporting a balcony or cornice. Cantilevered
Casement Windows - A window with one or two slashes which are hinged
at the sides and usually open outward.
Ord. No. 4337 S -2
03/23/2015
Certificate of Appropriateness - A document awarded by the Historic Preservation Board allowing an
applicant to proceed with a proposed alteration, demolition or new construction in a designated historic
area, district or site, following a determination of the proposed improvements suitability to applicable
design and compatibility criteria.
Certified Local Government - Established by the National Historic Preservation Act Amendments of
1980, the Certified Local Government program permits the states to delegate limited responsibilities to
local governments that meet specific qualifications for certification and provide limited grant -in -aid
funding to assist them in that process. To become a CLG participant, a local government must adopt an
acceptable historic preservation ordinance, maintain a system of surveying and inventorying historic
resources, and encourage public participation in the historic preservation program.
Chamfer - A beveled edge.
Character - The qualities and attributes of any structure, site, street or district.
Clapboards - Horizontal Wooden boards, thinner at the top edge, which are overlapped
to provide a weather proof exterior wall surface.
Clapboard
Column - A supporting pillar. The parts of a column in classical architecture are the
base, shaft, and capital.
Commercial Retail Use - For the purposes of this schedule, a business that is open to the public and
displays and sells goods and services directly to the public excluding Retail Service Establishments.
Common Bond - A brickwork pattern where most courses are laid flat, with the long "stretcher" edge
exposed, but every fifth to eighth course is laid perpendicularly with the small "header" and exposed, to
structurally tie the wall together.
Contemporary - Reflecting characteristics of the current period. Contemporary denotes characteristics
which illustrate that a building, structure, or detail was constructed in the present or recent past rather
than being imitative or reflective of a historic design.
Contributing Resource or Property - Contributing resource or property means a building, structure, or
site which is at least 50 years old and contributes to the overall historic significance of a designated
historic district and possesses historic integrity reflecting the character of a time; or is capable of
yielding important information about an historically significant period; or independently meets the
criteria for designation as a local historic landmark and /or district.
Cornice - The uppermost, projecting part of an entablature, or feature resembling it. Any projection
ornament molding along the top of a wall, building, etc.
Crawl Space - The area between the ground and the first finished floor, usually 18 -24 inches.
Cross -gable - A secondary gable roof which meets the primary roof at right angles.
Cultural Resource - A structure that has aesthetic, cultural, architectural or historical significance to the
City, State or nation, and that may have been designed as a landmark, significant, recognized or historic
district under this chapter.
Demolition - The complete or constructive removal of a building or structure upon any site when the
building will not be relocated intact to a new site.
Demolition by Neglect - The failure to provide ordinary and necessary maintenance and repair to a
building, structure, historic resource or appurtenance resulting in injury or loss to exterior features,
permanent damage, or destruction through abandonment or lack of maintenance.
Ord. No. 4337 S -3
03/23/2015
Designated Site, Landmark, or District - Any site, landmark, or district designated by the federal,
state, or local government as having historical, architectural, or archaeological significance.
Design Criteria - The standard used for issuing a Certificate of Appropriateness. The criteria includes,
but is not limited to, guidelines adopted by the Historic Preservation Board, which are based upon
criteria of the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitation. The Historic Preservation Board is
hereby delegated the authority to adopt and implement the criteria which shall be enforced as Land
Development Regulations once reviewed by the local planning agency.
Design Guidelines - Criteria developed by a preservation commission, board, or review body to identify
design concerns in an area or historic district, and to help property owners ensure that rehabilitation and
new construction respect the character of designated buildings or districts.
Design Review - The process of ascertaining whether modifications to historic structures, sites, or
districts meet standards of appropriateness established by a governing or advisory review board.
Detached - Any new construction not attached to an existing and /or historic building.
Disturbance - The cumulative digging, excavating, site preparation work or other such construction
activities, regardless of the number of individual excavation or construction areas, related to an
archaeological site.
Dormer Window - A window that projects from a roof.
Double -hung Window - A window with two sashes, one sliding vertically over the other.
Eaves - The edge of a roof that projects beyond the face of a wall.
Elevation - The vertical plane of a fagade of a building. An elevation drawing is a view of such vertical
plane.
Exterior features - For the purpose of this schedule, exterior features shall include the architectural
style, general design and general arrangement of the exterior of a building or other structure, including
the color, the kind and texture of the building material and the type and style of all windows, doors, light
fixtures, signs, other appurtenant fixtures and other natural features such as trees and shrubbery.
Fabric - The physical materials of a building, structure, district, or city connoting an interweaving of
component parts.
Facade - The face or front elevation of a building.
Fanlight - A semi - circular window usually over a door with radiating muntins suggesting a fan.
Fascia - A flat horizontal member of a building. A fascia sign is one attached flat against a building.
Fenestration - The arrangement of windows on a building; openings in an external wall such as doors
and windows.
Flashing - Thin metal sheets used to prevent moisture infiltration at joints of roof planes and between
the roof and vertical surfaces.
Flemish Bond - A brickwork pattern where the long "stretcher" edge of the brick is alternated with the
small "header" end for decorative as well as structural effectiveness.
Florida Master Site File - The state's clearinghouse for information on archaeological sites, historical
structures, and field surveys for such sites. A combination of both paper and computer files, it is
administered by the Bureau of Archaeological Research, Division of Historical Resources, Florida
Department of State. The Master Site File properties are not required to meet any minimum level of
historical or scientific importance, but usually are at least fifty years old, and adequately located and
Ord. No. 4337 S -4
03/23/2015
documented.
Fluting - Shallow, concave grooves running vertically on the shaft of a column, pilaster, or other surface
(see image on next page).
Foundation - The lowest exposed portion of the building wall, which supports the structure above.
Front Facade - The principal face or front elevation of a building.
Gable - The triangular section of a wall to carry a pitched roof.
Gable Roof - A pitched roof with one downward slope on either side of a central, horizontal ridge.
Gambrel Roof - A ridge roof with two slopes on either side.
Glazing - Fitting glass into windows and doors.
Hipped Roof - A roof with uniform slopes on all sides.
Historic Building - A building that is classified as a historic landmark, and a building classified as
contributing in the Historic Districts.
Historic District - A Historic District is an area that includes or encompasses historic sites, landmarks,
buildings, signs, appurtenances, structures or objects as the Board may determine to be appropriate for
historical preservation. Designated district(s) need not be a single enclosed area nor do the areas or sites
have to be contiguous to constitute a district.
Historic Landmark - Historic Landmarks include any site (including significant trees or other plant life
located thereon), building, or structure of particular historic or aesthetic significance to the City, the
state, or the nation. Landmarks include, sites, buildings, or structures where cultural, political, spiritual,
economic, social or artistic history of the community, state or nation is reflected or exemplified or which
are identified with historic personages or with important events in local, state or national history, or
which embody the distinguishing characteristics of an architectural specimen, inherently valuable for a
representation of a period, style or method of construction, or a notable work of construction, or a
notable work of a master designer or architect whose individual genius influenced his age.
Historic Preservation Board - A board of citizens created by local ordinance and charged with
enforcing provisions of local laws governing historic districts and buildings.
Historic Resource - Any prehistoric or historic district, site, building, object, or other real or personal
property of historical, architectural, or archaeological value. The properties may include, but are not
limited to, monuments, memorials, Indian habitations, ceremonial sites, abandoned settlements, sunken
or abandoned ships, engineering works, treasure trove, artifacts or other objects with intrinsic historical
or archaeological value, or any part thereof, relating to the history, government, and culture of the state.
Historic Site - A single lot or portion of a lot containing an improvement, landscape feature, or
archaeological site, or a historically related complex of improvements, landscape features or
archaeological sites that may yield information on history or prehistory.
Historic Survey - A comprehensive survey involving the identification, research and documentation of
buildings, sites and structures of any historical, cultural, archaeological or architectural importance.
Indoor Furniture - Furniture designed for interior use that is not weather resistant and does not have
removable fabric.
Knee Brace - An oversized bracket supporting a cantilevered or projecting element.
Landmark - A designated building, site, or structure having historical, architectural, or archaeological
significance.
Ord. No. 4337 S -5
03/23/2015
Lattice — An open work grill of interlacing wood strips used as
screening.
Lintel - A horizontal structural member that supports a load over an
opening. E
i
Mansard Roof — A roof with a double slope on all four sides, with
the lower slope being almost vertical and the upper almost horizontal. Lintel
Masonry —Exterior wall construction of brick, stone or adobe laid up
in small units. Fluting
Massing — Composition of a building's volumes and surfaces that
contribute to its appearance.
Mitigation - A process designed to prevent adverse impact of an activity on cultural resources, by the
systematic removal of the prehistoric, historic, or architectural data and materials in order to acquire the
fundamental infonnation necessary for understanding the property within its proper historic context. For
structures, at a minimum, this may require primary archival studies, informant interviews, measured
drawings, and large -scale photography. For archaeological sites, at a minimum, this may require
literature studies, informant interviews, field survey, excavation, and artifact analysis. All mitigation
projects require the preparation of reports.
Mortar - A mixture of plaster, cement, or lime with a fine aggregate and water; used for pointing and
bonding bricks or stones. Mortars for repainting shall be softer (measured in compressive strength) than
the masonry units and no harder than the historic mortar.
Mullion - The vertical bar between coupled windows or multiple windows.
Muntin - One of the thin strips of wood used for holding panes of glass within a window. Related
terms; glazing bar, division bar, mullion.
National Historic Landmark Program - Authorized in 1935 and implemented in 1960, a federal
program that identifies sites and buildings of clearly national significance.
National Register of Historic Places - Established by Congress in 1935, the National Register of
Historic Places is a listing of culturally significant buildings, structures, objects, sites, and districts in the
United States. The listing is maintained by the U.S. Department of Interior.
Non - Contributing Resource or Property - Means any building, structure, or site which does not
contribute to the overall historic significance of a designated historic district due to alterations,
disturbances or other changes and therefore no longer possesses historic integrity, or was not present
during the period of historic significance or is incapable of yielding important information about that
period, or has been so altered or deteriorated that overall integrity of the building has been irretrievably
lost.
Object - A material thing of functional, aesthetic, cultural, historical, or scientific value that may be by
nature or design, movable, yet related to a specific setting or environment.
Office Use — for the purposes of this schedule, includes Business and Professional Office uses as defined
in Schedule A and requires Conditional Use approval if proposed on the first (ground) floor.
Outdoor Furniture — Furniture designed for exterior use that is weather resistant. If covered, such
furniture may have removable fabric. Examples of outdoor furniture include, but are not limited to,
tables and chairs constructed of wrought iron, cast aluminum, steel, and heavy grade wood such as
farmed exotics or similar materials.
Ord. No. 4337 S -6
03123/2015
Pane - A single piece of window glass. Double hung windows are often described according to the
number of panes they have in each sash. For example, a six over six indicates that each sash has six
panes.
Paneled Door - A door composed of solid panels (either raised or recessed) held within a framework of
rails and stiles
' --Para
Parapet - A low wall or protective railing often used along the edge — _ of aroof.
Pediment - A triangular crowning element forming the gable of a
roof; any similar triangular element used over windows, doors, etc.
Permastone - Fagade material that handles like plaster with stone-
like results. Can be cast into virtually any mold type reproducing 00
building details. Finished pieces are a warm bisque white, but can
also be buffed to a high luster. Accepts paints, is waterproof, weather -proof and scratch resistant.
Picket - A wooden strip forming part of a fence.
Pitch - The degree of the slope of a roof.
Pointing - The process of removing deteriorated mortar from the joints of a masonry wall and replacing
it with new mortar.
Preservation - The identification, evaluation, recordation, documentation, analysis, recovery,
interpretation, curation, acquisition, protection, management, rehabilitation, restoration, stabilization,
maintenance, or reconstruction of historic structures and properties.
Proportions - The relative size of two or more dimensions of a building; many architectural styles use
highly developed mathematical proportions to determine the composition of facades and volumes of
interior space.
Prospect - Means the use of a probe, metal detector, or any other device or tool to search or test or
excavate for artifacts, historic sites or archaeological sites.
Purlin - A horizontal beam that provides intermediate support for the common rafters of a roof
construction.
Reconstruction - The authentic reproduction of a building or site that once existed, but disappeared or
was demolished.
Rehabilitation - The act or process of returning a property to a state of utility through repair or
alteration which makes possible an efficient contemporary use while preserving those portions or
features of the property that are significant to its historical, architectural, and cultural values.
Relocation - When a building is moved, intact, to a new site.
Renovation - Modernization of an old or historic building that may produce inappropriate alterations or
elimination of important features or details.
Repairable - Structures or building features that can be fixed or restored without creating an imminent
hazard to public safety. For the purpose of this Schedule, it is assumed that most damage, including
partial termite or partial fire damage, can be repaired. It shall be the applicant's responsibility to
demonstrate otherwise (see Economic Hardship section).
Resource - Sites, buildings, structures, objects, districts, and areas, public or private, single or in
combination.
Ord. No. 4337 S -7
03/23/2015
Restoration - The creation of an authentic reproduction beginning with existing parts of an original
object or building.
Revitalization - The imparting of new economic and community life in an existing neighborhood, area,
or business district while at the same time preserving the original building stock and historic character.
Ridge - The top horizontal member of a roof where the sloping surfaces meet.
Right -of -Way - The strip of land owned or controlled by the City or another governmental agency over
which the public has a right of passage, including the streets, parkways, medians, sidewalks and
driveways constructed thereon. For the purpose of this section "right -of -way" shall exclude alleys.
Sash - The framework into which window panes are set. Sash Operation
Sense of Place - The sum of attributes of a locality,
neighborhood, or property that give it a unique and distinctive
character.
Setback - The distance between the street right -of -way line and
the front line of a building or any projection thereof.
Shall - Is used to indicate a mandatory action.
Fixed Double or Casement
single -hung
Sheathing - The structural covering of boards or material used over studs or rafters on the outside wall
or roof prior to installing the finished siding or roof covering of a structure.
Shed Roof - A gently - pitched, almost flat roof with only one slope.
Siding - The exterior wall covering of a structure.
Sill - The bottom crosspiece of a window frame.
Site - The location of a significant event, activity, building, structure, or archaeological resource.
Spindles - Slender, elaborately turned wood dowels or rods often used in screens and porch trim.
Stoop - A small porch, platform, or staircase leading to the entrance of a house or building.
Streetscape - The distinguishing and pictorial character of a particular street as created by its width,
degree of curvature and paving materials, design of the street furniture, and forms of surrounding
buildings.
Structure - A work made up of interdependent and interrelated parts in a definite pattern of
organization. Constructed by man, it may be an engineering project large in scale, such as a bridge, wall,
gate, or building, or small in scale, such as monuments or fountains.
Stucco - A type of exterior plaster applied as a two -or -three part coating directly onto masonry. Historic
stucco consisted primarily of hydrated or slaked lime, water and sand with straw or animal hair as.a
binder. After 1900, most stucco was composed of Portland cement, mixed with some lime. Many of the
contemporary stucco products on the market today are not compatible with historic stucco buildings.
Style - A type of architecture distinguished by special characteristics of structure and ornament and
often related in time; also, a general quality of distinctive character.
Traditional Neighborhood Development - Traditional Neighborhood Development (TND) refers to the
development of a complete neighborhood or town using traditional town planning principles. TND may
occur in infill settings and involve adaptive reuse of existing buildings, but often involves all -new
construction on previously undeveloped land. To qualify as a TND, a project should include a range of
housing types, a network of well- connected streets and blocks, humane public spaces, and have
amenities such as stores, schools, and places of worship within walking distance of residences. TND is
Ord. No. 4337 S -8
03/23/2015
limited to the scale, of neighborhood or town, and should not be confused with New Urbanism, which
encompasses all scales of planning and development, from building to region. TND projects incorporate
many different architectural styles and are not exclusively traditional in aesthetic.
Transom - A horizontal opening (or bar) over a door or window.
Trim - The decorative framing of an opening and other features on a fagade.
Turret - A small slender tower.
Veranda - A covered porch or balcony on a building's exterior.
Vernacular Buildings - Buildings designed and built without the aid of an architect or trained designer;
buildings whose design is based on ethnic, social, or cultural traditions rather than on an architectural
philosophy.
Visual Compatibility Criteria - Factors dealing with height, proportion, rhythms, materials and color,
which the Board uses to determine whether new construction and renovation of existing buildings is
visually compatible with the Historic District.
Wall Dormer - Dormer created by the upward extension of a
wall and a breaking of the roofline.
Weatherboard - Wood siding, consisting of overlapping
boards usually thicker at one edge than the other.
Window - A glazed opening in a wall that provides an interior
space with natural light and ventilation. For description of the
parts of a window see: muntin, pane, and sash.
lintel (over window)
mullion (separates
two windows)
muntins separate
glass panes
sash (framework
of panes and muntins)
'sill (under window)
Yard - The land area surrounding the principal building on any parcel which is neither occupied or
obstructed by a portion of the principal building from the finished grade to the sky or below the finished
grade except where such occupancy, obstruction or encroachment is specifically permitted by this Code.
A. Front Yard - that portion of the yard extending the full width of the parcel and measured
between the front parcel line and a parallel line tangent to the nearest part of the principal
building.
B. Rear Yard - that portion of the yard extending the full width of the parcel and measured
between the rear parcel line and a parallel line tangent to the nearest part of the principal
building.
C. Side Yard - those portions of the yard extending from the required front yard to the required rear
yard and measured between the side parcel lines and parallel lines tangent to the nearest part of
the principal building.
SECTION 3.0 HISTORIC PRESERVATION BOARD
A. Establishment of Historic Preservation Board. The City of Sanford Historic Preservation
Board (the "Board," generally in this Schedule) has been created and established to conduct
activities required in the historic preservation regulations included in Schedule S. The Board
shall consist of five (5) members.
B. Powers, Duties and Jurisdiction. The Historic Preservation Board shall have the following
powers, duties and jurisdiction.
1. To safeguard the architectural and cultural heritage of the historic communities of the
City through the preservation of historic landmarks and historic districts.
Ord. No. 4337 S -9
03/23/2015
2. To administer laws, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, policies and resolutions
enacted or adopted by the City Commission governing the designation, alteration and
removal of historic resources and to develop design criteria under specific delegated
authority from the City Commission.
3. To advocate for the preservation of local historic resources; provided, however, that the
Historic Preservation Board shall ensure that it acts in an objective and unbiased manner
in terms of all decisions which it makes a decision of a quasi-judicial nature.
4. To advise the Planning and Zoning Commission and the City Commission regarding
historic resources, heritage tourism, economic development and potential land
development regulations.
5. To recommend a historic district area to the City Commission.
6. To give written notice to the last known address of the owners of all properties to be
included in proposed historic districts.
7. To submit recommendations to the City Commission and Planning and Zoning
Commission.
8. To hear applications for certificates of appropriateness and other land development.
9. To inform property owners likely to be affected by certificate of appropriateness
applications.
10. To conduct studies of matters relating to the preservation of landmarks and historic
districts, including survey, identification, documentation, and designation of historic
resources.
1.1. To develop, monitor, and implement a historic preservation plan.
12. To coordinate public and private historic preservation activities.
13. To recommend and monitor code enforcement actions for violations of Schedule S,
Historic Preservation.
14. To recommend to the City Commission properties for Historic Landmark Designation.
15. The jurisdiction of the Board shall include those elements of development, rehabilitation,
alteration, preservation or demolition that affect the exterior visual quality of the historic
districts, specifically including exterior appearance of structures within the historic
district. The Board shall not consider the interior arrangement of structures. The historic
district regulations are intended to preserve and protect historic or architecturally worthy
buildings, structures, sites, monuments, streetscapes, squares, and neighborhoods of the
historic districts. In all zoning districts within the boundaries of the historic districts, the
regulations for both the zoning districts and the historic districts shall apply.
C. Composition of Historic Preservation Board. The City Commission shall select the members
of the board from one or more of the following organizations or professions:
1. Local historical societies or groups;
2. The Florida or National Trust for Historic Preservation;
3. The City of Sanford Chamber of Commerce;
4. Local architects;
5. Local planners;
6. Local landscape architects;
7. The Seminole County Bar Association;
Ord. No. 4337 5 -10
03/23/2015
8. The local engineering society;
9. Interested residents of the City.
D. Terms of Office for Board Members. Section 2 -122 of the City Code shall control the
general operations of the Board and Section 2- 122(e) of the City Code shall control removals
from office.
E. Procedure for Issuing Certificate of Appropriateness.
I . Prior to issuance or denial of a certificate of appropriateness the Board shall take such
action as may reasonably be required to inform the owner of any property likely to be
materially affected by the application, and shall give the applicant and such owner an
opportunity to be heard.
2. In cases where the Board determines that the Certificate of Appropriateness would be
reasonably likely to impact proximate properties to the property for which the application
has been made, it may hold a public hearing concerning the application. The determination
as to whether to hold a public hearing, when vested with the Board, shall not be subject to
appeal. The Board shall hold a public hearing with regard to all matters that are required to
be so heard by a controlling provision of law. Public hearings are required for the
following Board actions:
a). Certificate of Appropriateness applications for demolition, relocation, or
variance;
b). Certificate of Appropriateness applications for three (3) dwelling units or greater;
c). Certificate of Appropriateness applications for improvements /alterations /new
construction in the public realm; and
d). Certificate of Appropriateness applications for new commercial development.
3. All Certificate of Appropriateness applications which require a public hearing must
comply with noticing, advertising, Citizen Awareness and Participation Plan (CAPP)
meeting, and other requirements outlined for public hearings.
4. If the Board determines that the proposed construction, reconstruction, alteration,
moving or demolition is appropriate it shall forthwith approve such application and shall
issue to the applicant a Certificate of Appropriateness.
5. If the Board determines that a Certificate of Appropriateness will not be issued, it shall issue
written finding(s) stating the reason(s) for such determination and shall forthwith notify the
applicant of such determination by furnishing him or her with an attested copy of its
finding(s).
6. The Board may approve such application in any case where the owner would suffer extreme
hardship, not including solely the loss of profit relative to the value of the property, if the
Certificate of Appropriateness were note issued.
7. Any person aggrieved by a determination ofthe Board may appeal such determination to the
City Commission by filing a written appeal within thirty (30) calendar days of the Board
action and paying such filing fee as the City Commission may determine. The decision of
the City Commission on an appeal shall constitute final action subject only to judicial
review.
Ord. No. 4337 S-11
03/23/2015
F. Federal Grants. Where the Board recommends the purchase or condemnation of a historic
landmark or any interest therein, and where the City Commission follows such recommendation,
the City Commission may, wherever practicable, make use of federal grants as provided in the
National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 or its successor provision(s).
G. Investigations and Reports. The Board may make such investigations and studies of matters
relating to the protection, enhancement, perpetuation or use of landmarks and historic districts,
and to the restoration of landmarks as the Board may, from time to time, deem necessary or
appropriate for the effectuation of the purposes of this Schedule, and may submit reports and
recommendations as to such matters to the Mayor and City Commission and the City Manager.
In making such investigations and studies, the Board may hold such public hearings as it may
deem necessary or appropriate after determining whether the proposal would impact properties
located within the City.
SECTION 4.0 CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES FOR ESTABLISHING AND
EXPANDING HISTORIC DISTRICTS
Criteria for Creating Local Historic Districts. Historic Districts shall be consistent with the
following criteria for designation:
1. The proposed districts, or properties within the area, are associated with events that have
made a significant contribution to the broad pattern of the history of the City, State or
Nation; or are associated with the lives of persons significant to the City, State or
Nation's past; or
2. The properties embody the distinctive characteristics of a type, period or method of
construction or represent the work of a master, or that possess high artistic values, or that
represent a significant and distinguishable entity whose components may lack individual
distinction; or
3. The area has yielded, or may be likely to yield, information important in prehistory or
history (e.g. Indian burial mound); or
4. If based on architecture, there is a concentration of contributing buildings (see
definition). The number of contributing buildings shall be no less than fifty (50) percent
of the total number of buildings within the district.
Procedures for Establishing Historic Districts. The designation of historic districts shall be by
ordinance adopted by the City Commission, in accordance with the following procedures:
1. The process for designating a new historic district may be initiated by a property owner
within the proposed district, by the Historic Preservation Board, or by the City.
2. The applicant shall submit a written application to the City. The application shall
contain the following:
(a) For applications initiated by property owners, a petition signed by at least fifteen
(15) percent of the property owners within the proposed district. This
requirement shall not apply to City or Board - initiated applications.
(b) A physical description of the proposed district, accompanied by photographs of
buildings, structures, objects, or sites showing examples of contributing and non-
contributing properties within the district.
Ord. No. 4337 S -12
03/23/2015
(c) A statement of the historical, cultural, architectural, archaeological, or other
significance of the district (refer to section of the schedule where historic is
defined).
(d) A report, prepared by a qualified professional, including a description of the
typical architectural styles, character - defining features, and types of buildings,
structures, objects or sites within the proposed district; the report shall identify
which properties are contributing at the time. The list of contributing structures
is intended to be a snapshot in time, since other properties will also become
contributing as they turn fifty (50) years old and are determined by a qualified
professional to meet the criteria to become contributing.
(e) A map identifying all zoning and land use information, and the location of all
buildings, structures, objects or sites within the proposed district, noting which
are contributing, based on the definitions contained in this schedule.
(f) Additional guidelines to be used when reviewing alterations, relocation,
demolition, excavation or new construction within the proposed boundaries of the
district.
(g) Names and addresses of all property owners within the proposed district; and
(h) Any other pertinent information requested by the Board.
3. Not less than sixty (60) days after the transmittal, the Board shall hold a public hearing,
which shall include a written notice to the last known address of the owners of all
properties to be included in the district(s). Such notice shall be distributed by first class
mail.
4. After said public hearing, the Board shall submit a final report with its recommendations
and those of the Planning and Zoning Commission and a draft of the proposed ordinance
to the City Commission.
5. The City Commission shall act on the report and recommendations in accordance with
the normal ordinance approval procedure as specified in the City Code.
Criteria for Expanding Existing Local Historic Districts. If an updated report shows that there are
additional contributing structures outside of the original boundary of an existing district, then the City
may consider the expansion of the boundaries ofthe district to incorporate those properties. The ratio of
fifty percent (50 %) contributing structures required for the creation of new districts shall still apply.
Procedures for Expanding Local Historic Districts. The expansion of existing historic districts shall
be done by ordinance adopted by the City Commission, in accordance with the same procedures required
for the creation of new districts, except that the information required shall be applicable to the expansion
area only, and not to the entire district.
SECTION 5.0 CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES FOR DESIGNATING LOCAL
HISTORIC LANDMARKS
A. Criteria for Designating Local Historic Landmarks. Properties may qualify if, in the
judgment of the Board, a property is at least fifty (50) years old and is of exceptional
significance based on the following criteria:
1. Historical, architectural and /or cultural significance;
Ord. No. 4337 S -13
03/23/2015
2. Suitability for preservation or restoration;
Educational value.
B. Procedures for Designating Historic Landmarks. The procedure for designating local historic
landmarks is as follows:
1. The applicant submits an application to the Planning and Community Development
Department.
2. Property owner must sign an affidavit stating that he consents to the designation of his
property as a Historic Landmark.
3. The Planning Department shall schedule a complete application for Board review.
4. The Board shall conduct a public meeting following written notice by mail of the date,
time and place of said hearing to the last -known address of the owners of the affected
property. In addition, a sign containing the same information shall be placed on the
affected property no later than ten (10) days prior to such hearing.
5. The Board may recommend to the City Commission adoption of an ordinance
designating one or more historic landmarks based on the criteria described in this
Section.
6. Upon recommendation of the Board, the City Commission may, after holding public
hearings preceded by sufficient written notice to the last known address of the owners
and occupants of the affected property, adopt an ordinance designating one or more
historic landmarks based on the criteria noted above.
7. Upon adoption of the ordinance, the owners and occupants of each designated historic
landmark shall be given written notification of such designation by the City Commission.
8. The ordinance shall also provide for a suitable sign or marker on or near the property
indicating that the property has been so designated.
SECTION 6.0 DESIGNATED HISTORIC DISTRICTS AND LANDMARKS
A. Historic Districts. The City currently has two locally designated historic districts — the
Downtown Commercial Historic District and the Sanford Residential Historic District, which are
described in this section. The Sanford Residential Historic District and a portion of the
Commercial Historic District are also listed in the National Register.
National Register Districts. Sanford's National Register Commercial District, listed in the
National Register in 1976, is generally bound by Commercial Street on the north, Oak Avenue
on the west, the alley between Palmetto Avenue and Sanford Avenue on the east, and Second
Street on the south. The Sanford Residential Historic District was listed in the National
Register in 1989.
Downtown Commercial Historic District. The Downtown Commercial Historic District was
created in 1985 by Ordinance No. 1777. The district is generally bounded by Fulton and
Commercial Streets on the north, Myrtle Avenue on the west, Sanford Avenue on the east, and
Third Street on the south. Map S -1 shows the boundaries of the district. All properties within
the Downtown Commercial District are subject to the rules and regulations contained in
Schedule S.
Sanford Residential Historic District. The Sanford Residential Historic District, originally
designated under the name of Old Sanford District, was established through Ordinance No.
Ord. No. 4337 S -14
03/23/2015
3184 in 1993. The district is generally bounded by Second and Third Streets on the north,
French and Elm Avenues on the west, Fourteen Street on the south and Sanford Avenue on the
east. The boundaries of the district are shown on Map S -1. All properties within the Sanford
Residential Historic District are subject to the rules and regulations contained in Schedule S.
B. Historic Landmarks. The City has several properties listed on the National Register. The City
also has a process to designate local historic landmarks. This section lists the National
Landmarks as well as the local landmarks.
National Historic Landmarks. As of December 2010, the City had a total of four (4)
structures listed in the National Register of Historic Places. The properties are as
follows:
Name
Address
Year
Significance
Designated
Old Fernald- Laughton
500 S. Oak Av.
1987
Social History,
Memorial Hospital
Health /Medicine
Ritz Theater (Milane Theater)
201 S. Magnolia Av.
2001
Entertainment/
Caldwell House
2317 Mellonville
c. 1870
Recreation
Sanford Grammar School
7`" and Myrtle St.
1984
Education,
(Sanford High School)
2018 Mellonville
c. 1889
Architecture
St. James AME Church
819 Cypress Ave.
1992
Architecture
George's Tavern Sign
1011 S. French Ave.
c. 1958
Black History
2. Local Historic Landmarks. As of December 2010, the City has five structures listed
as local historic landmarks:
Name
Address
Year
Significance
Designated
St. James AME Church
819 Cypress Ave.
1992
Architecture
Black History
Merritt House
703 Sanford Ave.
1913
Black History
Caldwell House
2317 Mellonville
c. 1870
Architecture
Ave.
Settlement
Spurling House
2018 Mellonville
c. 1889
Agriculture
Ave.
Architecture
George's Tavern Sign
1011 S. French Ave.
c. 1958
Architecture
Art
SECTION 7.0 ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES
Identifying historic, archaeological and cultural resources is the initial step to preserving the City's
historic heritage. Areas shall be investigated for archaeological resources prior to development. This
section will provide for mitigation of adverse impacts to significant sites should they be discovered
during the course of predevelopment investigation.
A. Human Remains or Archaeological Resources. If human remains or archaeological resources
are encountered during the course of construction, earth movement, clearing, or other site
disturbance, all work shall immediately halt, for a period of time not to exceed thirty (30) days,
Ord. No. 4337 S -15
03/23/2015
and the applicant or his /her representative shall immediately notify the City 's Administrative
Official and the state office of archaeology and historic preservation.
If, after consultation with the state office of archaeology and historic preservation, an area is
determined to contain archaeological resources, the City will designate the area as a Preservation
Area by designation "PA" on an Archaeological Resources Map that is maintained in the
Planning Department. No ground disturbance will be allowed within a Preservation Area. This
designation shall not affect zoning. When human remains and /or archaeological resources have
been completely removed from the property, the Preservation Area designation shall be
removed.
Any archaeological sites identified through the investigation process shall be incorporated as
part of the Florida Master Site File Maps and Archaeological Sensitivity Zone Maps for the City
and Seminole County.
B. Prospecting and Excavations.
1. Private Property. No individual shall be allowed to prospect on private property, nor
can any individual remove artifacts from private property without the express written
permission of the landowner. The pennission must be carried with the prospector at all
times while searching the private property.
2. Public Property. No individual shall be allowed to prospect on public property
including the public rights -of -way, nor can any individual remove artifacts from public
property or public right -of -way without the express written permission of the City or the
appropriate legal authority controlling the right -of -way. The permission must be carried
with the prospector at all times while searching the public property. Furthermore, no
disturbances or construction activities shall be authorized within properties belonging to
the City, including public streets and rights -of -way, without a City right -of -way permit
and without such archaeology efforts as may be addressed by this ordinance.
C. Archaeological Site Report. If any construction, earth movement, clearing or other site
disturbance is proposed to be located on a registered archaeological site, the property owner or
project proponent shall engage a qualified professional archaeologist to investigate and submit a
written report to the City regarding the location, condition and extent of the site, and any
recommendations in regard to treatment.
D. Project Approval and Permit. No Certificate of Appropriateness for an application requiring
an archeologist's report will be issued prior to the receipt of the archeologist's report by the City.
Based on the information contained in the written report of the archeologist, project approval
will be conditioned in a manner to avoid or minimize impacts to the site consistent with federal
and state law.
E. Enforcement and Penalties. Any Person or Entity violating any of the provisions of this article
shall, upon conviction, be punished as provided in Section 162.22, Florida Statutes. Each
incident or separate occurrence of an act that violates this article shall be deemed a separate
offense.
SECTION 8.0 CERTIFICATE OF APPROPRIATENESS AND PROCEDURES FOR
ALTERING HISTORIC LANDMARKS OR STRUCTURES WITHIN
HISTORIC DISTRICTS
A. Applicability. The purpose of a Certificate of Appropriateness is to ensure that all construction,
alteration, restoration, relocation, or demolition of a Historic Landmark or any structure located
within a local historic district is in accordance with the standards, values and characteristics of
Ord. No. 4337 S -16
03/23/2015
the particular district or landmark. A Certificate of Appropriateness shall be required for the
following activities, whether or not a building permit is required.
Historic Landmarks and Properties within Historic Districts. All construction,
alteration (including but not limited to color), restoration, relocation or demolition of or
to any exterior portion of any building, structure, above - ground utility structure, or any
type of advertising sign or outdoor display, located within a designated landmark site or
historic district. Exterior features shall include, but not be limited to, the architectural
style, general design and general arrangement of the exterior of a building or other
structure, including the color, the kind and texture of the building material and the type
and style of all windows, doors, light fixtures, signs and other appurtenant fixtures.
Certificates of Appropriateness shall not be required for interior modifications.
2. Archaeological Resources. A certificate of appropriateness shall be required for the
excavation of an archaeological site. The Board shall issue the Certificate subject to the
following conditions:
a. The excavation must be conducted so as to protect and preserve archaeological
resources affected by, or adjacent to, the excavation; and
b. The applicant must commit to make reasonable efforts to mitigate and stabilize
archaeological resources if they are disturbed.
Alternatively, the Board shall issue a certificate of appropriateness for the excavation of an
archaeological site upon demonstration by the applicant that an unreasonable economic hardship
exists or that unusual or compelling circumstances exist.
B. Certificate of Appropriateness Required. Any person who desires to construct, alter, restore,
relocate or demolish a historic landmark or property in an historic district, shall make application
to the Board for a Certificate of Appropriateness at least ten (10) business days prior to the
meeting date. Application forms shall be maintained by the Planning Department and shall be
made available to the general public. In cases where a building permit is not required, a
Certificate of Appropriateness shall be required before construction can begin. A Certificate of
Appropriateness may not be issued for properties with code enforcement violation(s) unless the
Certificate of Appropriateness is requested to remedy the violation(s).
1. Application Requirements. With the application for Certificate of Appropriateness, the
applicant shall submit the following documents. The Administrative Official may waive
any of these requirements if not applicable to the specific application.
• An accurate survey, completed by a surveyor registered in the state of Florida.
Surveys are required for new construction including, but not limited to, the
construction of fences, walls, accessory structures and additions.
• For new construction, additions or renovations: a site plan showing the
complete property with dimensions of the existing and proposed buildings,
spacing, all setbacks, individual parking spaces, access drives fences and
accessory structures.
• A floor plan of the proposed improvements, if there is an anticipated impact on
the exterior of the building.
• Elevations of the exterior facades, if any changes are proposed to the facades.
• Sign plan and individual dimensioned sign drawings. Shall specify proposed
materials and colors, and shall show location of signs on site plan and building
elevation.
Ord. No. 4337 S -17
03/23/2015
Picture/brochure and dimensions of the fence to be installed.
Paint samples.
Recent photographs of the building /building features to be modified - No
Polaroid photographs shall be allowed.
C. Approval of the Historic Preservation Board. Board approval is required for alterations,
construction, relocation, demolition or other changes to the appearance of a historic landmark or
property in an historic district that have a major impact on the significant historical,
architectural, or cultural materials of the historic landmark, or property in a historic district.
Board review may also occur at the request of an applicant.
1. Review Criteria. Decisions regarding the application shall be based on a finding of fact
stating whether the proposed alteration, demolition, etc. is consistent with the standards
and characteristics of this Schedule.
2. Public Meeting. The Board shall hold a public meeting, and based upon the application
and the requirements of this Schedule, the Board shall approve, deny or approve with
conditions. If the application is approved with conditions, the Certificate of
Appropriateness shall be issued with the conditions noted, and the applicant must meet
all such conditions. Failure to comply with all conditions may elicit a Code Enforcement
citation.
3. Posting. Except for administrative review, a sign giving at least ten days notice of a
public meeting on a request for a Certificate of Appropriateness shall be erected on the
premises of the building or structure for which a certificate is being requested. Such
signs shall be furnished by the Planning Department; shall be weather resistant; shall
have a minimum size of 11 by 17 inches; shall show the application number, a statement
of the proposed action, the scheduled date, time and place of the meeting, and the
telephone number to call for further information. Such signs shall be erected within ten
feet of any traveled public right -of -way to which the structure abuts and /or faces. The
lower edge of the sign shall be of sufficient height to be read from the roadway. The
applicant shall not remove the sign until a decision on the application has been rendered
by the board. If an application for demolition is denied by the board, the applicant shall
not remove the sign for the period of time set forth in the subsection titled "Demolition ".
D. Approval of the Administrative Official. The Administrative Official is authorized to issue
Certificates of Appropriateness for construction and alteration of a historic landmark or property
in an historic district which has a minor impact on the significant historical, architectural, or
cultural materials of the historic landmark or district. If the Administrative Official determines
that there would be a major impact or potential detriment as a result of the proposed action, the
application shall be submitted for Board review.
1. Applicability. The administrative review procedure shall apply to the following
activities provided that the application complies with the standards of this Schedule:
• Roofs;
• Fences and gates;
• Awnings;
• Signs;
• Replacement of same or like materials or elements;
Ord. No. 4337 S -18
03/23/2015
• Replacement of drives, walks, patios, decks, stairs, screening fences and walls with
no change in the size and configuration, and using the same materials provided the
materials are in character with the style of the building;
• Mechanical systems including heat and cooling equipment; and gutters;
• One (1) accessory structure under one hundred (100) square feet in the rear yard;
• Paint;
• Paving materials;
• Exterior lighting;
• Detached decks that are not visible from a street.
• Any other request determined by the Board to have a minor impact or no potential
detriment on the historic landmark or historic district.
2. Administrative Review Criteria. All reviews, recommendations, and decisions
regarding the application shall be based on a finding of fact that the application is
consistent with the standards and characteristics of this Schedule.
3. The Review Process. Within ten (10) days of the submittal of a complete Certificate of
Appropriateness application, the Administrative Official shall review the application.
The administrative review shall require no posting of a notice sign on the affected
property or public hearing on the application. After the review, the Administrative
Official shall issue a written decision approving, denying or approving with conditions
the application. If the application is approved with conditions, the Certificate of
Appropriateness shall be issued with the conditions noted, and the applicant must meet
all such conditions. If the Certificate of Appropriateness request is denied, the applicant
may apply for a Board review.
4. Expiration/Renewal. Certificates of Appropriateness shall be issued for a period of six
(6) months, and are renewable for six (6) months upon a showing of good cause by the
applicant. The applicant shall submit a written request for extensions, with appropriate
support documentation, if required.
E. Variances to the Standards of Schedule S. The Board shall have the authority to
conditionally approve variances to some of the requirements of Schedule S.
1. Variance Criteria. Each variance shall be consistent with all of the criteria listed
below. Each approval of a Certificate of Appropriateness for a variance shall include a
clear finding of fact indicating the basis of the approval.
a. The hardship is not self - created;
b. The modification would not confer the applicant a special privilege normally
denied by this schedule to other properties in the district;
C. The Board may approve such application in any case where the owner would
suffer extreme hardship, not including loss of profit, unless the certificate of
appropriateness were issued forthwith;
d. The proposed alternative is consistent with the architectural style of the
structure;
Ord. No. 4337 S -19
03/23/2015
e. Approval of the variance will be in harmony with the purpose and intent of
Schedule S.
2. Variances Prohibited for Certain Items. Variances shall not be heard or granted for
the following:
a. The materials of fences except as replacement of same or like materials when the
general intent of this Schedule is accomplished from a visual perspective;
b. The materials of windows except as replacement of same or like materials when
the general intent of this Schedule is accomplished from a visual perspective;
C. The materials of doors except as replacement of same or like materials when the
general intent of this Schedule is accomplished from a visual perspective.
3. Applications for Variances. Applications for variances shall be submitted to the
Planning Department at least ten (10) business days prior to the regular Board meeting.
The application shall describe how the proposal is consistent with each of the variance
standards.
4. Posting of Property. Properties considered for variances shall be posted by the
applicant with a sign for ten (10) consecutive days prior to the Board meeting. The sign,
to be provided by the Planning and Community Development Department, shall be
located in the front yard of the property, clearly visible from the public right -of -way.
5. Conditional Approval by the Board. Each variance conditionally approved by the
Board shall be submitted to the City Commission at the first available City Commission
meeting after the action of the Board to determine whether the City Commission desires
to affirm the approval of the variance or hear the application de novo.
F. Site Planning. The Planning and Zoning Commission shall review site plans for nonresidential
and multiple family dwellings. However, all such plans located within historic districts shall be
referred to the Board for review and recommendation with sufficient time to communicate to the
Planning and Zoning Commission prior to the latter taking action. Site plans for single - family
dwellings and two - family dwellings shall be reviewed by the Board along with other related
alterations and modifications to such properties, even in cases where Planning & Zoning review
is not required. A Certificate of Appropriateness shall be required for site plans involving single
family and two - family dwellings.
G. Appeal of Board Decision. Any person aggrieved by a determination of the Board may appeal
such determination to the City Commission by fling a written appeal within thirty (30) calendar
days of the Board action. The decision of the City Commission on an appeal shall constitute
final action.
H. Violations. Should a property owner or tenant fail to obtain a Certificate of Appropriateness
prior to making improvements /modifications to a structure or property located within a historic
district or a historic landmark, or if a property owner or tenant performs work that is not in
compliance with an approved Certificate of Appropriateness the City shall take the following
action:
1. The property owner shall be required to apply for a Certificate of Appropriateness and
shall be required to pay an application fee in addition to any other fee required by the
Land Development Fee Schedule;
2. The Board shall review the application as if it was a new alteration and not consider the
fact that the alteration has already been initiated or completed.
Ord. No. 4337 5 -20
03/23/2015
If the Certificate of Appropriateness is denied, the owner shall comply with the
regulations, even if it requires partial or total demolition of the improvements already
made. Failure to obtain a Certificate of Appropriateness prior to undertaking work and/or
a violation to an approved Certificate of Appropriateness does not constitute grounds for
economic hardship.
When a Certificate of Appropriateness is necessary in order to respond to a code enforcement
notice or citation, the property owner shall make application for a Certificate of Appropriateness
within ten (10) business days of the notice or citation and the violation shall be remedied within
forty -five (45) days from the date of issuance of the Certificate of Appropriateness unless the
Historic Preservation Board or the Administrative Official grants a longer period of time upon a
finding that unusual circumstances prevent, or legal proceedings necessitate, the remedy from
occurring in a timely manner.
When an obligation is imposed by this Schedule or a prohibited act is set forth in this Schedule,
it is prohibited and unlawful to fail to conform to the provisions of this Schedule. Violations may
be enforced by appropriate proceedings before the Board, by code enforcement action before the
City's code enforcement Special Magistrate, or by any other means available under the
controlling provisions of law. The City may seek any and all remedies available under
controlling law and the City Manager may take any and all actions that may be necessary to
enforce the provisions of this Schedule.
SECTION 9.0 STANDARDS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION, ADDITIONS AND
ALTERATIONS
In considering an application for Certificate of Appropriateness, the Board shall adhere to the standards
contained in this Section. The purpose of these design standards is to ensure that all maintenance,
alterations, and additions to structures in a historic district or to an historic landmark is in accordance
with the character of the landmark or district. The design standards also ensure that new construction on
the property of an historic landmark or within a historic district is in accordance with the character of the
landmark or district.
Any request not specifically noted in this Schedule, but requiring a building permit and determined by
the Administrative Official to have an impact on a historic landmark or the exterior of a structure in a
historic district shall be reviewed by the Board using comparable standards from this Schedule.
A. The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitation. The Secretary of the Interior's
Standards for Rehabilitation are basic principles created by the National Park Service to help
preserve the distinctive character of a historic building and its site, while allowing for reasonable
change to meet new needs. These standards shall apply to all historic landmarks and
contributing and non - contributing buildings within a designated historic district. The standards
shall apply to the exterior of historic buildings of all periods, styles, types, materials, and sizes
and shall also encompass related landscape features and the building's site and environment as
well as attached, adjacent, or related new construction.
The Standards are applied to projects in a reasonable manner, taking into consideration
economic and technical feasibility.
1. A property shall be used for its historic purpose or be placed in a new use that requires
minimal change to the defining characteristics of the building and its site and
environment.
Ord. No. 4337 S -21
03/23/2015
2. The historic character of a property shall be retained and preserved. The removal of
historic materials or alteration of features and spaces that characterize a property shall be
avoided.
3. Each property shall be recognized as a physical record of its time, place, and use.
Changes that create a false sense of historical development, such as adding conjectural
features or architectural elements from other buildings, shall not be undertaken.
4. Most properties change over time; those changes that have acquired historic significance
in their own right shall be retained and preserved.
5. Distinctive features, finishes, and construction techniques or examples of craftsmanship
that characterize a historic property shall be preserved.
6. Deteriorated historic features shall be repaired rather than replaced. Where the severity
of deterioration requires replacement of a distinctive feature, the new feature shall match
the old in design, color, texture, and other visual qualities and, where possible, materials.
Replacement of missing features shall be substantiated by documentary, physical, or
pictorial evidence.
7. Chemical or physical treatments, such as sandblasting, that cause damage to historic
materials shall not be used. The surface cleaning of structures, if appropriate, shall be
undertaken using the gentlest means possible.
8. Significant archeological resources affected by a project shall be protected and
preserved. If such resources must be disturbed, mitigation measures shall be undertaken.
9. New additions, exterior alterations, or related new construction shall not destroy historic
materials that characterize the property. The new work shall be differentiated from the
old and shall be compatible with the massing, size, scale, and architectural features to
protect the historic integrity of the property and its environment.
10. New additions and adjacent or related new construction shall be undertaken in such a
manner that if removed in the future, the essential form and integrity of the historic
property and its environment would be unimpaired.
B. Architectural Styles. Any alteration to an existing historic landmark or a structure within a
historic district shall be consistent with its architectural style. Alterations to non - contributing
structures within historic districts shall also be consistent with its style, if the style can be
determined based on the style descriptions included in this section. Appendix A shows the main
characteristics of the styles found in the City.
C. General Standards for All Properties. In order to ensure compliance with the Secretary of
Interior Standards, the detailed standards contained in the following sections have been
established to assist property owners and the Board when designing /reviewing alterations to
local historic landmarks or to existing structures within the City's local historic districts. The
standards of Schedule S shall apply to all historic landmarks; and all properties within a
designated historic district unless otherwise stated within the regulations. The standards apply to
new construction as well as modifications to existing structures.
Ord. No. 4337 5 -22
03/23/2015
Lot Layout. New buildings, additions and alterations shall be designed so that the front facades
of the buildings are closely aligned with other buildings on the block to maintain a uniform
setback.
a. Residential Lot Layout.
Setbacks: Setbacks apply to both principal and accessory structures.
Residential lot development shall have the following setbacks:
Front yard: Twenty -five feet (25');
Rear Yard: Two feet (2');
Side Yard: Five feet (5'); When a side yard is located adjacent to a street,
the side yard setback shall be seven and one -half feet (7.5').
In the case of an infill lot, the setbacks shall match one or the other of the
existing setbacks on adjacent properties.
• To protect the pedestrian character of the community and discourage front -
loaded garages, new curb cuts are not allowed within the historic districts for
properties that have alley access.
• Driveways visible from the right of way may be surfaced with poured
concrete, pavers, gravel or natural mulch, and must be confined by
appropriate curbing. Driveways not visible from the right of way such as
those accessed from the alley may be surfaced with concrete, pavers, gravel
and mulch.
• Additional parking spaces visible from the right of way must obtain approval
from the Board via a Certificate of Appropriateness and may not adversely
impact the character of the building or surrounding historic district.
• New open porches, balconies, stoops and bay windows shall be permitted to
encroach into the front yard and side - corner setback by ten feet (10').
• Where alleys are available, new garages shall be detached and located at the
rear of the lot and shall be located no closer than thirty -five feet (35') to the
front property line and curb cuts shall not be allowed.
Where alleys are not available, the garages shall be detached and located
behind the principal structure. Shared driveways are encouraged.
• Vehicles shall not be parked in the front or side yards or in the right -of -way
adjacent to any street unless on an approved driveway with a permitted curb
cut.
b. Commercial Lot Layout.
• Setback. New buildings within the Downtown Commercial District shall
have a zero (0) to five (5) foot setback from the front property line.
• Building facades within the Downtown Commercial Historic District shall
extend along the street to a minimum of ninety (90) percent of the lot width
for interior lots, and sixty (60) percent for corner lots.
• Vacant lots may be secured with decorative black metal bollards and black
metal chain or four inches by four inches (4 "x4 ") painted wood posts with
decorative caps and black metal chain. Bollards may not exceed four feet (4')
Ord. No. 4337 5 -23
03/23/2015
in height and must be spaced four feet (4') apart except for alley access,
where bollards may be spaced twelve feet (12') apart.
Parking areas shall be located to the side and rear of the building. A
secondary pedestrian entrance may be provided in the back of the business to
provide direct customer access to the store from parking areas, or a walkway
shall be provided to improve circulation between the parking lots and the
street. Architectural embellishments, awnings, landscaping and signs shall be
used to mark the secondary entrance. The design of the rear of the building
shall be consistent with the front fagade.
M
Poor Quality Design - Not Allowed
ft
Example of Good Design
ev�
Parking at
Rear of Building
New buildings under five thousand (5,000) square feet in area shall be
exempt from parking requirements. New buildings over five thousand
(5,000) square feet in area shall be required to provide one (1) space per five
hundred (500) square feet of non - residential gross floor area over and above
the initial five thousand (5,000) square feet plus one (1) space per dwelling
unit, if there is a residential component (mixed -use). The parking shall be
located within one thousand feet (1,000') of the site. On- street parking spaces
located along the lot frontage may be counted toward the parking
requirements of this code.
• In order to promote pedestrian activity and vibrancy of downtown, uses along
Type A streets (as defined in Schedule U, Section 3) shall be limited to
commercial retail on the first floor; residential, commercial, office, parking
or lodging on the second floor; and residential, parking or lodging above.
Drive- through facilities shall not be allowed within historic districts.
• Dumpsters shall be placed at an appropriate enclosure and the area around
the dumpster must be kept free of any debris.
Building Form.
a. Standards for all Structures.
New buildings and their components shall be compatible in scale with each
other (size of windows and doors in relation to the fagade), the human body
(use building elements sized for human use), and neighboring structures
Ord. No. 4337 S -24
03/23/2015
(predominant scale). To achieve the appropriate scale, the height to width,
length to width and solid to void ratios must be considered. The scale (height
to width ratio) of a street - facing fagade shall be compatible with and maintain
the proportions established by the existing structures within the district.
• To maintain the predominant scale and proportion in the district, new
buildings, additions and alterations shall be designed so that elements of the
building fagade are aligned with the fagade elements of the neighboring
structures (e.g. windows, doors, canopies, storefronts, awnings, etc.).
• Contemporary design for new construction shall not be discouraged when
such new construction is compatible with the size and scale of the property,
neighborhood and immediate environment.
• New construction shall create a sense of layers using steps, brackets,
chimneys, vegetation, and other projecting elements to make the buildings
look less massive.
• All new buildings shall have the main entrance oriented to the principal street
and in full view from the public right -of -way.
• Alterations to historic landmarks and contributing structures within a historic
district shall be consistent with the design, massing and scale of the existing
structure and the surrounding area.
• New development shall incorporate mailboxes into the design. The use of
cluster mailboxes is prohibited and unlawful in the historic districts.
• The width of new or altered buildings shall be consistent with the
predominant building width in the surrounding neighborhood. Larger
buildings shall be designed so their facades are divided into smaller elements
that relate to those of the surrounding neighborhood.
• The design of an existing non - contributing structure may be modernized or
contain historical references, but shall not be redesigned to create a false
historical appearance.
• Additions or alterations to structures shall be done in such a manner that if
such additions or alterations were to be removed in the future, the essential
form and integrity of the original structure would be unimpaired.
b. Residential Building Form.
• In the residential historic district, the scale and massing of new structures and
their architectural elements shall be similar to the contributing structures of
similar use in the historic district.
Ord. No. 4337 5 -25
03/23/2015
• New residential structures shall include a raised foundation to compliment
the character of contributing structures in the district.
In the residential historic district, new buildings shall not exceed thirty -five
feet (35') in height.
Existing Structure No Yes
Primary residential entries for new structures shall face the street and shall
not be recessed more than six feet (6') from the face of the primary fagade.
New development must incorporate mailboxes into the design. Cluster
mailboxes are prohibited in the historic districts.
C. Commercial Building Form.
• New buildings shall be designed with architectural features and patterns that
provide visual interest from the perspective of the pedestrian, as well as
vehicular traffic.
• New building placing and massing shall relate to nearby buildings and to
the urban context.
Yes No
• New buildings and additions shall include substantial variation in massing
such as changes in height and horizontal plane. Horizontal masses shall not
exceed a height /width ratio of one to three (1:3) without a substantial
architectural element that either projects up or away from the building, such
as a tower bay, lattice, or other architectural feature.
New buildings and additions shall include substantial variation in massing
such as changes in height and horizontal plane. Horizontal masses shall not
exceed a height /width ratio of one to three (1:3) without a substantial
architectural element that either projects up or away from the building, such
as a tower bay, lattice, or other architectural feature.
Ord. No. 4337 5 -26
03/23/2015
• Buildings in the commercial historic district shall not exceed four stories. Buildings
at the corner of two (2) streets may have embellishments at the corner that are
proportionately higher.
• Storefronts shall be built to integrate the display window with the door and
sign area into a single construction.
• The height of storefront openings in new buildings shall be similar to the
storefront openings of the contributing buildings within the district.
• For new construction, there shall be a visual differentiation, such as a change
in material or texture, between the first and second story on a two -story
building or between the two lower floors and the rest of the building on a
building taller than two stories. The differentiation shall be at a height
similar to the cornice lines or stringcourses of contributing structures in the
historic district.
• The scale and massing of the lower floors of new structures and their
architectural elements shall be similar to contributing structures in the
historic district. Any new structure that exceeds fifty (50) linear feet along
any street frontage shall minimize the fagade's mass by adding projections
and recesses to make the structure similar in scale to contributing structures
in the historic district.
• New buildings shall have a recognizable top consisting of, but not limited to,
cornice treatments, roof overhangs with brackets, steeped parapets, richly
textured materials an /or differently colored materials. Colored stripes are not
acceptable as the only treatment.
• Building monument signs shall be recessed in the fagade and may not be
applied to the face of the fagade.
• New building walls shall be enhanced by the use of vertical elements,
articulation and landscaping to break the monotony.
• Columns and other fagade features shall be treated as a total unit and shall
extend to the ground.
• The first floors of new buildings, including structured parking, shall be
designed to encourage pedestrian scale activity.
• Primary customer entrances shall be clearly defined and highly visible
through the use of architectural detail for all structures.
• Mechanical units and their ancillary equipment shall not be visible from the
right of way.
• Mechanical equipment shall be integrated into the overall mass of a building
by screening it behind parapets or by integrating equipment into roof forms.
Plain boxes are not acceptable as screening devices.
• Structural canopy supports shall be symmetrical across face of fagade.
• Protection from the sun and adverse weather conditions for patrons shall be
considered for the entranceways. Overhangs /awnings shall be no less than
three feet (3') deep to function to protect pedestrians from inclement weather.
Ord. No. 4337 S -27
03/23/2015
• Fabric awnings located on the second story and above shall match in design,
color, texture, dimensions, and other physical features.
• The use of vinyl or plastic awnings is prohibited and unlawful.
Building Features.
• The distinguishing original characteristics of an existing contributing building,
structure or site shall not be destroyed. If replacement is necessary, the new
building feature shall match the feature being replaced in composition, color,
texture, proportion, style, profile and other visual qualities. Repair or
replacement of missing architectural features shall be based on accurate
duplications of features, substantiated by historic, physical, or pictorial evidence
rather than on conjectural designs or the availability of different architectural
elements as seen on other buildings or structures in the area.
• Alterations and additions to contributing structures shall be compatible with the
color, material, and character of the structure, neighborhood or immediate
environment.
• Building features within new construction shall be compatible with the color,
material, and character of the property, neighborhood and immediate
environment.
• Balconies within the commercial historic district shall be permitted to encroach
into the public right -of -way up to three feet (3') from the property line with the
approval of the City Engineer.
• Basements and foundations, in addition to wall material, may be made of cast -in-
place concrete of smooth construction or concrete masonry units, provided that
they are given a cement wash where visible.
• A material consistent with the style of the structure shall enclose the undercroft
of decks and foundations with spaced piers. The material shall be slightly
recessed from the fagade of the building and shall not overlap or be flush with the
outer surface of the original piers, supports or siding.
��� • SN
♦ ♦ ♦ • ♦ ■Yip
�=MEN@
MUM
• Posts, balconies, porches and bay windows, columns, piers and arches, shall use
materials consistent with the style of the structure. Balconies shall be built of
wrought iron or wood with the railing pattern subject to the approval of the
Board.
• Chimneys shall have a minimum width of five feet (5') at the
ground floor, and a dimension of one and one -half feet (1.5') in
either direction above the roofline. The transition shall be
tapered. 4
Ord. No. 4337 5 -28
03/23/2015
Exterior chimneys and foundations shall be finished in brick, stone, or stucco
only.
New or replacement brackets for cantilevers, and open balconies shall be made of
brick, wood, stone or steel, if visible, consistent with the style of the structure.
Stoops may be made of brick, stucco, cast concrete or wood.
Exterior Walls/Materials.
• For new construction, additions and alterations, use the wall finish most
acceptable for the architectural style (see Appendix A).
• The use of synthetic materials is prohibited and unlawful for exterior wall
surfaces with the exception of fiber cement siding, which may be approved by
special Development Order for detached new construction only.
• Synthetic materials can be allowed for trim details and architectural elements
on new construction.
• The following materials are generally acceptable for principal and accessory
structures within the historic districts:
Wood clapboard, wood shingle, wood drop siding, wood board and batten
siding or equal as determined by the Board.
ii. Brick, stucco; and stone or cast stone.
Resurfacing existing historic landmarks or contributing buildings with new
material that is inconsistent with the style of the building or was unavailable
when the building was constructed, such as artificial stone, brick veneer, asbestos
or asphalt shingles, rustic shakes, and vinyl or aluminum siding, shall be
prohibited. In cases where artificial siding is currently in place, its removal is not
necessary. An owner may retain the material or remove it. If the material is
removed, however, it shall be replaced with historically appropriate materials.
When siding which is inconsistent with the style of the house is removed, either
from the fagade of a building or to re -open an enclosed porch, the original fagade
and the original fenestrations shall be documented prior to the commencement of
any rehabilitation construction.
Application of non - historic exterior finishes which result in either the removal or
covering of historical materials and details shall be prohibited.
a) Wood Facades. Horizontal wood siding is the predominant exterior
finish in the Sanford Residential Historic District. Important
characteristics of wood siding that shall be considered in its repair or
replacement are board size; width of exposure, length, and trim detail
such as corner boards.
Existing wood siding, trim and details in good condition or repairable
shall be retained.
Deteriorated wood shall be replaced with wood to match the existing
wood in size, profile, shape and texture.
Any and all additions to wood sided structures shall match the existing
siding in size, profile, shape, color, orientation and texture.
Ord. No. 4337 S -29
03/23/2015
• Board trim at corners and around openings shall not exceed six inches
(6 ") except at the front door surround which may be any size or
configuration.
• Wood posts, where appropriate to a style, shall be no less than five inches
by five inches (5" X 5 ") and chamfered at the corners.
• Detailing of the wood, such as beveling or beading, shall not be removed.
Board width, length and exposure shall be preserved.
b) Masonry Facades. Masonry exterior finishes and detailing such as
brick, tile, stucco, coquina, and concrete block can also be found in the
Residential Historic District. Masonry features are important to the
historic character of buildings, such as brick cornices or terra cotta
detailing, surface treatments, modeling, tooling, bonding patterns, joint
size and color.
• Existing masonry features that are important to defining the overall
historical character of the building shall be retained if they are in good
condition or repairable. Repair or replacement shall be made with
materials duplicating the existing masonry in color, composition and
texture.
• Mortar joints shall be repointed only where there are obvious signs of
deterioration such as disintegrating mortar, cracks in the mortar joints,
loose bricks, damp walls or damaged plaster work. Repointing shall
duplicate the existing mortar joints in size, composition, texture, color
and structural strength.
• Any and all additions to stuccoed structures shall be of stucco to match
the existing in color, composition and texture.
• Any and all additions to concrete block structures shall be of matching
concrete block and shall have mortar joints that match the existing.
• Where brick and other masonry finishes were unpainted, they shall
generally remain unpainted. Painting hides detailing and alters the
distinguishing original qualities of a building. Under some
circumstances, particularly where the brick quality is poor or abrasive
cleaning methods have been used, painting brick may be appropriate as
a protective measure, if approved by the Board.
• When a brick veneer is applied only to a front fagade, it shall return onto
both side facades a minimum depth of two feet (2').
• Brick shall be laid in true bonding pattern (no stack pattern) or in Flemish
bond or like.
• Brick mortar joints shall be struck or concave or three - sixteenth inch
(3/16 ") flush only.
• Trim on brick buildings may be made of pre -cast concrete, terracotta, or
stone.
• Stucco shall be applied consistent with the style of the structure, which is
typically smooth sand finish for masonry vernacular buildings and rustic
Ord. No. 4337 5 -30
03/23/2015
for Spanish Colonial Revival.
C) Existing Aluminum or Vinyl Siding or Other Simulated Wall
Cladding. Any and all additions to structures that are sided with
aluminum or vinyl siding or other simulated cladding shall be clad with
materials to match the original historic structure in size, profile, shape,
color, orientation and texture.
d) Facades with a Combination of Materials. Any and all additions to
structures with a combination of cladding materials shall be sided using
one or more of the existing cladding materials in a manner that is in
character with the style and period of the structure.
Porches & Balconies.
• Porches and porch features that are in good condition or repairable and are in
character with the style and period of the building shall be retained. Porches and
porch features shall be repaired so they match the original in materials, size and
configuration.
• Replacement of existing porches with a design or materials not in character with
the style and period of the building shall be prohibited.
• Porch flooring shall be wood, tongue and groove, and must match original porch
flooring in size, shape, orientation, and texture.
• Porch flooring shall be oriented perpendicular to the building's fagade, or shall
match the original orientation.
• Replacement porch flooring shall be keyed in so the repair when completed, is
not visible.
• Screen enclosures attached to historic landmarks and contributing buildings shall
be reviewed by the Board to determine if the proposed structure is consistent with
the historic architectural style of the home. Screen enclosures shall not hide
defining architectural features of the building. The screen enclosure shall not
exceed the height of the main structure.
• New porch elements, such as, by way of example only and not as a limitation,
balusters and columns brackets, trim, and architectural embellishments shall be
compatible with the style and period of the building and shall be substantiated by
physical and /or pictorial evidence of the subject property.
• Porches visible from the right -of -way shall not be enclosed with materials such
as screening, fabric, glass, wood, aluminum, vinyl, fiberglass or masonry.
Temporary shade devices must be approved via a Certificate of Appropriateness
and must not be visible from the right of way when retracted.
• Porches not visible from the right -of -way may be screened. The new materials
shall be installed so as not to conceal or damage historical architectural elements.
The framing members for screening shall have a design and scale that is in
character with the style and period of the building.
• Porch additions shall have a roof type that is either similar to the existing roof or
is in character with the style and period of the building.
Ord. No. 4337 S -31
03/23/2015
Roofs.
The original roof shape and material of the principal and accessory buildings
shall be retained if it is in good condition or repairable.
Deteriorated roofing material shall be replaced with new material that is
consistent with the style of the structure, and shall be similar to the existing or
original roof in composition, size, shape and texture, except in the case of
asbestos shingles, which may be replaced with new materials, such as fiberglass
shingles, cement fiber tiles or shingles, or clay tiles that are similar to the original
roofing. All shingles shall be architectural.
• Roof repairs are allowed only if the new roof matches the existing in material,
shape, texture, design, dimension, color, and other identifying features.
• Architectural features that give the roof its character, such as dormers, cornices,
towers, decorative brackets, eaves, chimneys, parapets, and exposed rafter ends
shall be retained or replicated and not concealed.
• Roofs on additions shall have similar shape, materials and pitch as the existing
structure. New features, such as skylights or solar collectors, shall be flush with
the roof and shall not be installed on roofs visible from the public right -of -way.
• Roof vents shall not be located on a primary fagade visible from the right of way.
• A flat roof that is not visible from the ground may have a different material than
the rest of the existing roof.
• All pitched roof planes shall match in material, shape, texture, design, dimension,
color, and other identifying features.
• Plastic roofing membranes shall not be visible from the right of way.
• Metal roofs shall be appropriately maintained at all times. It shall constitute
prima facie evidence of a nuisance for a roof to show evidence of significant
deterioration (such as rust or other corrosion). It is prohibited and unlawful to
allow a metal roof to be in a nuisance condition.
• Metal roofs shall be standing seam , stamped metal shingle, full corrugated, 5V
crimp or must simulate the appearance of standing seam.
• Metal roofs may be copper, galvanized, silver or gray in color, or otherwise
simulate a historic patina.
a) Residential.
Principal building roof shape and materials shall be consistent with the
style of the structure. Roofs clad with red cedar or white oak shingles; or
with galvanized steel, or asphalt shingles are consistent with most styles
in the residential historic district.
Shed (monopitch) roofs shall be permitted only if attached to a wall of a
principal building. The pitch of a shed roof shall be no less than 3:12.
Flat roofs shall be provided only if accessible from an adjacent habitable
room and enclosed by parapets no less than 36' high.
Ord. No. 4337 5 -32
03/23/2015
Gutters shall be made of galvanized steel, wood, copper or painted
aluminum and may be half -round or low profile -box shaped.
Windows and Doors.
a) All Construction.
Windows, frames, glass, muntins, mullions, sills, lintels and pediments in
good condition or repairable and in character with the style and period of
the building shall be retained. Window types that are no longer permitted
by law, such as jalousies, may be replaced with another style of window
that is in character with the style and period of the building.
If windows or window details are determined to be irreparable, they may
be replaced provided that on the primary facades of contributing
buildings, replacement windows shall match the existing original
windows in size, configuration, material, design and placement. A
window survey and specifications for each window must be submitted
with the Certificate of Appropriateness application. On secondary
facades, replacement windows may be of a different design or type
provided the windows are consistent with the style of the building.
• Only when a change is appropriate to the style and period of the building
may a window be relocated, enlarged, reduced or introduced.
• When replacing existing windows that are inappropriate to the style and
period of the building, they shall be replaced with new windows that are
appropriate to the style and period of the building.
• Windows on additions shall have the same orientation and be of a similar
size to the existing or original windows of the principal fagade except if
the addition is on the same plane as the existing principal fagade, then the
windows of the addition shall match the original windows in orientation,
size, materials and configuration.
• All new windows shall have mullion profiles similar to contributing
structures. If single hung or double hung windows are placed in
groupings, a four to six inch trim piece shall separate the windows.
• If a window contains divided lites, true muntins or simulated true - divided
lites (where a wood frame is glued to the exterior of the glass with a very
high bond (VHB) adhesive system) shall be used. If double pane
windows are installed, an internal shadow bar shall also be used between
the glasses. Inserted or removable grilles and flat grilles that do not
replicate the profile and characteristics of the original window are
prohibited on the exterior of the window pane. The interior of the
window pane may have an inserted or removable grille provided that the
grille is not flat and has a profile.
Windows and doors shall be glazed in clear glass with no more than ten
(10) percent daylight reduction. The use of reflective glass and reflective
film is prohibited on all buildings.
Ord. No. 4337 S -33
03/23/2015
• Windows shall be proportioned such that the height shall be equal to or
greater than the width, with the exception of historically appropriate
window groupings.
• Rectangular windows shall be casement and single or double hung;
circular and hexagonal windows may be fixed or pivot.
• When determined appropriate to be used in a Development Order, storm
windows shall be installed on the interior of historic windows.
• Doors, screen doors, and door details, frames, lintels, fan lights,
sidelights, pediments and transoms, in good condition or repairable that
are in character with the style and period of the building shall be retained.
If doors or door details on principal facades are found to be unrepairable,
they shall be replaced with new doors and door details in character with
the structure in material, size and configuration.
• Only when the change is appropriate to the style and period of the
building, shall doors be relocated, enlarged, reduced or introduced.
• Doors with modern designs, flush or sliding glass doors, or any type of
door that is inappropriate to the style or period of the structure shall be
prohibited.
• Stained glass and art glass installations are allowed provided they are
consistent with the character and the architectural style of the building
(see styles section).
• Shutters in good condition or repairable and in character with the style
and period of the building shall be retained. Missing shutters shall be
replaced with wood shutters to match the existing. All replacement
shutters shall be similar to the original in size, configuration and style,
shall be sized to match the corresponding window openings, and shall not
overlap each other on the surface of the wall.
• New operable wood shutters and canvas awnings are permitted
accessories, as long as they are sized to match the corresponding window
openings and their shapes, material, proportions, design, color, lettering
and hardware are in character with the style of the building. Decorative
shutters are permitted when appropriate to the building style.
No backlit or interior lit or vinyl awnings shall be allowed.
• Ornamental iron, grills, or bars on windows are permitted if appropriate
to the architectural style of the building and shall be constructed of steel,
wrought iron or similar material and painted with a gloss paint of dark
color.
b) Residential Windows and Doors.
The total glazing area on any facade shall not exceed thirty (30) percent
of the facade surface.
Windows on new houses shall have definition and a profile. Windows
with flat profiles shall be prohibited.
Ord. No. 4337 S -34
03/23/2015
• Bay windows, when provided, shall be habitable spaces carried to the
ground on walls or feathered back to the wall with appropriate moldings.
• Garage doors that are in good condition or repairable and are in character
with the style and period of the building shall be retained. Garage doors
shall be repaired so that they match the original materials, size and
configuration.
• If garage doors are determined to be irreparable, they shall be replaced
with new doors of a material in the character and style of the principal
building and of the garage building.
• New garage doors may be constructed out of wood or fiberglass and shall
not exceed a maximum width of nine feet (9') for a single door on front
loaded garages and sixteen feet (16') on alley- facing garages.
• 16' garage doors must be architectural, carriage -style doors that
complement the main building and garage building.
C) Commercial Windows and Doors.
• Windows and display cases are encouraged along pedestrian corridors.
• Clear glass eight -eight per cent (88 %) light transmission shall be installed
on the first floor. Tinted glass allowing a minimum of fifty per cent
(50 %) light transmission shall be allowed only for use on second floor
windows provided the tinting is consistent with the architectural style of
the building.
• The covering of storefront windows with plywood, vinyl, and /or metal
adversely impacts the character and vibrancy of the commercial historic
district and is prohibited. Businesses with an active building permit may
utilize plain paper window coverings for the duration of the valid
building permit only.
• Storefront windows shall be similar in placement, size and configuration
to the storefront windows found on contributing buildings in the historic
district.
• Storefront frames shall be built entirely of wood, steel or aluminum. The
storefront side piers shall be the same material as the upper fagade, or
covered with stucco.
• The minimum height of awnings on non - residential buildings shall be
eight feet (8') from the lowest point to the sidewalk. Generally, awnings
shall not extend more than six feet (6') from the face of the structure.
However, the Board may approve awnings that
extend eight (8) feet from the face of the structure
upon a finding of fact that the awning width is
consistent with the width of awnings on adjacent
buildings. The highest point of a first floorr
awning shall not be higher than the midpoint ofisi, �
the space between the second story window sills �.
and the top of the first floor storefront window
sills.
Ord. No. 4337 5 -35
03/23/2015
• Marquees shall be retained where they are an historic element of the
building. The design, materials, color, lettering and hardware of a
marquee shall reflect the style and period of the building. The highest
point of a marquee or its superstructure shall not be higher than the
midpoint of the space between the second story window sills and the top
of the first floor storefront window or transom. Marquees shall span the
entire fagade or entrance. Only one marquee shall be permitted on a
fagade. The minimum height of a marquee shall be eight feet (8') from
the lowest point to the sidewalk.
• The highest point of a first floor awning shall not be higher than the
midpoint between the top of the first story window and the second story
window sill.
• The use of security shutters, roll cages, and /or security bars are prohibited
and unlawful.
Fences and Walls. Chain link and vinyl fences shall be prohibited within the historic districts.
a) Residential.
• Fences and garden walls in historic districts generally vary in
architectural style. Most fences in the City's historic areas are of the
painted wood variety. It is important to maintain the architectural
integrity of the property through the design of the fence.
• Where new fences are introduced, the materials shall be compatible with
the original style, texture, or exterior materials of the buildings on the
site.
• Construct new front -yard fences of vertical pickets in simple designs,
especially on frame vernacular buildings. Limit cast iron fencing to
high- styled buildings such as Queen Anne, Colonial Revival, and Spanish
Colonial Revival.
• Fence height shall conform to the City Code.
• A modification, replacement or addition of a fence will require a
Certificate of Appropriateness prior to the commencement of the
construction.
• Garden walls may be of brick or stucco matching the principal building.
• Brick or stucco garden walls shall be no less than eight (8) inches wide
and capped by a flat round or pitched top, overlapping no less than one
fourth of an inch (1/4 ") the wall below.
• Fences shall be made with no more than three (3) inch gaps between
pickets.
• The overall design of walls and fences shall present a quality image
consistent with the historic characteristics of the structure or the
surrounding area.
All walls and fences shall have their finished side facing outward.
Ord. No. 4337 S -36
03/23/2015
b) Commercial.
Screening walls and fences are discouraged in the commercial historic district,
except for low street -wal is along the lot frontage, as a continuation of the building
along street fronts. The street -wall shall be a minimum of three feet (3') and a
maximum of five feet (5') in height. Walls greater than three feet (3') in height
above grade shall be no more than fifty percent (50 %) solid.
Building Color /Coatings.
• Paint color selection for buildings within the historic districts shall be
appropriate to the predominant architecture of the structure.
• Colors for properties located within local historic districts may be chosen from
the National Trust for Historic Preservation paint colors collection which is filed
in the City. An owner may propose a different make of paint to use, but the paint
must be proven to be equivalent in every respect with the selected make of paint
and the Administrative Official approves such alteration. At least two (2) colors
shall be selected, one (1) for the body of the building and one (1) or more for the
accents and trims. Refer to the Architectural Styles Section for paint color
choices based on style.
• It is prohibited and unlawful to use colors without historic basis within
historic districts.
• Brick, stone, or other materials intended to be naturally unpainted shall remain
unpainted, unless the material has been painted before.
• Wood stained surfaces shall continue to be stained and not painted. Other V"
surfaces shall be treated and may be painted, or allowed to weather in
appearance.
• Paint shall not be removed from materials which were originally painted.
• Tile roofs may be painted, however, the color selected shall be similar to the
natural color of the original roofing material of the building.
• The use elastomeric, ceramic, and liquid vinyl membranes coatings for
historic wall surfaces is prohibited and unlawful due to the lack of permeability
which hastens deterioration.
Accessory Structures & Pool Enclosures.
• Prefabricated accessory storage structures shall not exceed one hundred (100)
square feet in area, and are subject to the setback requirements of the district.
• There shall be a minimum separation of ten feet (10') between principal and
accessory structures.
• Accessory structures, such as garages, sheds, etc., shall not exceed the height of
the main structure.
• Accessory structures shall be of similar style, color, design and materials as
used for the principal residence (see Section 8.0.C.4. for acceptable
materials).
Ord. No. 4337 S -37
03/23/2015
• Air conditioning, mechanical equipment and other support equipment shall not be
placed in a setback and must be screened from view.
• Mechanical cabinets may be placed in an area not visible from the right -of -way
and the wall surface must be horizontal lap siding or match that of the primary
building.
• Temporary or portable structures installed on a site in the historic districts
including, but not limited to, temporary storage units and aluminum frame car
ports, shall obtain a certificate of appropriateness prior to the installation of the
unit even if no building permit is required.
• Satellite antennas. The City has devoted significant public resources to protect its
Historic District and the historic structures located within the Historic District
from the encroachment of structures and development that detract from the
historic ambience of the Historic District. The City has also devoted its
comprehensive planning, growth management, and land development regulatory
efforts to ensuring that the Historic District is protected from harmful modernistic
structures, styles and patterns that are incongruent with the requirements relating
to the Historic District and which would harm the public's ability to relish past
times and to further the protection of sites and locales of historical significance
that are disappearing from our cultural landscape. In order to further those t
a single satellite antenna may be permitted on lots and parcels located in the
Historic District only if the proposed satellite antenna is located on an area of the
lot or parcel that is not visible from the public right -of -way (including, but not
limited to all abutting sidewalks) and park areas. In the event that this
prohibition is believed by a property owner to constitute a material and
significant hardship, the property owner may file an application for a variance
in accordance with the provisions, processes and procedures of this Code which
application, shall, initially, but subsequent to City staff review and analysis, be
reviewed by the Historic Preservation Board which shall provide a
recommendation relative to the variance application which shall be considered
during the course of the reviews and considerations pertaining to the application.
SECTION 10.0 RELOCATION OF LANDMARKS
Buildings shall be preserved in their original location on the site where constructed. The relocation of a
building can disrupt not only the historic character of the building but the immediate area as well.
Relocation is prohibited and unlawful, unless a development order is entered finding that the building is
threatened in its original location or renovation and continued use is prohibited by its current location.
Relocating a building is a last resort to avoid demolition. Relocated buildings shall be situated on the site
in the same orientation as the original location.
The relocation of landmarks and contributing buildings require the approval of a Certificate of
Appropriateness by the Board. When reviewing such applications, the Board shall consider the
following criteria:
Whether the historic character and aesthetic interest of the building, structure, or object
contributes to its present setting;
2. Whether there are definite plans for the area to be vacated and the effect of those plans
on the character of the surrounding area;
3. Whether the building, structure, or object can be moved without significant damage to its
Ord. No. 4337 S -38
03/23/2015
physical integrity; and
4. Whether the proposed relocation area is compatible with the historical and architectural
character of the building, structure or object.
Applications for relocation shall be submitted at least ten (10) business days prior to the Board meeting,
and the site of the subject structure shall be posted for at least ten (10) consecutive days prior to the
Board meeting.
SECTION 11.0 ORDINARY MAINTENANCE
The purpose of this section is to establish minimum standards for the maintenance of historic landmarks
and properties within established historic districts.
A. Required Maintenance. The owner of a structure within a historic district or of a designated
landmark shall not permit such structure or landmark to fall into a state of disrepair which may
result in the deterioration of any exterior appurtenance or architectural feature so as to produce
or to tend to produce, in the judgment of the Board, a detrimental effect upon the character of the
district as a whole or the life and character of the landmark or structure in question, including but
not limited to:
1. The deterioration of exterior walls or other vertical supports;
2. The deterioration of roofs or other horizontal members;
3. The deterioration of exterior chimneys;
4. The deterioration or crumbling of exterior plaster or mortar;
5. The ineffective waterproofing of exterior walls, roofs, and foundations, including broken
windows or doors;
6. The deterioration of any feature so as to create or permit the creation of any hazardous or
unsafe condition(s);
7. The deterioration of any architectural feature which contributes to the architectural or
historic significance and /or integrity of the structure;
8. The deterioration of exterior appurtenances.
Nothing in this Schedule shall be construed to prevent the ordinary maintenance or repair of any
exterior feature in an historic district or of any landmark which does not involve a change in
design, material, color, or other appearance thereof.
Nothing in this schedule shall prevent the construction, reconstruction, alteration, restoration or
demolition of any such feature which the building inspector or similar official shall certify is
required by the public safety because of an unsafe or dangerous condition.
B. Standards for Building Maintenance.
• The surface cleaning of structures shall be undertaken with the gentlest means
practicable. Sandblasting and other cleaning methods that could damage the historic
building materials such as the use of any abrasive, corrosive, or damaging techniques
which include blasting with pulverized materials, glass beads or other solids, with or
without water is prohibited and unlawful.
• Abrasive cleaning or paint removal is another threat to historic wooden siding. The
proper method for removing paint is cleaning, light scraping and sanding down to the
Ord. No. 4337 S -39
03/23/2015
next sound layer. If more intensive paint removal is required, the gentlest means
practicable shall be used. Harsh abrasive methods such as rotary sanding discs, rotary
wires strippers, and sandblasting shall not be used to remove paint from exterior wood.
Such methods leave visible circular depressions in the wood; shred the wood, or erode
the soft, porous fibers of the wood, leaving a permanently pitted surface.
Paint removal is permitted, but must not leave behind any evidence of methods used.
This includes wood damage, gouging or grinding marks left by mechanical tools, burns
left by chemicals or burns left by heat sources. Additionally paint removal processes that
put the structure as a whole or in part in danger are forbidden including torches and heat
guns. Debris from paint removal shall be collected and disposed of in accordance with
Federal guidelines.
Clean wood using the gentlest means possible. Repair trim and siding before applying
paint. Seal holes, caulk cracks, and treat for wood fungus. Remove loose paint using
commercial strippers, electric heat guns or plates, wire brushes and scrapers. Hand sand
to reduce paint layer differential.
While masonry is the most durable historic building material, the cleaning of historic
masonry is a special consideration because it is susceptible to damage by improper
maintenance or repair techniques and abrasive cleaning methods. Sandblasting and other
abrasive cleaning methods are not permitted. Sandblasting changes the visual qualities
of brick damages and destroys the exterior glazing. As a result, rapid deterioration of the
brick and potential water damage to the interior of the building are possibilities.
« Masonry shall be cleaned only when necessary to halt deterioration or remove heavy
soiling.
• Clean masonry surfaces with the gentlest method possible, such as water and detergents
and bristle brushes.
• Sandblasting of brick or stone surfaces using dry or wet grit or other abrasives is
prohibited. Such methods of cleaning permanently erode the surface of the material and
accelerate deterioration.
• Remove damaged or deteriorated paint only to the next sound layer using hand scraping
prior to repainting.
• Paint historically unpainted masonry only if it has been previously painted or as a
protective measure to prevent further deterioration caused by poor quality materials prior
to abrasive cleaning.
• Treat mortar joint deterioration from leaking roofs or gutters and differential settlement
of the building.
• Evaluate the overall condition of the masonry to determine whether repairs rather than
protection and maintenance are required.
« Protect leaking roof with plywood and building paper until it can be properly repaired.
• Protect and maintain masonry by providing proper drainage so that water does not stand
on flat, horizontal surfaces or accumulate in curved decorative features.
C. `Mothballing' Structures.
1. Definition. Mothballing is the temporary closing of a structure to protect it from
weather and secure it from vandalism. Mothballing may include the covering of doors,
Ord. No. 4337 5 -40
03/23/2015
windows or other openings in a structure by any type of material. Excluded from this
definition are:
• Typical hurricane or storm shutters custom manufactured and permanently
installed on residences on a year round basis and then closed during the owner's
temporary absence.
The temporary (four -to -five day) boarding up normally done in preparation for a
severe storm.
2. Applicability. Boarding -up of structure shall be allowed, upon approval of a Certificate
of Appropriateness by the Board, in order to provide temporary protection and
stabilization of vacant historic buildings. No windows, doors or other openings may be
boarded -up in inhabited buildings.
3. Mothballing program. Together with a Certificate of Appropriateness application, a
mothballing program shall be submitted to the Board. The program shall include:
• Documentation on the architectural and historical significance of the building;
• A professional assessment of the condition of the building;
• Methods of stabilization, pest control and ventilation that will be used prior to
mothballing;
• Methods of securing the building from vandals, break -ins and natural disasters;
• Plan for periodic maintenance and surveillance monitoring;
All mothballing programs shall be consistent with Preservation Brief 31, Mothballing
Historic Buildings, Technical Preservation Series, National Parks Service.
4. Paint Required. Any person who boards up, or causes to be boarded up, any structure
shall paint or cause to be painted the material used to board up the structure the same
color as the building.
5. Maintenance of Boarded -up premises. The premises of all mothballed structures shall
be maintained in accordance with the City Code.
D. Checklist. The Code enforcement staff shall use a checklist when inspecting historic landmarks
or properties within designated historic districts. The list covers areas such as:
Exterior of Property (Sanitation, Grading /Drainage, Walkways and Driveways,
Weeds, and Accessory Structures).
Exterior of Structure (Street Numbers, Exterior Appearance, Foundation Walls,
Windows and Doors, Roofs, Drainage, Chimneys, and Porches /Decks).
E. City Action to Prevent Deterioration. Whenever the code enforcement staff determines that
there has been a violation of any provisions of this schedule, he /she shall:
1. Provide the occupant of the property with a notice, delivered in person, advising of future
City actions. If there is not an attempt to correct the violation within ten (10) days, a
copy of the warning shall also be mailed to the property owner.
2. If, after the ten (10) days noted above, there has been no attempt to correct the violation,
code enforcement staff shall give another written notice of violation to the person(s)
responsible for the correction. Such notice shall include a schedule for completion of the
Ord. No. 4337 5 -41
03/23/2015
required improvements necessary to bring the building into compliance with the City
Code. The time given shall not exceed forty -five (45) days for both major and minor
violations.
3. Any violation not corrected in the time and manner specified in the notice may be
referred to the code enforcement special magistrate.
F. When a Certificate of Appropriateness is issued in response to a code enforcement notice or
citation, application for a Certificate of Appropriateness shall be made within ten (10) business
days of the notice or citation and the violation shall be remedied within forty -five (45) days
from the date of issuance of the Certificate of Appropriateness unless the Historic Preservation
Board or the Administrative Official grants a longer period of time upon a finding that unusual
circumstances prevent the remedy from occurring in a timely manner.
SECTION 12.0 DEMOLITION
A. Criteria for Reviewing Demolition Permits. No landmark or structure within a local historic
district shall be demolished or removed, in whole or in part, until after an application for a
Certificate of Appropriateness has been approved by the Board based on the following criteria:
1. The historic, architectural or environmental significance of the structure.
2. The historic, architectural or environmental significance of the structure to the overall
ensemble of structures within the district and the importance of the structure to the
integrity of the district.
3. The aesthetic interest that the structure adds to the district, or in the case of an historic
landmark, to the City.
4. The number of remaining examples of similar significance in the district or, in the case of
an historic landmark, in the City.
5. The difficulty or impossibility of reproducing such a structure because of its design,
texture, material, detail, size, scale or uniqueness of location.
6. The plans for future utilization of the site and the effect those plans will have on the
architectural, historical, archaeological, social, aesthetic or environmental character of
the district.
7. The reasonable measures that can be taken to save the structure from further
deterioration, collapse, arson, vandalism or neglect.
8. Any measures that have been taken to prevent the structure from deteriorating, such as
performance of normal maintenance and repairs and provision of normal tenant
improvements. In addition, whether the structure was willfully or negligently allowed to
deteriorate. Properties cited for Demolition by Neglect that are not repaired may not be
granted a demolition permit.
9. The determination by the Building Official that the structure is an imminent hazard to
public safety and that repair would be impractical.
10. The economic hardship imposed on the owner if the application for Certificate of
Appropriateness for demolition is denied.
11. The submittal of a detailed report describing all aspects of the structure's historical and
architectural characteristics from the City's historic resources inventory and Florida
Ord. No. 4337 S -42
03/23/2015
Master Site File This report shall be prepared by a qualified person knowledgeable in
historic preservation under contract with the City at the applicant's expense.
1.2. The submittal of a detailed report describing all aspects of the structure's physical
condition prepared by an architect, licensed design professional or registered civil
engineer at the applicant's expense.
B. Procedures for Issuing Demolition Certificate of Appropriateness. No landmark or structure
within a local historic district shall be issued a demolition permit for removal in whole or in part,
until after the following procedures are complete:
1. The demolition permit must accompany a building permit for a replacement structure
which meets all regulations and has received all required approvals.
2. This demolition permit may only be issued after the waiting period has been completed.
3. Upon approval of the demolition request and prior to issuance of a building permit (time
defined as the waiting period), the property owner and contractor shall sign an affidavit
to the City that they are aware of the city's definition of a demolition and the penalties
associated with an unlawful demolition.
4. If demolition occurred without the issuance of a demolition permit, the building permit
fled for the replacement structure shall have an additional assessment of the demolition
permit fee that was not collected, in addition to the after the fact fee.
5. In all cases, no changes to the previously approved plans may be made except as
determined by the Administrative Official in consultation with the Board to meet current
zoning and building code requirements.
6. When demolition of a structure is allowed, the City shall provide the developer of the
structure to be demolished with information about the salvaging of building materials. At
least ten (10) days prior to the date when the demolition is scheduled to commence, the
developer shall provide the Planning Director with written notice, and an advertisement
published in a newspaper of general circulation at the applicant's expense, of the
availability of materials for salvage, including the name and telephone number of a
contact person. Upon request, the Planning Director may make this information available
to persons who may be interested in contacting the owner(s) to arrange for possible
salvage of building materials. No salvaging of materials shall occur until a demolition
permit has been approved by the Building Department.
7. Submittal of documentation requirements in accordance with Appendix B,
Documentation Requirements for Buildings Proposed for Demolition and Standards for
Architectural Documentation.
C. Waiting Period. If a Certificate of Appropriateness is issued by the Board for demolition, the
Certificate of Appropriateness must include the condition that the applicant must wait for a total
period of one hundred eighty (180) days before the applicant may perform such demolition or
relocation in accordance with this Schedule.
During this period, the Board may negotiate with the owner of the landmark and with any other
party to find a means of preserving the property including the acquisition by gift, purchase,
exchange or otherwise of the property or any interest therein.
Ord. No. 4337 S -43
03/23/2015
Extension of Waiting Period. The one hundred eighty (180) day waiting period may be
extended for up to an additional one hundred eighty (180) days by the City Commission
upon a recommendation from the Board that:
there is a program or project in progress which may result in acquisition of the
property for the purpose of its preservation and /or restoration; and
there is a reasonable ground to believe that the program or project will be
successful.
2. Reduction /Waiver in Waiting Period. The Board may reduce or waive the waiting
period required by this Section in any case where the owner would suffer extreme
hardship, not including loss of profit, unless a reduction in the required period were
allowed. The Board shall also have the discretionary authority to waive all or any
portion of the required waiting period provided that the alteration, remodeling, relocation
or change of use is undertaken subject to conditions agreed to by the Board insuring the
continued maintenance of the historical, architectural, or cultural integrity and character
of the property.
D. Economic Hardship. Economic hardship shall be determined in accordance with this Section.
When a claim of extreme economic hardship is presented, proof shall be submitted that the
applicant cannot realize a reasonable and beneficial use of or economic return from the property.
If the property is residential and non - income producing or is an accessory structure, the owner
shall not be required to prove economic hardship. In the case of a partial demolition of a
structure where the principal facades remain intact, the owner shall not be required to prove
economic hardship. The Board shall make findings based on each of the following factors
provided by the applicant:
1. Whether the applicant knew or should have known of the historic landmark or district
designation at the time of acquisition and whether the structure or district was designated
subsequent to acquisition.
2. With respect to economic return, the following shall be considered:
a. Real estate taxes for the previous four (4) years and the assessed value of the land
and improvements thereon according to the two (2) most recent assessed
valuations.
b. The amount paid for the property and the date of purchase of the property or other
means of acquisition of title, such as a gift or inheritance, and the party from
whom purchased or otherwise acquired.
C. The amount paid for the property and the date of purchase of the property or other
means of acquisition of title, such as a gift or inheritance, and the party from
whom purchased or otherwise acquired.
d. The fair market value of the property immediately prior to its designation as an
historic landmark or designation of the HP Overlay district; and the fair market
value of the property at the time the application for Certificate of Appropriateness
is filed.
e. Remaining balance on any mortgage or other financing secured by the property
and the annual debt service, if any, for the previous two (2) years.
Ord. No. 4337 S -44
03/23/2015
f. All appraisals obtained within the previous two (2) years by the Property
Owner /Applicant in connection with the purchase, financing or ownership of the
property.
g. Any Federal income tax returns on or relating to the property for the past two (2)
years.
h. Form of ownership or operation of the property, whether sole proprietorship, for-
profit or not - for - profit corporation, limited partnership, joint venture, or other.
i. Annual gross income from the property for the previous two (2) years.
j. Itemized operating and maintenance expenses for the previous two (2) years,
(including proof that adequate and competent management procedures were
followed).
k. Depreciation deduction and annual cash flow, if any, for the previous two (2)
years before and after debt service, if any during the same period.
1. Proof that efforts have been made by the owner to obtain a reasonable return on
his investment based on previous service.
m. Any other information considered necessary by the Board to a determination as to
whether the property does yield or may yield a reasonable return to the owners.
The marketability or salability of the property, considered in relation to any listing ofthe
property for sale or rent, price asked, and offers received, if any, within the previous two
(2) years, including testimony and relevant documents regarding:
a. Any real estate broker or firm engaged to sell or lease the property.
b. Reasonableness of the price or rent sought by the applicant.
C. Any advertisements placed for the sale or rent of the property.
4. The feasibility of adaptive or alternative uses for the property that can earn a reasonable
economic return for the property as considered in relation to the following:
a. A report from a licensed engineer or architect with experience in rehabilitation, as
to the structural soundness of any structures on the property and their suitability
for rehabilitation.
b. An estimate of the cost of construction, alteration, demolition, or removal, and
estimate of any additional cost that would be incurred to comply with the
recommendation and decision of the Board concerning the appropriateness of
proposed alterations.
C. The estimated market value of the property in the current condition, after
completion of the demolition, after completion ofthe proposed construction, and
after renovation of the existing property for continued use.
d. The testimony of an architect, developer, real estate consultant, appraiser, or other
real estate professional experienced in rehabilitation as to the economic feasibility
of rehabilitation or use of existing structures on the property.
e. Proof of the financial ability to complete the replacement project.
f. The current fair market value of the property, as determined by at least two (2)
independent appraisers certified by the State of Florida.
Ord. No. 4337 S -45
03/23/2015
5. Any other information the applicant or the Board finds is relevant to demonstrate extreme
economic hardship or the lack thereof.
The applicant shall submit all necessary materials to the Planning Department, so that
staff may review and comment and consult on the case. Staff comments and any other
comments shall be forwarded to the Board for consideration and review and made
available to the applicant for consideration prior to the meeting.
The Board may require that an applicant furnish such additional information that is
relevant to its determination of extreme economic hardship. Staff may also furnish
additional information as the Board or staff believes is relevant and it shall be made
available to the applicant and the Board for consideration prior to the hearing.
E. Demolition by Neglect. Every owner of a property within a designated historic district shall
keep in good repair all the interior and exterior portions of such buildings or structures. In the
event that a property within a historic district or a designated historic landmark is not in good
repair and is in the course of being "demolished by neglect ", the owner of record shall be
notified of the condition of the structure and the items that need repair. The Board shall request a
meeting with the owner or the tenant of the building and the Board shall present ways to improve
the condition of the property. If the owner or tenant fails to take action, the Board shall notify
the Building Official to institute proceedings before the code enforcement special magistrate
under the authority of applicable regulations.
F. Permits. Prior to the demolition, the applicant shall be required to obtain a building permit for
new development based on the standards set forth in this Schedule. Once the City has approved
the permit for replacement construction, the demolition permit maybe issued. When the permit is
for a contributing structure or historic landmark, permits shall not be issued until all plans for the
site have received all the necessary approvals.
G. Documentation Requirements. Every contributing building in both the residential and the
commercial historic districts which is approved for demolition by the Historic Preservation
Board or which is determined by the Building Official to be an imminent hazard and is
subsequently demolished shall be documented prior to demolition consistent with the State of
Florida Bureau of Historic Preservation Division of Historic Resources' Documentation
Requirements For Buildings Proposed For Demolition And Standards For Architectural
Documentation. The documentation shall be submitted to the Historic Preservation Board to be
kept on file by the City. This documentation, which usually consists of dimensioned drawings,
photographs and written data, provides important information on a property's significance for use
by scholars, researchers, historians, architects and others interested in preserving and
understanding our past. A copy of Documentation Requirements For Buildings Proposed For
Demolition And Standards For Architectural Documentation is incorporated herein as
`Appendix B'.
SECTION 13.0 SIGN REGULATIONS
Properties within historic districts shall comply with the following standards in addition to the standards
contained in Schedule K of the City's Land Development Regulations. The most restrictive provisions
shall apply.
A. Permitted Signs. The following types of signs are permitted within the City's historic districts
and historic landmarks and shall only require administrative review if all the standards are met.
1. Site Identification Signs (free- standing, detached).
Ord. No. 4337 S -46
03/23/2015
2. Business Identification Signs (attached to the building wall or window).
a. Wall Signs (flat against building wall).
b. Projecting /hanging Signs (perpendicular to the building).
C. Window Signs.
d. Canopy /Marquis and Awning Signs.
3. Directory Signs (for multi -use developments).
4. Temporary Signs.
5. Standard sized menus mounted on the wall in cabinets at the entrance to restaurants.
6. A -Frame Signs.
B. General Design Criteria. The following general design criteria shall apply to all signs in
historic districts:
1. Site Identification Signs:
• Site identification signs shall only be allowed if the building is setback fifteen
feet (15') or more from the front property line.
• Only one (1) site identification sign per site shall be allowed.
• Site identification signs shall be compatible with the surrounding area and in no
case shall exceed five (5) feet in height and twelve (12) square feet per sign face.
• Shall only identify the complex, not the individual businesses.
• Internally illuminated signs are prohibited. Signs may be lit from an external
projected light source.
• Sign faces shall be either parallel or perpendicular to the face of a building.
2. Business Identification Signs:
• Up to two (2) business identification signs shall be allowed per business. One (1)
additional business identification sign shall be allowed for a business located on a
corner lot.
• Signs shall not cover architectural detailing on historic buildings.
• Only one (1) business identification shall be allowed per sign.
• Internally illuminated signs are prohibited. Signs may be lit from an external
projected light source.
• Roof signs shall be prohibited in the historic districts.
a). Wall Signs.
• Wall signs shall be limited to one (1) per business and shall not exceed
eighteen inches (18 ") in height and fifty percent (50 %) of the primary
frontage of the tenant space.
• Wall signs shall be placed parallel to the building wall.
• Wall signs shall not be painted directly on the surface of the building.
Ord. No. 4337 S -47
03/23/2015
Wall signs (parallel to the face of building) may not be placed above an
awning or canopy.
Canvas signs may be placed on the underside of structural canopies and
may not conceal any canopy features. Canvas signs shall be limited to the
business frontage, shall not exceed twelve inches (12 ") in height, and
shall have a blank border of two inches (2 ") around the perimeter.
b). Projecting /Hanging Signs
Projecting /hanging signs shall be sized no larger than 3'x 4' and must be
constructed of wood, metal, or a combination of both. The use of neon is
prohibited for hanging signs.
Projecting /hanging signs must be centered on the wall space of the
building frontage, for buildings with one business, and must be centered
across the storefront frontage for buildings with two (2) businesses. No
more than two (2) hanging signs per building are allowed. In cases where
a single tenant occupies a building of two (2) stories or greater, the tenant
may install a single hanging sign on the second floor wall space, centered
across the building frontage only if the sign does not adversely impact
architectural features and does not compete with the architectural design
of the building.
If located under an awning or marquis, the projecting sign shall be
located perpendicular to the building face.
c). Window Signs
• Shall be maintained properly;
• Shall be painted or decal only with no background coloring;
• Shall not exceed twenty -five per cent (25 %) of window area;
• Shall not obscure window displays;
• Temporary promotional posters for civic events shall be permitted on
windows, and shall not be included in the sign area calculation.
Promotional posters shall be removed within ten (10) calendar days after
the event which is being promoted.
• All neon signs shall be located inside a building and shall not be flashing.
• Signs using neon shall have a maximum luminous output of three
hundred (300) lumens per foot calculated per foot of tube rather than
lamp. A greater illumination may be used if documentation of the need
for a higher value is provided to the Administrative Official from the
manufacturer of the tubing. Exposed glass tubes must be protected by a
clear front.
d). Canopy/Marquis or Awning Valance Signs.
Fabric canopies, marquis and structural awnings may contain signs. The
sign may not exceed 18" in height and 50% of the face of the canopy or
Ord. No. 4337 S -48
03/23/2015
awning only. Signs are prohibited on the main body of a fabric canopy.
e). Directory Signs.
Sites with two (2) or more businesses on the premises are allowed a
directory sign. The size and location of directory signs shall be approved
by the Board based on findings of fact that the signs are compatible with
the architectural style of the building and that the signs do not conceal the
architecturally significant details of the building.
f). A -Frame Signs.
• Shall be limited to one (1) A -Frame sign per ground -floor business. The
sign shall relate to the business or merchandise line of the particular place
of business.
• Shall be no larger than twenty -four inches (24 ") wide by thirty-six inches
(36 ") high.
• Shall be black metal or stained wood and must have locking hinges.
• Signs placed on easels shall be no larger than twenty -four inches (24 ")
wide by twenty -four inches (24 ") high and shall only be allowed for the
display of restaurant menus or restaurant daily specials.
• Plastic A -Frame signs are prohibited and unlawful.
• Signs shall be constructed to be permanent but may have changing
verbiage.
• Signs shall not impede the flow of pedestrian traffic.
C. Performance Standards.
1. Only permanent materials allowed.
2. Signs shall be executed by a professional sign maker; homemade signs are prohibited.
3. Signs shall be made of durable materials that retain their appearance for the
anticipated life of the sign. Contemporary materials are acceptable but their
appearance shall be visually compatible with the surrounding area. Flat signs in shiny or
reflective materials, such as plastic or anodized aluminum are prohibited.
4. New signage, when attached to the building, shall be capable of being removed
without causing damage to the building. Fasteners shall go in mortar joints and shall
not damage bricks.
D. Alternative Signage. The Board shall have the authority to review and approve proposed
signage that does not comply with these regulations upon a finding of fact that the signage is
consistent with the purposes and intent of Schedules S and K.
SECTION 14.0 OUTDOOR STORAGE /SIDEWALK DISPLAY
A. Outdoor Display. Outdoor display upon sidewalks in the Historic Commercial District shall be
provided for in this section of the Land Development Regulations. This section shall supercede
other outdoor display and storage regulations and requirements contained in these regulations.
Sidewalks shall include those paved walkways located in the public right -of -way that are
Ord. No. 4337 S -49
03/23/2015
intended for pedestrian usage.
1. Pedestrian Traffic. A minimum clear width for pedestrian traffic of five feet (5') shall be
provided and maintained along the sidewalk.
2. Display Criteria. The following standards shall apply to all outdoor displays:
• Displays shall generally be located directly in front of the storefront for which it
is intended. Doorways shall not be blocked.
• Displays shall not hang from aerial braces but shall rest on the ground.
• Displays shall not be allowed when the business is not open.
• Displays shall not exceed thirty (30) inches in height.
• Displays shall not project more than twenty four (24) inches from the building
wall facing the street.
• Displays shall be not more than two thirds (2/3) of the window area as measured
in square feet.
B. Outdoor Storage.
It is prohibited and unlawful to cause the outside storage of personal property other than
motor vehicles on property located in an historic district.
2. It is prohibited and unlawful on property located in an historic district to store on
porches, carports, and in exterior areas visible from the right of way, regardless of
whether covered or uncovered, personal items such as indoor furniture, leisure
equipment (hot tubs, pools) sporting and athletic equipment, boxes, toys, tools,
machinery, appliances, equipment and building materials.
3. One enclosed portable personal storage unit may be placed on property located in an
historic district at the rear of the property for up to six (6) months if the property has
been issued and maintains in effect an active building permit. Portable personal storage
units shall be screened from view and must receive approval in advance from the
Planning Department. Portable personal storage unit dimensions shall not exceed
8'x8'x10'.
4. RVs and Boats shall be parked in areas not visible from the public right -of -way, or
screened by a six (6) foot high fence. However, it is the intent of this regulation to
facilitate for residents of the historic district the enjoyment and use of recreational
vehicles and boats while still maintaining the historical appearance of the district.
Therefore, RVs and boats may be parked in front of residential structures for not more
than two (2) days per calendar week.
SECTION 15.0 THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA)
The ADA extends comprehensive civil rights to individuals with disabilities. The City has a
commitment to adherence to and compliance with the ADA. Historic properties, including buildings,
sites and landscapes, are not exempt from the ADA and must comply with its regulations. Historic
properties often can be made accessible while preserving their architectural character through careful
planning and sensitive design. A three -step approach is recommended to identify and implement
accessibility modifications that will protect the integrity and historic character of historic properties:
1. Review the historical significance of the property and identify character - defining
Ord. No. 4337 S -50
03/23/2015
features. Thoroughly inspect and evaluate the character defining features, materials and
spaces of a property before upgrading it for handicap accessibility. Significant materials,
the form and style of the property, the principal elevations, major architectural and
landscape features and the principal public spaces shall be the items identified for
preservation.
2. Assess the property's existing and required level of accessibility. While inspecting a
property, features, materials, and spaces of less significance to the historic character of
the property shall also be identified. Non - significant spaces, secondary pathways,
additions, previous altered areas, utilitarian spaces, and service areas can usually be
modified without threatening or destroying a property's historical significance.
3. Evaluate accessibility options within a preservation context. Modifications for
handicap accessibility shall be compatible with the property. They shall be in scale with
the property, visually compatible in terms of their design and materials, but be
differentiated from the original. They shall be reversible so that if removed in the future,
the essential form and integrity of the property would be unimpaired.
Congress recognized the national interest in preserving historic properties when it enacted the ADA.
Congress established alternative minimum requirements for qualified historic properties that cannot
physically be made accessible without threatening or destroying their significance.
Modifications for handicap accessibility shall be compatible with the property and reversible. They shall
be in scale with the property, visually compatible in terms of their design and materials, but be
differentiated from the original. They shall be reversible so that if removed in the future, the essential
form and integrity of the property would be unimpaired.
Properties listed in or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places and those designated
under state or local law are qualified historic properties. Owners of qualified historic properties must
first consult with the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) before using the alternative minimum
requirements. If the SHPO determines that compliance with the full accessibility requirements would
threaten or destroy the significance of a building or facility, the following alternative minimum
requirements may be used:
• One accessible route must be provided from a site access point to an accessible entrance.
Using a ramp with a one to six (1:6) slope is permissible for a run of up to two feet (2').
• One accessible entrance must be provided. If it is not possible to make the public
entrance accessible, then an alternative, unlocked entrance is acceptable. Directional
signage at the primary entrance and a notification system at the accessible entrance must
be provided.
• If toilets are provided, only one must be accessible, and it may be unisex.
• Public spaces on the level of the accessible entrance must be accessible, and other public
levels shall be accessible whenever practicable.
• Displays and written information shall be located where a seated person can see them.
Horizontal signage shall be no higher then forty -four (44) inches above the floor.
In limited circumstances, if it is determined in consultation with the SHPO that compliance with the
alternative minimum requirements would also threaten or destroy the significance of a historic building,
alternative methods of access may be used. The alternative methods of accessibility that may be used to
make a buildings program and activities accessible include:
Ord. No. 4337 S -51
03/23/2015
Using audio - visual materials and devices to show inaccessible areas of a historic
property.
Assigning persons to guide individuals with disabilities into or through inaccessible areas
of a historic property.
Adopting other innovative methods.
APPENDIX A:
CHARACTERISTICS OF ARCHITECTURAL STYLES COMMONLY FOUND IN
SANFORD
Ord. No. 4337 S -52
03/23/2015
A. Frame Vernacular
cross -gable louvred
extension vent side gable
__ _ roof
2 over 2
double -hung
sash window
brick pier entrant
foundation offset
1. Plan
• Rectangular and L- shaped building plans, although some buildings have irregular
plans.
• Buildings range from one to two -and- one -half stories. f t Wood
r�
2. Foundation
uL Yes
• Brick or concrete block pier foundation.
• Spaces between piers left open to allow for ventilation
and for protection from high water.
1 'No
3. Porches and Facades a = Y� - n
• Most common are simple entrance or end porches. Porch Deck and Pilings
• Columns typically narrow and made of wood; usually
spaced evenly across the fagade, with few details. 9
• In most cases, porches were built without railings. Yes
4. Roof �` �T u`
• Earlier period homes have steep pitches, to accommodate ��
attic space.
• Later period homes have a lowered roof pitch. No
• Rafter ends are unadorned, exposed, and extend beyond -, t #
the face of the wall.
• Wood shingles were often used to cover the roofs in early Balustrade
homes.
• Metal shingles or metal sheets were used on later
period structures, or as a replacement roof material.
5. Exterior Material Primary exterior material is horizontal
wood siding; less common are wood shingles and board
gloss �]
and batten.
6. Windows and Doors 9t °35 U
• Generally, double -hung sash windows made of wood.
• Windows are spaced evenly along all facades. ®� on-
• • Windows are either single -pane, two (2) or (4) pane. Doors contain recessed wood panels.
Frame Vernacular Doors
Ord. No. 4337 5 -53
03/23/2015
7. Color Colors range in the pastel family from light whites, yellows and grays to light
pastel colors.
8. Exterior Decoration Sparse, limited to ornamental woodwork.
9.
Local Examples
B. Masonry Vernacular
Rusticate
Masonry
1. Plan. Rectangular and L- shaped building plans
2. Foundation. Foundation is usually a continuous slab, brick or concrete.
3. Porches and Facades. Buildings range from one to two stories.
4. Roof.
• Gable or hip roofs.
• Pitched roof surfaces are covered with composition shingles, diamond composition
shingles, metal, or wood shakes.
• Chimneys are coquina or brick and may be finished with stucco.
5. Exterior The primary exterior materials used are brick with common or running bond;
stucco with rough texture; or concrete block with rusticated rock -face.
6. Windows and Doors
• Fixed multi -pane, double -hung sash six over six, three over one, two over two or one
over one (6/6, 3/1, 2/2 or 1 /1).
• Transoms, fanlights and attic louvers are common.
• Jalousie windows, French doors and simple balconies are used occasionally.
Ord. No. 4337 S -54
03/23/2015
7. Color Colors range in the stucco- colored pastel family from light yellows, oranges,
browns and grays.
8. Exterior Decoration Detailing is simple, usually consisting of cast concrete or
ornamental brick corbels.
9. Local Example
C. Craftsman Bungalow
low-pitched
gabled root
with wide e,
overhang
exposed
roof rafte
full or partial
width porche
with square columns
beams
les
ses
ground
1. Plan
• Usually rectangular.
• One (1) or one - and -a -half (1 '' /z) story.
2. Foundation
• Masonry (often brick) piers.
• Spaces between piers left open for ventilation and for protection from high water.
3. Porches and Facades
• Porches are often the most prominent architectural feature of the house.
• Porches are attached to the main fagade and sometimes wrapped around the side.
• Porches are wide enough to feel like an outside room.
• Porches dominated by short, oversized tapered or square columns which rest on
massive masonry piers.
Ord. No. 4337 S -55
03/23/2015
4.
5.
6.
• Columns are made of wood, concrete, or masonry.
• Railings and balusters are occasionally used.
Roof
• Low - pitched
• Four types of roofs associated with bungalow:
• Hip roof over one- and -a -half story, with a low dormer on the main fagade;
• One (1) or more gables perpendicular to the street, with one being the most
dominant, usually above the porch;
• Gable parallel to the street with cross gable intersecting; cross gable typically
covers the front porch and entrance to the building;
• Large one -and -a half (1 'h) story home with a gable parallel to the street and
incorporating a dormer.
Rafter ends extend beyond the face of the wall, often decoratively cut.
May be wood, composition, or metal shingles, or crimped metal panels.
Chimneys are typically brick, with simple decorative caps.
Exterior
• Wood siding and clapboard are the most common exterior wall surface materials.
• Different siding on the first and second floors — wooden clapboards on the first floor
and wooden shingles on the second- although only one material is also common.
Windows and Doors
• Wood windows, either double -hung or
casement sash.
• Windows often grouped in clusters of
two or three windows.
• Windows can be single -pane, two (2)
or four (4) pane; the upper sashes may
be multiple -pane with the lower sashes
single pane.
• Simple doors, often with panes of
glass.
N L11111
Typical Doors
Typical Windows
7. Color
• Houses with different siding materials often received two different paint colors.
These houses usually have natural colors such as earth- browns, moss greens, sand
yellows, and terra cotta reds. The body of the house is often unpainted with stained
shingles in brown or red. These colors were less saturated and earthier than
Victorian -era colors.
• While trim colors were used to bring out architectural details, they were chosen to
complement the overall color scheme rather than to emphasize specific architectural
elements. Trim colors were often white, light yellow, gray and light green. Doors
were left unpainted and were varnished.
Ord. No. 4337 S -56
03/23/2015
8. Exterior Decoration
• Great degree of ornamentation, but the ornament was used to emphasize the structure
and construction of the building rather than to adorn for the sake of adornment.
• Carved rafter ends.
• Decorative gable end trim.
• Window surrounds.
• Column base and capitals.
9. Local Examples
D. Queen Anne
partial or —�
full -width
one -story
high porch
extended r
along one
or both side walls
1. Plan.
• Two (2) to three - and -a -half (3 '' /2) stories.
• Rambling, asymmetrical plan.
• Vertical orientation.
• Irregular massing of the building and forms.
roof with
dominant
front - facing
gable
shingles
2. Foundation
• Simple brick piers; concrete piers used at later times.
• Spaces between piers left open to allow for ventilation and for protection from high
water.
3. Porches and Facades
• Porches usually one (1) story high. Sometimes
small second floor balconies and porches are
present.
• Partial or full -width across the front of the home;
may wrap either one or both sides of the building.
Ord. No. 4337 5 -57
03/23/2015
Porch columns
• Porch is intended to accentuate the characteristic asymmetrical fagade.
• Main entrance always included in the porch area.
• Simple, classical columns sometimes grouped and raised to the railing level with
pedestals.
• Simple railings; occasionally, turned spindles.
4. Roof
• Most common form is steeply - pitched main hipped
roof with one or more lower cross gables;
occasionally a pyramidal roof with no ridge, or a
small flat deck crowning the main hip roof.
• Polygonal towers typically placed at one corner of
the front fagade, with a conical roof.
• Multiple dormers and gables.
• Metal or composition shingles.
• Brick chimneys with decorative patterns or
coursing, decorated chimney caps.
+qtr 'a�..��'�•*r +��
Gable Ends
5. Exterior
• Horizontal wood siding is most common.
• May combine several types of siding materials (shingles, clapboard, and decorative
wood panels) on one house.
6. Windows and Doors
• Typically, double -hung wood sash
windows with single and divided panes.
• Windows may be a mixture of sizes and
shapes.
• Queen Anne window, consisting of a single
large pane surrounded by smaller
rectangular panes.
• Decorative glass, such as diamond - shaped
panes or stained glass, is common.
• Windows are detailed with simple
moldings.
• Doors have decorative carvings and details
often with glass panes in the upper part of
the door.
Queen Anne
Jndow and Door
7. Exterior Decoration
• Eclecticism is the keynote of the Queen Anne style.
• Varied and decoratively rich, with picturesque and asymmetrical silhouettes shaped
by turrets, towers, gables and bays.
• Decorative shingle patterns in the gable ends.
• Decorative bargeboards.
• Sunburst detailing.
• Triangular pediments.
• Iron roof cresting.
8. Color
• Rich, intense and fairly strong, and contrasting colors were used to bring out
different architectural elements. Deep browns, saturated olives, yellow ochres and
Ord. No. 4337 5 -58
03/23/2015
9.
rich brick reds were color choices for the Victorian era.
• The body of the building often would be medium gray, dark red, dark blue, dark
green or brown. While not brilliant, these colors were highly saturated and created a
sumptuous, rich palette.
• Architectural elements such as window sashes, trim and carved ornaments are
painted in contrasting colors — either darker or lighter — to draw attention to them.
These colors for trim were often dark gray, dark brown, olive green, or dark red.
• Because the roof is often very visible in Victorian buildings, shingle colors and
patterns shall likewise be taken into consideration in selecting a palette.
• Doors were usually left unpainted, or were varnished or grained.
Local Examples
E. Classical Revival
oval
brick
sill ,
splap
arch -
lintel
casement
window
1. Plan
• Based on Greek and Roman architectural orders.
• Plan is regular, rectangular or nearly square.
2. Foundation
• The foundation is usually of piers or continuous, made of brick or concrete.
• Usually tall foundations, which exaggerate the height of the front fagade.
3. Porches and Facades
• The doorway, cornice line and type of column are the three principal distinguishing
features.
• Entry porch dominates the front fagade and normally equals it in height.
• Porch roof usually supported by four simple columns (Roman Doric or Tuscan
types), each with a shallow square base.
Ord. No. 4337 S -59
03/23/2015
• Columns support a prominent centered gable.
• Semi - circular or elliptical fanlight normally occurs above the paneled front door.
• One or two stories, simple rectilinear houses with side -gable or low- pitched hipped
roofs, having the characteristic full- height entry porch.
• Occasionally the front porch is recessed inward.
4. Roof
Front or side -gable or low- pitched hipped roofs.
5. Exterior
• Wall materials may be either wood, brick, stucco, or stone, in order of decreasing
frequency.
• The primary exterior material is usually horizontal wood siding or smooth masonry.
6. Windows and Doors
• Double -hung sash windows aligned horizontally and vertically in symmetrical rows,
usually five (5) ranked on front facade, less commonly three (3) ranked or seven (7)
ranked.
• Prominent fanlight over the front door.
• Fixed upper sashes and movable lower sashes, the later held open originally by metal
pins.
• Windows frequently arranged with 9 panes (9/9), although other combinations were
also found (9/6, 6/9).
• Windows sometimes have elaborate decorative crowns placed above them — cornice
mold or decorative frieze. Full -scale pediments are uncommon.
• Wooden frames.
7. Exterior Decoration
The exterior detailing is usually classically derived full- facade height ionic columns.
8. Color
• Usually white, pale yellow, or pale stone gray in the body of the building.
• Trim color is usually white - yellowish, or off - white, not our modern stark white -and
shutters are dark green or black.
• Ornament color is usually cream or warm white.
9. Local Example
Ord. No. 4337 S -60
03/23/2015
F. Colonial Revival
windows with
multi -pane glazing
i
accented front - - "- — '=
door with decorative
crown supported by
pilasters or extended
and supported by columns
windows in
adjacent pairs
1. Plan
• Plan is regular, rectangular or nearly square.
• Height is two (2) to two and one half (2 %2) stories.
• Entrance stairs typically centered on the main fagade.
2. Foundation
• The foundation is usually of brick piers or continuous brick. Concrete piers used at
later times.
• Spaces between piers left open to allow for ventilation and for protection from high
water.
3. Porches and Facades
• Based on the marble architecture of Greece and Rome.
• May be portico /simple entry porches, or may stretch the length of the building.
• May have a porch on the rear.
• Simple, classical columns spaced evenly across the front fagade.
• Simple railings and balusters, when present
• Symmetrical fagade.
4. Roof
• Gable, hip or gambrel roof.
• Roof over porch is typically shed or low- sloped hip roof.
• Dormers with hip, gable or shed roofs are a defining characteristic.
• Rafter ends are typically exposed and decoratively cut.
• Composition shingles are the most often used; occasional metal roof coverings.
Chimneys are brick with simple coursing, shoulder and corbel details.
5. Exterior The primary exterior material is usually horizontal wood siding or shingles
6. Windows and Doors
• Paired double -hung wood sash windows with six over six (6/6) or two
over two (2/2) divided panes; occasionally the upper sash is divided LLJ
while the lower is a single pane.
• Windows are detailed with simple molding.
• Windows sometimes framed by wooden or wrought iron grills.
Window
Ord. No. 4337 S -61
03/23/2015
Doors often flanked by fixed glass sidelights, surrounded by simple classical trim.
i
7. Exterior Decoration
The exterior detailing is usually classically derived columns, pediments, broken
pediments and wood shutters.
S. Color
• Usually white, pale yellow, tan, or pale stone gray in the body of the building.
• Trim color is usually white - yellowish, or off - white, not our modern stark white -and
shutters are dark green or black.
• Doors were usually left unpainted, or were varnished or grained — olive green.
9.
Local Examples
G. Spanish Colonial Revival (Spanish Eclectic)
wrought -iron
balcony
bracket
quatrefoil
window
Ord. No. 4337 5 -62
03/23/2015
1. Plan
• Rectangular, L- shape.
• Partially enclosed patios and gardens /courtyards.
2. Foundation
• Masonry; not exposed.
3. Porches and Facades
• One (1) and two (2) stories are both common, as are wings of differing heights.
• Typically one (1) or more prominent arches placed above door or principal window,
or beneath porch roof.
• Fagade normally asymmetrical.
• Tile- roofed chimney tops.
• Overhanging balconies.
4. Roof
• Red clay barrel tile (half - cylinders) or Spanish the (S -curve shape).
• Low pitched roof, usually with no eave overhang.
• Side gable, cross - gabled, combination hipped- and - gabled, hipped and flat roof.
• Multi -level roofs.
• Narrow, tile- covered shed roofs are typically added to flat roof structures. These are
placed above entryways or projecting windows.
5. Exterior
• Wall surface usually stucco; textured stucco.
• Wrought iron work on balconies.
• Arcades, usually leading to a rear garden.
• Sometimes exterior stairs.
6. Windows and Doors
• Dramatically carved doors.
• Doors usually emphasized by adjacent spiral columns, pilasters, carved stonework, or
patterned tiles. Less elaborate entrance doors of heavy wood panels, sometimes
arched above, are also common.
• Doors leading to the exterior gardens, patios, and balconies are usually paired and
glazed with multiple panes of rectangular glass. .
�''�
III
i �
I �
��I �>•i
,•� •�
�
i
�
� � �
�
l����
�
r■
..
I
1 1111
�.
• Many examples have at least one (1) large focal window. Commonly - tripled arched
or parabolic in shape and may be filled with stained glass of varying design.
• Decorative window grilles of wood or iron are common, as are similar balustrades on
cantilevered balconies, which occur in a variety of shapes and sizes.
Ord. No. 4337 S -63
03/23/2015
7. Exterior Decoration
• Decorative details borrowed from the entire history
(Moorish, Byzantine, Gothic, or Renaissance inspiration).
• Decorative brick or tile vents and rondels.
• Decorative iron sconces, door knockers, etc.
• Fountains.
• Decorative pavers.
11011 ,
I'M
�ttintfnta ��
IIII� }I I � Y
11111111111 r � :__.__-
of Spanish architecture
8. Color
Range in the pastel family from light pinks and oranges to deep browns and terra - cottas.
9. Local Example
H. Mission Style
Associated with a wide variety of buildings including churches, train stations, government
buildings, and private residences.
l
shaped red
� s�� -, ,, � __ �. _ _ _. �._ _.__. _
Mission - °_ " the
dormer "' ° roof
w� -
or roof
parapet - wide
�r overhanging
eaves
porches-.
supported smooth stucco
by large __. wall surface
square piers
Ord. No. 4337 5 -64
03/23/2015
1. Plan
Simple square or rectangular plans.
2. Foundation. Masonry; not exposed.
3. Porches and Facades
• Two types of fagade:
• Symmetrical - Balanced, symmetrical fagade; most commonly of simple square
or rectangular plan with hipped roofs.
• Asymmetrical — The fagade asymmetry is superimposed on a simple square or
rectangular plan. Elaborate, rambling compound plans are found in some.
• Great variety of dormers and roof parapets.
• Prominent one -story porches either at the entry area or covering the full width of the
fagade; these sometimes have arched roof supports to simulate the arcades of
Hispanic buildings.
4. Roof
• Some examples have unusual visor roofs. These are narrow, tiled roof segments
cantilevered out from a smooth wall surface. They most commonly occur beneath
the parapets of flat roofs.
• Open eaves are most common. However, boxed eaves also occur, usually with
brackets below.
• Mission -like bell towers occur on a few cases.
5. Exterior
• Brick and stucco are the most common materials used. Very few Mission houses
used stone.
• Shaped parapets.
• Arches.
• Smooth, flat wall surfaces.
6. Windows and Doors
• Quatrefoil windows are common.
• Arched windows
7. Color. Colors range in the pastel family from light whites, creams and yellows to grays
and light pastel colors.
8. Exterior Decoration
Decorative detailing is generally absent, although patterned tiles, carved stonework, or
other wall surface ornament is occasionally used.
9. Local Examples
Ord. No. 4337 S -65
03/23/2015
I. Romanesque Revival
Popular style for private homes only among the very wealthy, and was primarily confined to
public buildings such as hospitals, jails and schools, and sometimes row houses.
round conical
rooted towers
ched windows,
)rch supports,
id entrances
rough faced
masonry walls
1. Plan. Asymmetrical plan
Inspired by medieval French and Spanish Romanesque architecture.
2. Foundation
Continuous foundation of stone or brick.
3. Porches and Facades
• Asymmetrical facade.
• Most have towers that are normally round with conical roofs. Some have polygonal
or squared towers.
• Wide, round - topped arches occurring over windows, porch supports, or entrance.
• Most commonly, the arches rest on squat columns, but some are supported on
massive piers or are incorporated directly into wall surfaces.
• Column capitals and wall surfaces may be ornamented with floral or other decorative
details.
• Monumental massive appearance
4. Roof
• Hipped roofs with one or more lower cross gables. Most commonly there are two
cross gables, one front facing and the other side - facing, each asymmetrically paced
on its respective facade.
• Other common roofs include side- gabled, cross - gabled, mansard, and simple hipped
roofs.
• Tower roofs are usually conical, but may be convex.
5. Exterior
• Masonry walls, usually with rough- faced, squared stonework.
• Frequently two (2) or more colors or textures of stone or brick are combined to create
decorative wall patterns.
6. Windows and Doors
Windows are usually deeply recessed into the masonry wall and have only a single
pane of glass per sash.
Arched windows, sometimes with small decorative columns (colonettes) on each
side. Groupings of three or more arched or rectangular windows is common.
Deeply recessed windows
Ord. No. 4337 S -66
03/23/2015
• Arched doors
7. Color
The primary exterior color and material is natural brick
8. Exterior Decoration
• Decorative plaques
• Decorative flashing ridge on roof.
9. Local Example
J. Prairie Style
low-pitched-
roof with wide —
;,
eave overhang c.E - -- -•
two stories
with one -story - " _ . i„
-- horizontaliry
porches
rli emphasized
in details
square
porch
1. Plan
Simple square or rectangular.
2. Foundation
Continuous foundation of concrete or brick.
3. Porches and Facades
• Two (2) stories, with one (1) story wings or porches.
• Horizontal decorative emphasis achieved by using contrasting caps on porch and
balcony railings; contrasting wood trim between stories; horizontal board -and -batten
siding; contrasting colors on eaves and cornice; and selective recessing of only the
horizontal masonry joints.
• Eaves, cornices, and fagade detailing emphasizing horizontal lines.
• Massive square or rectangular piers of masonry used to support porch roofs.
Typical Porch Supports
Ord. No. 4337 5 -67
03/23/2015
4. Roof
• Low- pitched roof, usually hipped, with widely
overhanging eaves (peak sometimes projecting
farther than the lower edges).
• Broad, flat chimneys.
5. Exterior
• Primary exterior material is exposed brick or stucco.
• Contrasting wall materials or trim emphasizing the upper part of the upper story.
• Horizontal patterns in wall materials.
6. Windows and Doors
• Tall casement windows with geometric pattern of small -pane window glazing (in
leaded casement windows, or upper sashes of wooden muntin, double -hung
windows).
• Decorative friezes or door surrounds consisting of bands of carved geometric or
stylized floral ornamentation.
• Horizontal rows of windows, sometimes wrapping around corners.
a
E:1
9.
Ord. No. 4337
03/23/2015
11 7l,071111
Ell
- �il
LIMMMMI
Typical Windows & Doors
Color
Colors are natural browns and tans. Brown was used for trims, and dark green for sashes.
Exterior Decoration
Window boxes or flattened pedestal urns for flowers.
Local Example
5 -68
K. Commercial
double -hung
sash window
fixed plate
glass display
window
kick p
ouble door
entrance
cornice
lintel
-sill
string
course
1. Plan
Rectangular plan.
2. Foundation
Continuous concrete slab or brick foundation.
3. Facade
• Narrow front elevation facing the main street, which is the focus of the design and
provides the building's identifying features.
• One to two stories in height.
4. Roof
Usually flat with parapet.
5. Exterior
Primary exterior material is brick with common or running bond; rough textured stucco;
or rusticated rock -faced concrete block.
6. Windows and Doors
Fixed plate glass display windows in the first floor, and double -hung sash windows in
the second floor.
7. Color
Colors are either exposed brick or painted brick with colors ranging from whites, reds,
and pastels.
S. Exterior Decoration
• Awnings, canopies.
• Cornice.
9. Local Examples
Ord. No. 4337 S -69
03/23/2015
APPENDIX B
DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDINGS PROPOSED FOR
DEMOLITION AND STANDARDS FOR ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTATION
PURPOSE
These standards concern the development of documentation for historic buildings and structures which
are proposed for demolition due to deterioration or the acquisition of a site for new purposes. This
documentation, which usually consists of dimensioned drawings, photographs and written data, provides
important information on a property's significance for use by scholars, researchers, historians, architects
and others interested in preserving and understanding our past.
TYPES OF DOCUMENTATION
There are four levels of documentation available for use in recording historic buildings a determined by
the Historic American Building Survey (NABS). For most purposes, Level III will be acceptable. This
determination will be made, however, on a case by case basis by the Bureau of Historic Preservation
prior to any actual demolition activity; that is, at the time of the request for demolition. For those
structures not falling within the purview of the Bureau, the reader is encouraged to use that level of
documentation best suited to the structure under consideration.
Level I measured drawings usual depict existing conditions through the use of a site plan, floor,
plans, elevations sections and construction details.
Level II documentation differs from Level I by substituting copies of existing drawings (either original
or alteration drawings) for recently executed measured drawings. While existing drawings are rarely as
suitable as as -built drawings, they are adequate in many cases for documentation purposes.
Level 111 documentation requires a sketch plan if it helps to explain the structure. The architectural Data
Form (see Attachment A) should supplement the photographs by explaining what is not readily visible.
Level IV documentation consists of a HABS inventory card and photograph only.
GUIDELINES FOR IMPLEMENTING THESE STANDARDS DEFINITIONS
Architectural Data Form. See Attachment A
Documentation. Documentation consists of measured drawings, photographs, histories, inventory cards
or other media that depicts historic buildings, sites, structures or objects.
Field Photography. Photography other than large format intended for the purpose of documentation:
usually 35 mm.
Field Record. Notes of measurements taken, field photographs and other recorded information
intended for the purpose of producing documentation.
Inventory Card. A one page narrative which includes written data, a sketched site plan and a 35 mm
contact print dry- mounted on the page; the negative, with a separate contact sheet and index shall be
included with the Inventory Card.
Ord. No. 4337 S -70
03/23/2015
Large Format Photographs. Photographs taken of historic buildings, sites, structures or objects where
the negative is 4" x 5 ", 5" x 7" or 8" x 10" in size and where the photograph is taken with appropriate
means to correct perspective distortion.
Measured Drawings. Drawings produced on NABS or Historic American Engineering Record (HAER)
formats, depicting existing conditions or other relevant features of historic buildings, sites, structures or
objects. Measured drawings are usually produced in ink on archivally stable material, such as mylar.
Photocopy. A photograph, with large format negative, of a photograph or drawing.
Select Existing Drawings. Drawings of historic buildings, sites, structures or objects, whether original
construction or later alteration drawings that portray or depict the historic value or significance.
Sketch Plan. A floor plan, generally not to exact scale, although often drawn from measurements, where
the features are shown in proper relation and proportion to one another.
STANDARD I: CONTENT
Documentation Level I:
Drawings: a full set of measured drawings depicting existing or historic conditions.
Photographs: photographs with large format negatives of exterior and interior views; photocopies
with large format negatives of select existing drawings or historic views, when available.
Written Data: history and description.
Documentation Level II:
Drawings: select existing drawings, when available, shall be photographed with large format negatives
or photographically reproduced on mylar.
Photographs: photographs with large format negatives of exterior and interior views, or historic views,
when available.
Written Data: history and description.
Documentation Level III:
Drawings: sketch plan.
Photographs: photographs with large format negatives of exterior and interior views.
Written Data: Architectural History Form.
Documentation Level IV:
Inventory Card.
STANDARD II: QUALITY
All Levels
Measured Drawings: measured drawings shall be produced from recorded, accurate measurements.
Portions of buildings that were not accessible for measurement shall not be drawn on the measured
drawings, but clearly labeled as not accessible, or drawn from available construction drawings or other
sources and so identified. No part of the measured drawings shall be produced from hypothesis or non -
measurement related activities.
Documentation level I measured drawings shall be accompanied by a set of filled notebooks in which
the measurements were first recorded. Other drawings, prepared for Documentations Levels II and III,
shall include a statement describing where the original drawings are located.
Ord. No. 4337 S -71
03/23/2015
Large format photographs: large format photographs shall clearly depict the appearance of the property
and areas of significance of the recorded building, site, structure or object. Each view shall be
perspective corrected and fully captioned, including location of camera and date photo taken.
Written history: written history and description for Documentation Levels I and II shall be based on
primary sources to the greatest extent possible. For Levels III and IV, secondary sources may provide
adequate information; it not, primary research will be necessary. A frank assessment of the reliability
and limitations of sources shall be included. Within written history, statements shall be footnoted as to
their sources where appropriate. The written data shall include a methodology section, specifying name
of researcher, date of research, sources searched and limitations of the project.
STANDARD III: MATERIALS
All Levels
Measured drawings: readily reproducible: ink on translucent material which is archivally stable, such as
mylar. There are two standard sizes for measured drawings, 19" x 24" and 24" x 36 ". Level III sketch
plans may be on archival bond paper.
Large formatphotographs: readily reproducible: prints shall be accompanied by negatives. Photography
must be archivally processed and stored. Negatives shall be on safety film only. Neither rosin coated
paper nor color film is acceptable. There are three sizes which may be used, 4" x
5", 5" x 7" or 8" x 10 ".
Written history and description: readily reproducible for xeroxing or photocopying. Archival bond paper
shall be used in 8 1/2" x 11 " size.
Field Records: field notebooks may be photocopied or xeroxed and may be of any size up to 9 1/2" x
12 ".
STANDARD IV: PRESENTATION
All Levels
Measured drawings: shall be lettered mechanically or hand printed in an equivalent style. Level III
sketch plans shall be neat and orderly.
Photographs: Level I Photographs shall include a duplicate set which includes a scale. Level II and III
Photographs shall include at least one photograph with a scale, preferably the front facade.
Written history and description: shall be typed.
Ord. No. 4337 S -72
03/23/2015
HISTORY AND HISTORICAL NARRATIVE
Site Name
Site Address
Location
Subdivision name block no. lot no.
County
District name if applicable
Site Owner:
Name
Address
Type of Ownership
Recorder:
Name and Title
Address
Architect [if known]
Builder [if known] _
Style and /or Period
Plan Type
Orientation
Foundation
Structural System(s)
Exterior Fabric(s)
Roof Type
Secondary Roof Structure(s)
Porches
Survey Date
Ord. No. 4337 S -73
03/23/2015
Recording Date
I ■ ■ F:7-
Pm
SON
■ ■il�
SCHEDULE U
OVERLAY DISTRICTS
SECTION 1.0 PURPOSE AND APPLICABILITY
An overlay district is a defined geographic area that, due to its unique character, quality,
resources or needs warrants specific recognition and /or management through the use of special
standards and regulations. The special standards and regulations are in addition to the underlying
zoning regulations and standards. Where there is a conflict between the zoning regulations and
the overlay district regulations, the overlay district regulations apply.
The provisions of this Schedule shall apply to the entire parcel when all or a portion of a
proposed development, or modification thereto, is located in an overlay district.
SECTION 2.0 LAKE MARY BOULEVARD AND WEST S. R. 46/RINEHART
ROAD OVERLAY DISTRICTS
A. Applicability.
Lake Mary Boulevard - The Lake Mary Boulevard overlay district includes all lands
located within the Sanford City Limits that lie within three hundred and twenty (320) feet
of the centerline of Lake Mary Boulevard between the CSX Railroad Line near Country
Club Road and the intersection of State Road 46 and County Road 415. If any part of
any parcel abuts the right -of -way line of the designated roadway, the entire parcel shall
be subject to this Part as if the parcel were wholly within the stated corridor.
West S.R. 46 /Rinehart Road Gateway - The S.R. 46 /West First Street overlay district
includes all lands located within the Sanford City Limits that lie within three hundred and
twenty (320) feet of the centerline of S.R. 46 between the Interchange at I -4 and Airport
Boulevard (existing) and Rinehart Road. If any part of any parcel abuts the right -of -way
line of the designated roadway, the entire parcel shall be subject to this Part as if the
parcel were wholly within the stated corridor.
B. Purpose. The purpose of this overlay district is to insure that these gateway corridors are
developed in a manner which:
1. Insures the roadway is developed into a well landscaped, scenic gateway;
2. Provides uniform design standards to establish high quality development;
3. Prevents visual pollution 'caused by unplanned and uncoordinated uses, buildings
and structures;
U -1
Ordinance No, 4337
03/23/15
4. Maximizes traffic circulation functions from the standpoint of safety, roadway
capacity, vehicular and non - vehicular movement;
5. Maintains and enhances property values;
6. Preserves natural features to the extent practicable; and
7. Recognizes and makes allowances for existing uses and buildings.
C. Building Setbacks. The front yard building setback shall be a minimum of fifty (50)
feet. Such front yard building setback shall be greater than fifty (50) feet if a more
restrictive setback is required as set forth in this ordinance, as part of a stipulation or
condition of development, or as required in Schedule C.
D. Street -Side Landscape Buffer.
1. Lake Mary Boulevard
a. A minimum fifteen (15) foot landscape buffer, or greater if provided by
this ordinance, shall be provided in the area abutting the designated
roadway right -of -way lines. Landscape buffer width may be reduced to a
minimum of ten (10) feet only if the lot or tract is less than two hundred
(200) feet in depth.
b. The developer /property owner shall be responsible for the purchase,
installation, maintenance and irrigation of all required landscaping.
C. The landscape buffer area shall be planted with live oaks, of four (4) inch
diameter twelve (12) inches above grade at planting, along a line ten (10)
feet back from the right -of -way line. The trees shall be planted every forty
(40) feet and staggered so as to be midway between any live oaks planted
in the adjacent right -of -way. A minimum of four (4) sub- canopy trees per
one hundred (100) feet of frontage shall be planted in and about access
points and intersections. Unless otherwise noted herein, all landscaping
shall comply with Schedule J- Landscape, Buffer and Tree Requirements
of the Sanford Land Development Regulations including landscape
materials planted under power lines.
d. No existing, dedicated or reserved public or private right -of -way shall be
included in calculation of the buffer width.
e. The corridor buffer area may include minor storm water retention features
only.
f. If parking abuts the buffer, a continuous shrub hedge shall be arranged or
planted so that a height of three (3) feet will be attained within one (1)
U -2
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
year of planting so as to screen a minimum of seventy -five percent (75 %)
of the parking area, to that height, as viewed from the right -of -way.
g. Existing vegetation may be used to meet these requirements.
2. West S.R. 46 and Rinehart Road
a. A minimum twenty -five (25) foot landscape buffer, or greater if provided
by this ordinance, shall be provided in the area abutting the designated
roadway right -of -way lines. Landscape buffer width may be reduced to a
minimum of fifteen (15) feet only if the lot is less than two hundred (200)
feet deep.
b. The developer /property owner shall be responsible for the purchase,
installation, maintenance and irrigation of all required landscaping.
C. The landscape buffer area shall be planted with two (2) rows of live oaks,
of four (4) inch diameter twelve (12) inches above grade at planting. The
trees shall be planted every fifty (50) feet and staggered so as to be
midway between each other, and equal distance between each row and
right -of -way. A minimum of four (4) sub - canopy trees per one hundred
(100) feet of frontage shall be planted in and about access points and
intersections. Unless otherwise noted herein, all landscaping shall comply
with Schedule J, Landscape, Buffer and Tree Requirements, of the Sanford
Land Development Regulations including landscape materials planted
under power lines.
d. No existing, dedicated or reserved public or private right -of -way shall be
included in calculation of the buffer width.
The corridor buffer area may include minor storm water retention features
only.
f. If parking abuts the buffer, a continuous shrub hedge shall be arranged or
planted so that a height of three (3) feet will be attained within one (1)
year of planting so as to screen a minimum of seventy -five percent (75 %)
of the parking area, to that height, as viewed from the right -of -way.
g. Existing vegetation may be used to meet these requirements.
E. Parking. Parking lots shall be designed and landscaped according to the following
criteria:
1. A minimum of ten percent (10 %) of all parking area and entryways shall be
landscaped. Landscape material shall be selected from the list of plants in
Appendix 1 of Schedule J.
U -3
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
2. Parking bays shall not be larger than forty (40) spaces.
3. Landscape Breaks. Perimeter landscaped parking breaks shall be a maximum of
two hundred (200) square feet in area, planted with one (1) canopy tree and a
maximum of twenty (20) spaces apart.
a. Internal landscaped breaks shall be a minimum of four hundred (400)
square feet planted with one (1) canopy tree, two to three (2 -3) inches in
diameter twelve (12) inches above grade, for every landscape break and a
minimum of three (3) shrubs for every landscaped break. Internal breaks
shall be a maximum of twenty (20) spaces apart.
b. Diamond landscaped breaks shall be placed every ten (10) spaces
internally, shall be eight (8) feet by eight (8) feet and shall be planted with
one (1) canopy tree.
C. Preservation - Existing vegetation may be used to meet these
requirements.
4. Lighting - Parking lot lighting shall be designed as follows: Illumination onto
adjacent properties shall not exceed 0.5 foot - candles. Cut -off fixtures are required
to conceal the actual source of the light which reduces glare and to direct the light
to specific areas while shielding other areas. The maximum height of the light
pole shall be twenty -five (25) feet, including the base. The minimum setback of
the light source from the property line shall be a horizontal distance of twenty
(20) feet.
F. Signage. Signs shall be erected or installed according to the following criteria. Unless
otherwise specified herein, signs shall comply with provisions in Schedule K of the
Sanford Land Development Regulations.
Wall Signs - The maximum allowable wall sign area is one and one -half (1.5)
square feet for every one (1) linear foot of tenant frontage or building length of
the primary facade. The maximum amount of wall signage permitted for any
building or tenant shall not exceed one hundred fifty (150) square feet.
A single occupant or anchor tenant with a primary building facade of more than
one hundred (100) linear feet may have an additional wall sign of no more than
fifty (50) square feet over each customer entrance. No more than three additional
signs are permitted.
2. Ground Signs. Only one ground sign shall be allowed per parcel with four
hundred (400) feet or less road frontage. If a parcel's road frontage exceeds four
hundred (400) feet a maximum of two ground signs shall be allowed, but no
closer than Three hundred (300) feet apart. Ground signs along intersecting
U -4
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
roadways which are greater than three hundred twenty (320) feet from the
corridor roadway centerline must demonstrate that the sign is not visible from the
corridor roadway and that the sign is directed to be viewed from the intersecting
street.
a. Vertical structure supports for ground signs shall be concealed in an
enclosed base. The width of such enclosed base shall be equal to at least
two- thirds (2/3) the horizontal width of the sign surface. A planter
structure shall enclose the foot of the base. The planter shall be between
two (2) and three (3) feet in height above the ground, with a minimum
length equal to the width of the sign and a minimum width of three (3)
feet. The base and planter shall be of brick or half - block.
b. Any external above ground light source shall be located and hidden within
the planter bed. Light sources located outside the planter bed shall be in a
burial fixture.
The maximum height of the entire sign structure shall be fifteen (15) feet.
d. The planter setback shall be a minimum equal to or greater than the height
of the sign.
e. The maximum allowable ground sign area shall be one and one half (1.5)
square feet per one (1) linear foot of building frontage but shall not exceed
seventy -five (75) square feet for a single- tenant development and one
hundred (100) square feet for a multi - tenant development. Ground sign
base, sides and top are excluded from the sign area calculation.
f. Movement - No ground sign nor its part shall move, rotate or use flashing
lights.
g. Illumination - Sign lights shall be focused, directed, and so arranged as to
prevent glare or direct illumination or traffic hazard from said lights onto
residential districts or onto the abutting roadways. No flashing or
pulsating light shall be permitted on any sign.
h. Prohibited Signs - Include the following signs as outlined in Schedule K of
the Sanford Land Development Regulations: Animated sign, billboard,
flashing sign, snipe signs, sandwich sign and portable sign, seawall sign,
beacon light, bench signs, trash receptacle signs, gutter signs, signs on
public property, immoral display, obstruction, streamers, spinners and
pennants.
i. Exempted Signs - Real estate signs.
U -5
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
Flags - Flags are permitted as follows: a maximum of one (1) state, one
(1) federal and one (1) local /county flag per parcel, each a maximum of
thirty -five (35) square feet.
G. Utility Lines. All new or relocated utility lines within the designated corridor shall be
constructed and installed beneath the surface of the ground unless it is determined by the
City that soil, topographical, or any other compelling conditions, make the underground
installation of such utility lines as prescribed herein unreasonable and impracticable.
H. Walls. All freestanding walls, sound barriers, ground sign enclosures, planters, etc.
fronting along the designated roadway or its major intersections shall be of brick or half -
block.
Alternate entrance features such as stone, metal, wood, etc., may be approved by the
Planning and Zoning Commission.
I. Residential Exempted. All residentially zoned single family lots are exempted from
meeting all standards contained in this schedule except for the burial of utility service
lines, wall requirements and the building setback requirement.
SECTION 3.0 DOWNTOWN/RIVERFRONT/MIDTOWN OVERLAY DISTRICTS
The following sections regulate specific areas within the City of Sanford. Design components
within the special districts have been crafted to provide options for development that will allow
for innovative traditional design development with the creation of three (3) new overlay districts:
Riverfront Overlay District, Midtown Overlay District and Downtown Overlay District. The
criteria shall be strictly adhered to in order to maintain the vision for the City of Sanford. The
standards will encourage connections between the waterfront, shopping, working and residential
areas.
A. Definitions. The following words, terms and phrases, when used in this division, shall
have the meanings ascribed to them in this section, except where the context clearly
indicates a different meaning.
Alley - a public or private way permanently reserved as a secondary means of access to
abutting property.
Anchor Tenant - a retail store(s) in a shopping center that is /are in excess of fifteen
thousand (15,000) square feet of gross floor area and possess at least one hundred (100)
feet of building frontage.
Block - a unit of land bounded by streets or by a combination of streets and public land,
railroad rights -of -way, waterways, or any other barrier to the continuity of development.
Block Face - the area of the block which faces a street.
U -6
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
Building Frontage - means the horizontal length of a wall of a building where such wall
faces a street. The measurement of such length is along a line parallel to the street. Where
a building is arranged to include establishments with exterior public entrances but no wall
space facing a street, the horizontal dimension of one wall of each such establishment
which faces a mall or other private way may be considered to be building frontage.
Building Height - the limit to the vertical extent of a building. The building height may
be prescribed as a maximum number of stories or as a dimension from sidewalk grade to
the eave. The height limit shall not apply to attics, raised basements, chimneys, machine
rooms, or similar structures. Decorative elements may exceed the total height of the
structure by no more than ten (10) percent of the total height of the building for structures
greater than four (4) stories and by no more than twenty (20) percent for structures four
(4) stories and less.
Building Scale - the relationship between the mass of a building and its surroundings,
including the width of street, open space, and mass of surrounding buildings.
Building Setback, Front - the distance from the street right -of -way line to the closest
point of the foundation of a building or projection thereof.
Common Open Space - squares, greens, neighborhood parks, and linear environmental
corridors.
LEED- The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building
Rating SystemTM is the nationally accepted benchmark for the design, construction, and
operation of high performance green buildings. LEED promotes a whole - building
approach to sustainability by recognizing performance in five key areas of human and
environmental health: sustainable site development, water savings, energy efficiency,
materials selection, and indoor environmental quality.
Live Work Unit - means by definition, a live /work unit accommodates residents in
addition to work activities. As a minimum, a live /work unit will need to provide
residential facilities equivalent to those provided in what is variously described as an
efficiency unit or a studio apartment.
Lot Width - the horizontal distance between side lot lines measured at the front setback.
Mass is determined by the three - dimensional bulk of a structure: height, width, and
depth.
Parapet - the extension of a false front or wall above a roof line.
Podium — in a the High Density Mixed Use Development building, the first three stories
shall be considered the podium portion of the building.
U -7
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
Principal Building - a building in which the primary use of the lot on which the building
is located is conducted.
Story(ies) — means the permitted total height of a building that is calculated by a
maximum of fourteen (14) feet per story. This can be averaged by total stories and not
required by floor.
Structure, Mixed -Use - the combination of both commercial and residential uses within
a single building of two or more stories, wherein at least 33% of the heated floor area
contains residential dwelling unit(s).
Structure, Single Use - a single use is in a building.
Tower - the High Density Mixed Use Prototype building's fourth story and higher stories
shall be considered the tower portion of the building.
Traditional Neighborhood - a compact, mixed use neighborhood where residential,
commercial and civic buildings are within close proximity to each other.
B. Applicability of Other Sections of the Land Development Code. In addition to the
standards provided herein, development within the special area districts shall be required
to meet all other applicable sections of the Land Development Code. Where any
provision of the Downtown /Riverfront design standards is in conflict with any other
standards or regulations of the Land Development Code, the Downtown/Riverfront
standards shall prevail.
The provisions of Section 15, Urban Infill, of Schedule E may not be applied to any
parcels within the Downtown /Riverfront/Midtown Areas.
For those parcels located in the Historic Commercial District, the provisions of Schedule
S shall prevail, unless otherwise noted in this schedule
Developments within the Downtown Overlay District, the Riverfront Overlay District
and the Midtown Overlay District may be approved through the planned development
process, however any development on Marina Island shall be approved through the
planned development process. The design of planned developments shall adhere to
traditional design development and shall generally conform to the downtown /riverfront
overlay standards for block development, site design, lot layout, prototype design, and
building design. Any deviation from the standards of this ordinance shall result in a
development that is beneficial to the City, enhances the character of the community in
which it is located and is superior to a project that is designed consistent with the
downtown / riverfront overlay standards.
The maximum height of structures on Marina Isle is ninety (90) feet as measured from
sidewalk grade to the rooftop including attics, mechanical equipment and raised
basements. Decorative elements may exceed the total height of the structure by no more
U -8
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
than ten (10) percent of the total height of the building for structures greater than four (4)
stories and by no more than twenty (20) percent for structures four (4) stories and less.
C. District Intent Statements. The following three (3) overlay districts are based on the
key principles of urban type development, which are walkable and designed to contain a
diverse range of housing, shopping and offices. All three districts will offer design
standards for development that provide for an efficient land use form and cost effective
delivery of urban services.
1. Riverfront Overlay District (RF). The purpose of this district is to provide for a
mixed -use area for high - density residential, offices and retail uses.
2. Midtown Overlay District (MT). The primary purpose of this district is to
encourage residential uses. This district provides for a mixed -use area for single -
family, multifamily housing, offices and neighborhood serving retail, where
appropriate, and is not in direct conflict with the residential usage.
3. Downtown Overlay District (DT). The primary purpose of this district is to
encourage commercial uses. This district provides for a mixed -use area for
single- family, multifamily housing, hotel, offices and retail, where appropriate,
and is not in direct conflict with the residential usage and the historic district.
D. Designation of Street Type. The Downtown /Riverfront Standards designate three (3)
street types that exist within the Downtown /Riverfront area. The identification of each
street type directly relates to the site design and lot layout criteria outlined in these
standards.
Designation of "A" Streets, "B" Streets and "Pedestrian Priority" Streets:
a. The following table designates existing streets within the
Downtown/Riverfront Area as an "A" Street or a "Pedestrian Priority"
street. Streets not specifically designated will be considered "B" streets.
The creation of new streets constructed on or after the effective date of
this ordinance will be updated and designated by the City.
b. "A" Streets shall have building frontage requirements, established build -to
lines and active retail on first floor, restricted parking and service uses
adjacent to an "A" street.
C. "Pedestrian Priority" Streets shall have building frontage requirements,
established build to lines, restrict parking and service uses adjacent to a
"pedestrian priority" street.
d. "B" Streets shall have no building frontage requirements. While `B"
Streets are not intended to be primary pedestrian streets, additional
U -9
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
provisions on architectural details, accessory structures, and service bays
will be provided. All streets west of French Avenue are `B" streets.
Table 1: Street Designation
Street Name
Designation
Is' Street from French Avenue to Sanford Avenue
A
Sanford Avenue rom 1St to e Street
A
French Avenue rom 2" d Street to Seminole Boulevard
A
Palmetto Avenue from 2nd Street to Commercial Street
A
Palmetto Avenue from Commercial Street to Seminole Boulevard
Pedestrian Priority
Palmetto Avenuefirom 2nd Street to 3rd Street
Pedestrian Priority
Palmetto Avenue from Seminole Boulevard to the terminus of
Lake Monroe
Pedestrian Priority
Sanford Avenue from 1St Street to Seminole Boulevard
Pedestrian Priority
Park Avenue_from Seminole Boulevard to 2nd Street
Pedestrian Priority
Fulton Street from French Avenue to Park Avenue
Pedestrian Priority
1st Street from Sanford Avenue to Mellonville
Pedestrian Priority
2 °d Street from French Avenue to Mellonville
Pedestrian Priority
San Juan Avenue from Seminole Boulevard tolst Street
Pedestrian Priority
Seminole Boulevard
Pedestrian Priority
E. Permitted Development Types. In order to reinforce the Downtown /Riverfront Area,
new development shall be organized into development blocks.
Development activity shall be regulated through these standards and shall be required to
comply with the comprehensive definition of permitted development included herein that
regulates use, density, intensity, and form by requiring development to occur within one
(1) of the following development block types:
Single Use Commercial Development.
2. Mixed Use Development:
a. Office/Neighborhood Commercial.
b. Retail Development.
C. High Density Development.
3. Attached and Detached Residential Development.
4. Transitional Mid -Block Residential Development.
5. Infill Development.
U -10
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
The block types shall be used for illustrative purposes. Development applications for
specific sites are required to assemble structures into mixed -use blocks or half - blocks, as
appropriate, for the site. Each site plan shall be required to identify how the proposed
development, including buildings and structures, are assembled within a context that
conforms to the design standards for the block or half -block within which the building
occurs.
The development block structure reinforces the Downtown /Riverfront's existing block
structure and street network by limiting block size and framing the development block
within the existing street system. This block structure is designed to create a walkable
community through a set of block standards and requirements for site design, lot layout
and building design. The following Table identifies each block type and denotes a "P" for
permitted and "NP" for not permitted.
Table 2: Permitted Development Types
Block Type
Zoning District
RF
MT
DT
Single -Use Commercial
P
P
P
Mixed Use Development Blocks:
Office/Neighborhood Commercial
P
P
P
Retail Development Block
P
P
P
High Density Development Block
P
NP
NP
Attached and Detached Residential Development Block
P
P
P
Transitional Mid -Block Residential Development Block
NP
P
P
Infill Development Block
P
P
P
F. Site Design & Lot Layout. Examples of permitted development types are described for
illustrative purposes. Each site plan shall be required to identify how the proposed
development, including buildings and structures, is assembled within a context that
conforms to the design standards for the block or partial block within which the building
occurs.
The development examples are a series of illustrations that highlight some of the
Downtown /Riverfront standards. The illustrations are shown in a block format and
individual parcel development may not be able to build to the form of a block. However,
all development, at a minimum, will be expected to comply with the building design, site
design and lot layout as described in these design standards. If development of an entire
block occurs, the illustration shall be used as a development tool. Any new development
that is at least two (2) acres in size shall follow the block structure. The maximum
permitted block size for new development shall not exceed three - hundred fifty (350) feet
by six - hundred (600) feet. The Administrative Official or his designee may permit a
U -11
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
varying block size provided site constraints exist and the maximum block size must be
maintained by pedestrian access and breaks on the first floor.
Single -Use Commercial Development. The Single -Use Commercial illustration,
Figure A, permits a wide range of commercial uses.
a. Height: One (1) to four (4) stories not to exceed fifty -six (56) feet.
b. Setbacks. The minimum front setback is zero (0) feet and the
maximum setback is fifteen (15) feet. Side setbacks shall be the same
as the front setbacks.
Setback Encroachment. Special architectural features, such as balconies,
bay windows, arcades, awnings, etc. may project into front setbacks and
public right -of -ways on streets provided they are eight (8) feet above the
sidewalk and leave a minimum five (5) foot wide unobstructed sidewalk.
Support structures for these features shall be located such that they do not
affect the clear sight triangle for travel lanes or the on- street parking. Prior
to new encroachment into the public right -of -way, a permit shall be
obtained from the Administrative Official or designee.
2. Mixed Use Development. Mixed Use Development examples are designed to
accommodate a range of retail, office and mixed -use building types. Mixed Use
Developments include:
a. Retail option one and option two, Figures D & E and Office/ Mixed -Use
option one & option two, Figures B and C.
i. Height: Option one (1) maximum height is four (4) stories not to
exceed fifty -six (56) feet and option two (2) is eight (8) stories not
to exceed one hundred twelve (112) feet with the following
provisions:
The distance from existing single family residential zoning
must be at a minimum of three hundred (300) feet.
The fourth (4th) story shall be set back ten (10) feet from
the third (3rd) story. This setback shall occur from any
street side fagade of the building.
Midtown Overlay District (MT) and Downtown District
(DT) permits six (6) stories and the Riverfront Overlay
(RF) District permits eight (8) stories. The additional
stories are permitted if the building is Leadership in Energy
and Environmental Design (LEED) certified and /or Florida
Green Building Council (FGBC) certified..
U -12
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
ii. Setbacks. The front setbacks are a minimum of zero (0) feet and a
maximum of fifteen (15) feet. Side setbacks shall be the same as
the front setbacks.
iii. Setback Encroachment. Special architectural features, such as
balconies, bay windows, arcades, awnings, etc. may project into
front setbacks and public right -of -ways on streets provided they
are eight (8) feet above the sidewalk and leave a minimum five (5)
foot wide unobstructed sidewalk. Support structures for these
features shall be located such that they do not affect the clear sight
triangle for travel lanes or the on- street parking. Prior to new
encroachment into the public right -of -way, a permit shall be
obtained from the City Commission or its designee.
3. High Density Mixed Use Development, Figure F.
a. Height: Permitted height shall be six (6) stories not to exceed eighty -four
(84) feet with a bonus of up to an additional two (2) stories not to exceed
twenty -eight (28) feet, totaling no more than eight (8) stories not to exceed
one hundred twelve (112) feet is permitted with the following provisions.
To receive the bonus stories, the building must be Leadership in
Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) certified and /or Florida
Green Building Council (FGBC) certified.
The podium portion of the building shall be b three (3) stories in
height.
All stories over three (3) shall be considered the tower. A tower's
maximum lineal dimension may not extend more than two hundred
(200) feet. If two (2) towers are located on the podium, the required
distance between the towers shall be determined by one third (1/3)
of the height of the tallest tower.
b. Additional Permitted Height. In addition to the permitted eight (8) stories,
an additional four (4) stories not to exceed one hundred sixty -eight (168)
feet is permitted provided the following condition occurs: The
determination of the additional amount of stories will be determined by
the permitted density and the location of the proposed additional height.
An additional four (4) stories (9`'', 10`", 11`' and 12`' story) may be granted
if the parcel is located west of French Avenue or north of Fulton Street on
the east side of French Avenue and not adjacent to any single family
residential zoning district.
U -13
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
C. Setbacks. The front and side setbacks are a minimum zero (0) feet and a
maximum of fifteen (15) feet.
d. Setback Encroachment. Special architectural features, such as balconies,
bay windows, arcades, awnings, etc. may project into front setbacks and
public right -of -ways on streets provided they are eight (8) feet above the
sidewalk and leave a minimum five (5) foot wide unobstructed sidewalk.
Support structures for these features shall be located such that they do not
affect the clear sight triangle for travel lanes or the on- street parking. Prior
to new encroachment into the public right -of -way, a permit shall be
obtained from the Administrative Official or designee.
4. Attached and Detached Residential Development. Residential Development
illustrations, Figure G & Figure H. This Residential Development Block is
designed to accommodate a range of single- family and multi - family building
types including apartment buildings, condominiums, single - family detached
houses and town homes.
a. Elevation. The minimum elevation shall be eighteen (18) inches from the
base flood elevation.
b. Height. The minimum height shall be two (2) stories not to exceed twenty -
eight (28) feet and the maximum height is four (4) stories not to exceed
forty -two (42) feet.
C. Setbacks. The minimum front yard setback is ten (10) feet and the
maximum is twenty (20) feet. The side yard setback on the corner lots
shall be maintained consistent with the front yard setback. Garage and
accessory units located in the rear of the parcel shall be set back a
minimum of four (4) feet from an alley and ten (10) feet when an alley is
not constructed.
d. Setback Encroachment. Front porches may encroach up to ten (10) feet in
a twenty (20) foot setback and up to five (5) feet in a ten (10) foot setback.
e. Alleys. Alleys are required to be constructed with lots sizes smaller than
fifty (50) feet in width.
f. Garages. Street - facing ground floor parking, including garages, is not
permitted on the first (1) floor of a multifamily structure on an "A" street
or a "Pedestrian Priority" street. Parking shall occur underneath the
multifamily structure, within parking garages, or within surface lots that
do not front on either an "A" Street or a "Pedestrian Priority" Street.
i. Architectural detailing shall remain consistent on all elevations of
the primary building as viewed from both the front street and side
street elevation.
ii. Front garages must be set back a minimum of five (5) feet from the
primary structure.
iii. Rear garages must be set back a minimum of four (4) feet from an
alley or rear access drive. On corner lots on `A' or `Pedestrian
U -14
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
Priority' streets with alley access, garage doors shall not face side
streets.
iv. Side garages may have an access from the street and are required.,
at a minimum, to be set back in line with the primary structures
side setback.
V. Ground floor parking, including garages that are located inside the
internal block are permitted on the first floor of a structure if the
street facing side view of the garage blends in with the design
elements of the building's primary frontage.
5. Transitional Residential Development. (Figures I and J) Transitional
Development Blocks shall be applied to any development over two (2) stories in
height that is adjacent to single - family residential zoning. The block facing a
single - family residential zoning shall be single- family detached housing that is
compatible with existing residential. The mid -block portion of the block may
transition up to four (4) stories not to exceed fifty -six (56) feet with the following
provisions:
a. Setbacks. The setback shall be determined by the existing residential uses
that are facing the proposed residential uses. The setback may be varied up
to five (5) feet from the average of the existing residential units. The
structures that are more intense than single - family housing shall follow the
appropriate development block as detailed in these design standards.
b. Landscape buffer. A landscape buffer of twenty (20) feet may be required
as determined by the Administrative Official or his designee.
C. Lighting. The proposed development shall also control the effects of
lights from automobiles or other sources. Where the site plan indicates
potential adverse effects from parking or from other sources on the lot on
which the non - residential use is to be located, such effects shall be
illuminated, or at a minimum, prevented so that lights do not illuminate
adjacent residential property below a height of five (5) feet at the
residential property line, or from shining into any residential window if
there is to be non - residential parking on the premises after dark.
d. Rear Yard Setback. When a» non - residential use or multi - family
(apartment) use is abutting any single- family residential property, there
shall be an additional setback required for any yard of that use which is
contiguous to the residential property, as follows:
• When the rear side of a single story structure equal to or less than
twenty -five (25) feet in height abuts single- family residential
zoned property, that portion of the structure(s) shall be set back at
a minimum twenty (20) feet from the rear property line.
U -15
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
• When a single story structure equal to or less than twenty -five (25)
feet in height abuts the side of a single - family residential zoned
property, the structures shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet
apart.
• Trash receptacles and loading facilities may not be permitted in the
rear of the property. Service areas shall be located on the side.
Exceptions to the location shall be determined by the location of
the adjacent single - family residential use.
• When any side of a structure greater than one (1) story or twenty -
five (25) feet in height abuts residential property, that portion of
the structure shall be set back at a minimum of thirty (30) feet from
the property boundary.
• Building Design. The side of the building that is facing or backing
up to any residential development must be treated with the same
architectural design standards as the front of the building.
6. Infill Development. The Infill Development illustration, Figure K, illustrates a
single building within an existing built -out block.
a. Setbacks. The setback shall be determined by the existing adjacent
structure(s),It will be permitted to vary the setback up to five (5) feet from
the average of the existing structure.
G. General Block Standards.
1. General Site Design.
a. Form. Buildings shall form a consistent, distinct edge, spatially delineating
the public street through maximum building setbacks that vary by no more
than five (5) feet from those of the adjacent building.
b. Open Storage. There shall be no open storage.
C. Sidewalks. All buildings or developments must provide sidewalks along
the street edge(s) of their property. Sidewalks shall be constructed to align
with existing sidewalks and the materials shall complement the existing
sidewalk materials. Sidewalk connections from the principal building to
the public sidewalk must be provided.
d. Landscaping adjacent to existing and proposed street sidewalks must be
compatible with the city's existing streetscape standards.
U -16
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
Utilities. All utilities shall be located underground.
2. Off - street parking (surface parking lots).
a. A knee wall shall be constructed for the length of any parking lot which
fronts a "Pedestrian Priority" or an "A" street. The knee wall shall be
constructed using the following standards:
(i) Minimum two (2) feet in height to a maximum of three (3) feet.
(ii) The knee wall must be masonry or brick which complements the
primary building's architecture by utilizing the same architectural
style.
b. A maximum of two (2) vehicular access /curb cuts to parking lots are
allowed along "A" Street block faces, subject to Access Management
regulations of Schedule N. Vehicular access /curb cuts are not allowed on
any block face less than three hundred and fifty (350) feet. Vehicular
access drives shall connect each parking lot with at least two (2) separate
streets.
3. Parking Garages. Structured parking decks shall be located behind "A" Street
frontage buildings with vehicular access restricted to `B" Streets. Interior
landscaping requirements for parking garages shall be met by providing hanging
baskets, landscape planters and /or flower boxes around the exterior of the first
three (3) levels of the parking garage structure. Parking structures that permit
access from an "A" or "Pedestrian Priority" Street shall comply with the
following requirements:
a. Direct pedestrian access to each adjacent street shall be provided.
b. Except for vehicle entrances as described below, the ground floor shall be
developed with enclosed commercial or civic floor space to a minimum
building depth of thirty (30) feet along the entire length of the structure on
each facing street, unless separated from the street by another building,
parking lot and /or landscaped open space with a minimum depth of thirty
(30) feet.
C. Vehicle entrances to a parking structure shall be a maximum of forty (40)
feet in width and shall be separated from other vehicle entrances to the
structure or other parking structures on the same side of the block by a
minimum distance of four hundred (400) feet.
4. Parking requirements: New, non - residential buildings under 5,000 square feet in
area in the Riverfront Overlay District and Downtown Overlay District shall be
exempt from parking requirements. New, non - residential buildings over 5,000
square feet in area in the Riverfront Overlay District and Downtown Overlay
District shall be required to provide one space per 500 square feet of
nonresidential gross floor area over and above the initial 5,000 square feet plus
one space per dwelling unit. The parking shall be located within 1,000 feet of the
U -17
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
site. On- street parking spaces located along the lot frontage may be counted
toward the parking requirements of this Code. Buildings in the Midtown Overlay
District shall comply with the provisions of Schedule H.
5. Landscape buffer requirements. Traditional buffers stated elsewhere in this code
shall not apply to the Riverfront Overlay District and Downtown Overlay
District. The compatibility of points of access, transitions, and buffers shall be
determined during the development review process. The need and use of buffers
shall be determined during the development review process.
H. Building Design. The following standards apply to the building design of all types of
development:
1. Building Frontage. Building frontages shall occupy no less than seventy -five (75)
percent of a "Pedestrian Priority" street and of an "A" street facing entrance. If
site constraints exist, a knee wall may be constructed with the following
provisions:
a. Only twenty -five (25) percent of the required frontage may be credited as
part of a knee wall.
i. A knee wall must be constructed as described in Subsection G.2.a.
ii. The knee wall should be no more than the length of the primary
building frontage.
2. Public Entrance. Buildings that are open to the public shall have an entrance for
pedestrians from the street to the building interior. This entrance shall be designed
to be attractive and functionally be a distinctive and prominent element of the
architectural design, and shall be open to the public during business hours.
Buildings shall incorporate lighting and changes in mass, surface detail or finish
to give emphasis to the entrances.
3. Building Facade. Buildings shall provide a foundation or base, typically from
ground to bottom of the lower windowsills, with changes in volume or material. A
clear visual division shall be maintained between the ground level floor and upper
floors with either a cornice line or awning from twelve (12) feet to sixteen (16)
feet above Base Flood Elevation or grade, whichever applies to the proposed
development. No more than thirty (30) feet of horizontal distance of wall shall be
provided without architectural relief for building walls and frontage walls facing
the street. All buildings excluding single family detached homes shall utilize at
least three (3) of the following design features to provide visual relief along all
elevations of the building:
a. Divisions or change in materials (materials should be drawn from a
common palette)
b. Window bays
U -18
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
C. Separate entrances and entry treatments, porticoes extending at least five
(5) feet.
d. Variation in roof lines
e. Dormers
f. Canopies and awnings, extending at least five (5) feet
g. Gables
h. Overhang extending at least five (5) feet
i. Recessed entries (at least three [3]feet from the primary fagade)
j. Protruding entries (at least three [3] from the primary fagade)
k. Covered porch entries
1. Cupolas
4. Storefront character. Commercial and mixed -use buildings shall express a
"storefront character" by providing all of the following architectural features
along the building frontage as applicable.
a. Corner building entrances on corner lots.
b. Consistently spaced and similar- shaped windows with window hoods or
trim (all building stories).
C. Large display windows on the ground floor. All street - facing, park- facing
and plaza- facing structures shall have windows covering a minimum of
forty (40) percent and a maximum eighty (80) percent of the ground floor
of each storefront's linear frontage. Blank walls shall not occupy over
fifty (50) percent of a street - facing frontage and shall not exceed thirty
(30) linear feet without being interrupted by a window or entry. Mirrored
glass, obscured glass and glass block cannot be used in meeting this
requirement. Display windows may be used to meet this requirement if the
first floor has not been designed as a flood proof first floor.
5. Orientation. The primary building entrances shall be visible and directly
accessible from a public street. Building massing such as tower elements may be
used to identify the location of building entries.
6. Rooflines. Attached Residential and Non - residential buildings shall be varied to
reduce the massive scale of large buildings and to complement the scale and
character of adjacent residential areas. Building facades that exceed one hundred
(100) feet in length measured along the street frontage shall have variations in
roofline or rooftop parapet. Rooftop equipment shall be concealed behind
parapets or screened from views by pedestrians.
7. Lighting. All buildings shall have shielded exterior lighting without glare or shine
onto other areas of the site.
8. Building Color. The use of black or fluorescent colors, or pure primary and
secondary colors is prohibited as the predominant exterior building color(s).
Building trim and accent areas may feature any color(s) limited to ten (10) percent
U -19
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
of the affected fagade segment, with a maximum trim height of twenty four (24)
inches.
9. Habitable Street Frontage. The first twenty (20) feet of depth of the first (1) floor
of any multifamily structure's primary building frontage facing a street shall be
constructed as habitable space.
I. Walkways and Pedestrian Connections. Parking lots shall be designed to allow
pedestrians to safely move from their vehicles to the building. On small lots (thirty -six
[36] parking spaces or less), this may be achieved by providing a sidewalk at the
perimeter of the lot. On larger lots, corridors within the parking area should channel
pedestrians from the car to the perimeter of the lot or to the building. These corridors are
delineated by a paving material that differs from that of vehicular areas and are planted to
provide shade.
Parking Lots containing more than thirty -six (36) parking stalls shall have clearly
defined pedestrian connections provided between:
A public right -of -way and building entrances
b. Parking lots and building entrances
2. Pedestrian walkways shall be landscaped with additional shade or ornamental
trees equal to an average of one (1) shade tree per fifty (50) linear feet of
walkway, unless the walkway is adjacent or included within an existing compliant
buffer or frontage planting. The walkway shall not be less than five (5) feet in
width.
3. Pedestrian connections shall be clearly defined by at least two (2) of the
following:
a. Six (6) inch vertical curb.
b. Textured paving, including across vehicular lanes.
C. Continuous landscape area at a minmum of three (3) feet wide on at least
one (1) side of the walkway.
d. One (1) shade tree shall be planted for each two- hundred (200) square feet
of separate additional landscaped area.
J. Non - Residential and Multi - Family Residential Landscape. The following regulations
shall be applied to Non - residential, Condominium and Multi- family residential parcels:
All landscaping shall be designed and located to provide a logical, consistent and
attractive pattern of landscaping that relates to the human - scale, softens the built
environment, and creates an attractive environment within the
Downtown /Riverfront Area.
U -20
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
2. All landscaping standards shall meet the requirements of the Schedule J,
Landscape Buffer and Tree Requirements for plant species, specification standard
and use. All landscape and irrigation plans shall be signed and sealed by a
Landscape Architect licensed to practice in the State of Florida and shall be
submitted as part of an application for site plan approval.
3. All parts of a required landscape buffer or other landscape planting area shall
contain shrubs, groundcovers, or sod. No portion of a required buffer may contain
parking, non - landscaped retention or other non - landscaping treatment as gravel or
mulch.
K. Landscape Along Public Streets. Landscape Standards shall comply with the
following standards. Two (2) types of landscape treatments are permitted.
1. Urban Landscape. When buildings are brought up to the street and utilize a build -
to- line, an urban buffer should be considered as an alternative to the required front
buffer standards. The required front buffer for an urban type development may
consist of potted plants. At a minimum, a thirty -six (36) inches diameter pot by
twenty -four (24) inches high should be provided every twenty (20) linear feet of
building frontage. The plant species should be twice as high as the height of the
pot. Low growing plant and flowering annuals should be planted at the base of the
pot.
2. Street Trees. Trees shall be a minimum of four (4) inches twelve (12) inches
above grade and be of Florida No. 1 grade as per "Grades and Standards for
Nursery Plants," Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services. All
landscaping shall meet City visibility standards.
a. Tree Spacing: For "A" Streets and "Pedesterian Priority" Streets, one
street tree shall be planted for every thirty (30) linear feet or frontage or
fraction thereof. For B" Streets and Residential Streets, one (1) street tree
shall be planted forty (40) to sixty (60) feet on center. Street trees shall be
planted a minimum of ten (10) feet from any above ground utility, such as
transformer pads and fire hydrants.
b. Tree Species: Select tree species that are appropriate for street tree
planting conditions shall be used. Each block face shall contain only one
(1) tree species, and both sides of each street shall be planted with the
same species.
L. Irrigation and Maintenance.
U -21
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
I . All landscaped areas shall be designed, installed and maintained at a high level of
quality, following best management practices for landscaping. Broken lines or
damaged spray heads shall be repaired to minimize wasted water.
2. All landscaped areas shall be irrigated with a timed, automatic underground
system utilizing pop -up heads and /or tree bubblers and providing coverage of not
more than one and one half inches of water per week (Use of xeric plant materials
may require only 3/4" water per week). When available, the use of reclaimed water
is required.
3. The automatic irrgation system shall include a rain gauge or other water saving
features to minimize wasted water.
4. All landscape areas shall have one hundred (100) percent irrigated coverage.
M. Landscape for Residential Developments. Single Family Residential, Duplex,
Multifamily, and Townhomes shall meet the following tree requirements:
1. A minimum of two (2) shade trees for lots of three thousand five hundred (3,500)
to six thousand (6,000) square feet or less.
2. A minimum of three (3) shade trees for lots between six thousand one (6,001) and
seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet.
3. A minimum of four (4) shade trees for lots between seven thousand five hundred
one (7,501) square feet and ten thousand (10,000) square feet.
4. A minimum of six (6) shade trees for lots between ten thousand one (10,001)
square feet and sixteen thousand (16,000) square feet. Lots over sixteen thousand
(16,000) square feet — eight (8) shade trees.
5. On lots of less than or equal to one -half acre, one (1) of the required trees shall be
planted within ten (10) feet of the front yard right -of -way.
N. Screening.
1. Trash, recycling receptacles, loading docks, service areas, and other similar areas
must be located in parking areas or in a location that is not visible from
"Pedestrian Priority" and "A" Street frontages, and must be screened to preclude
visibility from adjacent streets.
2. Mechanical equipment at ground level shall be incorporated into the building and
placed on the parking lot side of the building away from view from adjacent
"Pedestrian Priority" and "A" Street frontages. Loading docks, truck parking,
outdoor storage, utility meters, HVAC equipment, trash dumpsters, trash
compaction, and other service functions should be incorporated into the overall
design of the building utilizing walls of a material compatible with the material,
U -22
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
style, color, texture, pattern, trim, and details of the main building and
landscaping. The wall shall be one (1) foot higher than the largest object being
screened, but not more than ten (10) feet high, on all sides where access is not
needed. All loading, service and trash collection shall be accessed from `B"
Streets.
3. All rooftop mechanical equipment shall be integrated into the overall mass of a
building by screening it behind parapets or by recessing it into roof structure.
O. Garden walls, fences, and hedges. All garden walls, fences or hedges located or
constructed within the required yard area shall conform to the following regulations,
except where special requirements are set forth for specific screening purposes elsewhere
in this chapter:
1. Front yards in a residential district. All garden walls, fences or hedges located
within the required front yard shall not exceed four (4) feet in height.
2. Side and rear yards in a residential district. All garden walls, fences or hedges
located within the required side or rear yards shall not exceed six (6) feet in
height.
3. Side yards of corner lots in a residential district. All garden walls, fences, or
hedges located in the side yard abutting the secondary street of a corner lot must
not exceed four (4) feet in height.
U -23
Ordinance No. 4337
03/23/15
I
I
11
rL
c
.2
E
11
�IIIIIIINMII 11111 Ills
■� � ; ■� ■111 111 11111
� �' 1111 11111 .1111 11111
,� t ��"��: : ■11 1111' ■11 ■�
te 11111 11111 illH HE
�� �' ■Ili 11111 11
HIN 11 M111,1111
HIM mill loll
■ � ■1 : � illli ��■■ 111111 11111 11111
III mill
j i :i� ►�
Hill
MEN
■K
liiiiism�
11111 :111■ 11111 11111 11 ■1
:Ilr� :1111 11111 11111 111
0-molm Hill oil Hill
Ills
1l1-1IF No
RUN
no 1111
1111: !1:'
EN M'
0-111,110 Mmmm— loll oil;
cv
O
Va
O
G
Cq
C:
2
D
=
�:
0 U)
t LtQj-
0
I
I
11
rL
c
.2
E
11
�IIIIIIINMII 11111 Ills
■� � ; ■� ■111 111 11111
� �' 1111 11111 .1111 11111
,� t ��"��: : ■11 1111' ■11 ■�
te 11111 11111 illH HE
�� �' ■Ili 11111 11
HIN 11 M111,1111
HIM mill loll
■ � ■1 : � illli ��■■ 111111 11111 11111
III mill
j i :i� ►�
Hill
MEN
■K
liiiiism�
11111 :111■ 11111 11111 11 ■1
:Ilr� :1111 11111 11111 111
0-molm Hill oil Hill
Ills
1l1-1IF No
RUN
no 1111
1111: !1:'
EN M'
0-111,110 Mmmm— loll oil;
cv
O
Va
O
i.
U) c
2
0
0
u
CL
c
u
r
CL x
= "'m a
mm rar,
Hol
When continuious building frontage
is not possible on an "A" street or
"Pedestrian
Priority" street, a knee
wall shall be constructed
Service areas shall be screened
Parking lot landscape from a public street
shall be provided
Building frontage on an "A""
street or "Pedestrian Priority"
street shall occupy no less than
75% of a block face
Building design shall provide a
range of architectural relief
Building setbacks along "A "and
"Pedestrian Priority" streets
shall range from a minimum of
0 ft to a maximum of 15 ft
Building design shall
provide a range of -
visual architecture
relief
Landscape buffers may be
provided when block
transitions from a higher
density to a lower density
Parking lot landscape
shall be provided
Example of rear -edge
transition with 3 -story
townhomes
Building frontage on an "A"
street or "Pedestrian Priority" Building stepbacks shall
street shall occupy no less L occurto break up massing
than 75% of a block face on building
Height range
up to 4 stories
First floor office uses
that complement
residential uses
000
a�
Building frontage on an "A"
street or "Pedestrian Priority" Building stepbacks shall
street shall occupy no less L occurto break up massing
than 75% of a block face on building
Height range
up to 4 stories
First floor office uses
that complement
residential uses
Parking garage is insulated
from an "A" street and
"Pedestrian Priority" street
by the building ,
Building setbacks along "A "and
"Pedestrian Priority" streets
shall range from a minimum of
0 ft to a maximum of 15 ft
Landscape buffers may be
provided when block
transitions from a higher
density to a lower density
Example of rear -edge
transition with 3 -story
townhomes
Building stepbacks shall
occur to break up massing
on building
Height range up to 8
stories (depending
on district)
First floor office uses
that complement
residential uses
Building setbacks along Wand
"Pedestrian Priority" streets
shall range from a minimum of
0 ft to a maximum of 15 ft
Building design shall-'
provide a range of —
visual architecture relief
Building frontage on an "A"
street or "pedestrian priority"
street shall occupy no less
than 75% of a block face
Parking lot landscape
shall be provided
Building stepbacks shall
occur to break up massing
on building
Height range
up to 4 stories
Primary entrance shall
be visible and directly
accessible from a
public sreet
Building setbacks along "A "and
"Pedestrian Priority" streets
shall range from a minimum of
0 ft to a maximum of 15 ft
Building design shall—
provide a range of
visual architecture relief
Parking garage is insulated
from an "A" street and
"Pedestrian Priority" street by
the building
Building frontage on an "A"
street or "pedestrian priority"
street shall occupy no less
than 75% of a block face
Building stepbacks shall
occur to break up massing
on building
Height range
up to 6 stories
Building setbacks along "A "and
"Pedestrian Priority" streets
shall range from a minimum of
0 ft to a maximum of 15 ft
Building design shall
incorporate change i
articulation to avoid,
blank walls
Building frontage on an
"A "street shall occupy
no less than 75% of a
block face
Parking garage is insulated
�.,;,�r�'�`x`�
601
The first three levels shall
be considered the podium
portion of the building
The tower portion of the
building includes any
additional levels over 3
stories above the podium
Stepbacks shall occur
after 3 stories
Garages are located no less
than 4 ft from rear setback and
accessed through the alley
Front setbacks shall be
a minimum of 10 ft and
a maximum of 20 ft
Attached residential units
shall provide facade variations
in color and /or texture per
contiguous unit
Alleys are required for
residential lot widths that
are 50 ft or less
ggy
r'
Building height shall
range from 2 stories to 4
stories I
Minimum elevation for
residential units shall be no
less than 18 inches from the
base floor elevation
Alleys are required for
residential lot widths that
are 50 ft or less
Garages are located no less
than 4 ft from rear setback and
accessed through the alley
Front setbacks shall be
a minimum of 10 ft and
a maximum of 20 ft
Attached residential units
shall provide facade variations
in color and /or texture per
contiguous unit
Building height shall
range from 2 stories to 4
stories I
Minimum elevation for
residential units shall be no
less than 18 inches from the
base floor elevation
Alleys are required for
residential lot widths that
are 50 ft or less
Front setbacks shall be
consistent with an existing
residential block face
Minimum elevation for
residential units shall be no
less than 18 inches from the
base floor elevation
Garages and accessory units are
located no less than 4 ft from
rear or sideyard setback
Landscape buffer may be
provided when block
transitions form a lower
density to a higher density
Garages and accessory units
are located no less than 4 ft
from rear or sideyard setback
0�
Alleys are required for
residential lot widths that
are 50 ft or less
Residential units shall
provide facade variations
in color and /or texture
per contiguous unit
Building height shall range
from 2 stories to 4 stories
when transitioning from
lower intensity residential
A minimum separation of 20 ft shall
be required between buildings (up
to 6 units per buildings)
Front setbacks shall be Minimum elevation for residential
a minimum of 10 ft and "'" units shall be no less than 18 inches
a maximum of 20 ft from the base floor elevation
Setbacks shall vary n(
5 ft. from adjacent bu
Building design should
complement the existing
historic buildings